Docstoc

Layout 1 _Page 1_

Document Sample
Layout 1 _Page 1_ Powered By Docstoc
					                                                                                    GSA Casegoods
                                                                                    Effective: January 1, 2009

                                                                                    ALL PRICES ARE NET




                                                                                                                           Walden


FEDERAL SUPPLY SERVICE
Authorized Federal Supply Schedule Price List
Business Size - Small

Executive Office Furniture, Occasional & Multi-purpose
Tables, Conference/Meeting Room Furniture & Tables

Contract Number: GS-29F-0022J
(Federal Supply Schedule 71, Part I, Office Furniture)
Contract Period: October 9, 2008 - October 8, 2013
(with option to extend for 3-5 year periods)

Contractor: Jofco, PO. Box 71, Jasper, IN 47547-0071 | Phone 888-749-9164 | Fax 812-482-3785
For more information on ordering from Federal Supply Schedules, click on the FSS Schedules button at http://www.gsa.gov.
                                                                                                                                  Effective January 1, 2009




GSA Terms and Conditions                                                                             Contract #GS-29F-0022J




                                                                                                                                                                    Introduction
Contract #GS-29F-0022J                                                              13. Ordering Address
                                                                                        Jofco-GSA Sales
SIN 711-8     Executive Office Furniture                                                P.O. Box 71
              Includes desk, table desk, reception stations. Workstations in            Jasper, IN 47547-0071
              “L”, “U” and other configurations which include units such as             Fax: 812-482-3785
              desks, desk attachments, bridge units, corner units, kneehole             E-mail: gsa@jofco.com
              credenzas and peninsulas. Freestanding credenzas, credenzas
              with attached overhead storage unit/hutch & file cabinets (lateral    14. Payment Address
              & vertical). Bookcases, computer support furniture such as print-         Jofco-GSA Sales
              er stands & VDT tables, work & console tables. Occasional tables          P.O. Box 71
              such as end, coffee & lamp tables. Accessories designed to be             Jasper, IN 47547-0071
              used with above furniture such as wire management grommets,               E-mail: accountsreceivable@jofco.com
              channels & tracks, stationary organizers, stationary inserts, addi-
              tional drawer partitions, felt center drawer liners, wastebaskets,    15. Warranty
              tackboards, tasklights & shelf dividers.                                  Jofco warrants all Jofco manufactured parts in casegoods to be free of
                                                                                        defects in material and workmanship for 10 years. The warranty applies
GSA Ordering Information                                                                to single shift use on all products manufactured by Jofco June 15, 2006
                                                                                        and thereafter.
1B. Lowest Price Model by SIN Number
    SIN           Model Number       Page                                                Repair and/or replacement will be made on any part or parts found to
    SIN 711-8     ERT5842            47                                                  be defective within the terms of the warranty, at the option of Jofco.
                                                                                         This warranty is valid provided that reasonable care and normal and
2.   Maximum Order by SIN Number                                                         proper use has been maintained. Damages resulting from unauthorized
     SIN 711-8   $500,000                                                                repairs, user modifications, abuse, misuse or negligent use voids this
                                                                                         warranty.
3.   Minimum Order Limitation
     $100 for all SIN numbers                                                            Natural variations in grain, color or texture of wood should not be con-
                                                                                         strued as defects under this warranty.
4.   Geographic Coverage
     48 contiguous states, Washington DC, or delivery to port of debarkation        16. Export Packing Charges
                                                                                        Contact Jofco/GSA Sales at 888-749-9164 with specific item details
5.   Production Point
     Jasper, Indiana (Dubois County)                                                17. Terms of Government Credit Card Acceptance
                                                                                        Net, No Additional Cash Discount
6.   Discount
     Prices are NET PRICE. (ALL DISCOUNTS HAVE BEEN TAKEN)                          18. Rental, Maintenance, Repair Terms: N/A

7.   Quantity Discounts                                                             19. Installation Terms
     Additional volume discounts are available on any                                   When installation is requested, specific quotes will be given on an
     single order with a net pricing total as noted:                                    individual bases
     $300,000 to $350,000 = 1/2%
     $350,001 to $400,000 = 1.0%                                                    20. Repair Parts, etc
     $400,001 to $500,000 = 1.5%                                                        See warranty, call Jofco with specific needs for quote.

8.   Prompt Payment Terms                                                           21. Service repair-distribution points: N/A
     1%-15 days, net 30 days from date of invoice
                                                                                    22. List of participating dealers: N/A
9.   Government Credit Cards Accepted
     Visa                                                                           23. Preventative Maintenance: N/A
     Mastercard
                                                                                    24. Environmental Attributes: N/A
10. There are no foreign items used in these products
                                                                                    25. DUNS #006366116
11A. Time of Delivery
     90 days maximum                                                                26. Central Contractor Registration (CCR) is complete.

11B. Expedited Delivery
     Items available for expedited delivery are marked as “QSP” throughout
     the price book

11C. Overnight and 2-Day Delivery are not available.

11D. Urgent requirements will be considered on an individual basis.
     Contact Jofco/GSA Sales Dept. at 888-749-9164 or fax 812-482-3785

12. F.O.B. Point
    Delivered (dock delivery)



                                                                                                                                                                     A
                                                                                                                                              Effective January 1, 2009




               GSA Terms and Conditions                                                                          Contract #GS-29F-0022J
Introduction




               Intended Use                                                                     Return and/or Restock Charges
               Furniture shall be marketed for executive use. Furniture is intended for use     Due to the nature of the product, Jofco reserves the right to refuse any
               by Government executives (or equivalent military rank) in the Executive,         and/or all requests for the return/restock of product. Each request will be
               Judicial, Legislative Branches or Armed Forces of the Federal Government.        handled on an individual basis. Factory authorization consisting of a written
                                                                                                Return Goods Authorization form (RGA) must be secured prior to the return
               Minimum Construction Requirements                                                of any product. The RGA must be used within 30 days of issuance, and all
               Furniture shall comply with one of the grades of construction/materials and      returns must be shipped as pre-paid freight. Freight collect returns will be
                                                                                                refused. Missing parts and/or damages due to improper packaging will be
               one of the three design categories explained below. GSA assigns grades
                                                                                                deducted from any credits that may be issued. A fee of 25% of the net
               and design categories based on the information in the Construction               cost of the product shall apply (subject to Jofco’s determination of value),
               Material Data (CMD) sheets provided with this offer.                             upon final inspection at the factory.

               The GSA National Furniture Center established a grading method to help           Cancellation Charges
               customers identify the furniture construction/materials desired. The grading     Orders cancelled prior to production will be no charge. If production has
               method consists of a grade for the casegood chassis, and a separate grade        started, all costs incurred to that point will be assessed (up to 25% of net
               for the drawers. In addition, the GSA National Furniture Center established      cost), if not sold within a 180 day period. Items that are complete and
               three design categories to help our customers make a purchasing decision         ready for shipment, may not be cancelled.
               based on their needs and budget.

               Grades of Furniture Construction/Materials.
               Furniture lines and drawer construction in Grade 1 includes wood furniture
               that tends to be the most expensive of this group, and Grades 2, 3 and 4
               wood furniture tends to be progressively more affordably priced when com-
               pared to Grade 1.

               All pieces with a GSA Chassis Grade 1-3 shall have wood veneered or solid
               wood chassis and top (unless otherwise noted below). Design features
               such as leather, burl, veneer border, inlay, marquetry, stone, glass and metal
               accents are acceptable for all chassis grades. Leather, glass, marble/stone or
               solid surface tops are acceptable in lieu of wood tops in GSA Chassis
               grades 1 through 3. High-pressure laminate tops are acceptable only as an
               option in GSA Chassis grades 1 through 3.

               If a particular line of furniture or drawer construction has properties which
               fall into different GSA Grades, the furniture line or drawer construction will
               be assigned a grade of the lowest property (e.g. if the edgeband thickness
               earns a grade 3 but the base rail construction earns a grade 2, the furniture
               will receive a GSA Chassis Grade 3).

               Grade                Design                         Product Name

                4                   Transitional                   CaseWorks by Jofco®
                4                   Contemporary                   Merge
                4                   Contemporary                   Reflections
                4                   Contemporary                   Wall Street
                2                   Traditional                    Wellington
                3                   Traditional                    Walden




      B
                                                                                                                                                        Effective January 1, 2009




Casegoods Price List




                                                                                                                                                                                              Introduction
General Information &                                           Wall Street . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .84-86          Storage Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .152
Terms of Sale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5          Desks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .87-88      Bookcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .153
                                                                Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .89    Storage/Wardrobes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .154
CaseWorks by Jofco® . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8                  Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90   Lateral Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .155
Desks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13     Credenzas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .91       Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .156
Return . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13    Corner Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92      Occasional Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . .157-158
Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14   Computer/Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92
Credenzas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15-16        Overhead Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93          Accessories
Corner Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16      Wall Mounted Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .94              Keyboard Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .159
Overhead Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17-23             Step-Up Overhead Storage . . . . . . . . . . .95                Desk Pad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Wall Mounted Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23              Worksurface Storage Towers . . . . . . . . . .96                Computer Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Worksurface Storage Towers . . . . . . .24-27                   Modular Storage Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . .97             Suspended Filing System . . . . . . . . . . . .160
Bookcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28       Storage Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .98       Hanging CD Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Storage/Wardrobes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-32              Bookcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .99       Custom Tackboard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Lateral File Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33        Storage/Wardrobes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .100            Task Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .161
Mobile Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33         Lateral Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101      Paper Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Modular Components . . . . . . . . . . . .34-37                 Mobile Pedestal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101          Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .162
Work Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38-39         Modular Components . . . . . . . . . .102-104                   Grommets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .163
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39-40        Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105      Wire Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
                                                                Occasional Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106          Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .164
Merge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41-44
Desks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .45-46      Wellington . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .107-110             Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165-168
Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47   Desks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111-113
Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47   Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Credenzas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48-49        Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
Overhead Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50          Credenzas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .115-116
Wall Mounted Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51              Corner Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Worksurface Storage Towers . . . . . . . . . .52                Computer/Printer Stand . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Storage/Wardrobes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53-55              Overhead Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Lateral Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56     Wall Mounted Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .118
Mobile Pedestals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56        Overhead Storage with Cornice Top . . .119
Modular Components . . . . . . . . . . . .57-59                 Step-Up Overhead Storage . . . . . . . . . .120
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59     Modular Storage Units . . . . . . . . . .121-122
                                                                Modular Components . . . . . . . . . .123-126
Reflections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60-63          Storage Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127
Desks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64-66      Bookcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128
Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .67   Storage/Wardrobes . . . . . . . . . . . .129-130
Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68   Lateral Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .131
Credenzas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69-70        Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
Corner Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70     Occasional Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . .133-134
Computer/Printer Stand . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
Overhead Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71          Walden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135-138
Wall Mounted Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .72              Desks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .139-140
Worksurface Storage Towers . . . . . . . . . .73                Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .140
Bookcases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .74       Bridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .141
End Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75     Credenzas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .142
Storage/Wardrobes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76           Corner Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Lateral Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77     Computer/Printer Stand . . . . . . . . . . . .143
Modular Components . . . . . . . . . . . .78-80                 Overhead Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Modular Desk Components . . . . . . . .81-82                    Wall Mounted Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . .144
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .83     Overhead Storage with Cornice Top . . .145
                                                                Step-Up Overhead Storage . . . . . . . . . .146
                                                                Modular Storage Units . . . . . . . . . .147-148
                                                                Modular Components . . . . . . . . . .149-151


Jofco memberships include:
                                                                                                                                Jofco casegoods are
                                                                                                                                made in the U.S.A.



                                                                                                                                                                                                   1
                                                                                                                               Effective January 1, 2009




               Finish and Upholstery Information
Introduction




               Finishes Available                                 Finish and Color Matching
               Casegoods finishes are formulated to match         Veneers and solids are matched as closely as possi-
               seating and occasional table finishes as closely   ble for acceptable blend and color match. Natural
               as possible. Finishes applied to solid wood        wood in all forms is uniquely varied. These character-
               reflect differently than finishes applied to       istics are acceptable within our strict limits and reflect
               veneers so slight variations in color may occur.   the natural beauty of wood.
               Approximate color samples can be found on the
               back cover.                                        Special Finishes or Colors
                                                                  Requests for finish color matching must include a
               On Maple Wood Species - Available in               sample of the requested color. Jofco will match the
               CaseWorks by Jofco, Reflections, Wall Street       sample and send it to the dealer along with an
               and Merge.                                         acceptance form. Additional pricing will also be
                                                                  included. The order will not be entered and lead time
               Linen                                              will not begin until a signed copy of the acceptance
               Butterscotch                                       form is received. It typically takes two weeks from
               Cinnamon                                           color match to order entry. After receipt of accept-
               Ebony                                              ance, the order cannot be cancelled or returned.

               On Walnut Wood Species - Available in              Jofco does not do bleaching or distressed finishes.
               Wellington, Walden, Reflections and Wall Street.
                                                                  Upholstery and Leather Matching
               Paprika                                            Due to industry dye-lot variations in textiles and
               Toffee                                             leathers, colors may vary slightly between runs of
               Tuscany                                            fabric and leather. If precise match is desired, please
               Sienna                                             provide a swatch of the previous dye-lot and the
               Amaretto                                           number if possible. Jofco endeavors to match as closely
               Espresso                                           as possible to commercially acceptable standards.

               On Cherry Wood Species - Available in              Tackboard Textiles
               CaseWorks, Reflections, Wall Street, and Merge.    Tackboards are included with most overhead storage
               Available in Wellington at 10% upcharge.           units. Tackboard pricing covers Jofco textiles grades
                                                                  A through C. Textile selection can be found on
               Caramel                                            www.jofco.com under the Resources section.
               Gingersnap
               Merlot
               Bordeaux
               Java

               Requests to have a series produced in a non-
               standard wood species should be given in
               writing to Jofco customer support. A minimum
               10% upcharge will apply and lead times may
               be extended.




      2
                                                                                                                                                                                       Effective January 1, 2009




Casegoods Order Information




                                                                                                                                                                                                                           Introduction
Jofco makes every effort to publish
accurate and complete price lists.                                                                                                                                                                       CaseWorks
Please review the following section                                                                                                                                               Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer
to ensure you can find all the infor-                                                       A                                            B                        C           D
mation needed to fully specify our      DESKS                         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                             W    D    H     WT                   PRICE

products.                                                             Serpentine Front Double
                                                                      Pedestal Desk
                                                                                                                      SF3972                            72   42   28½   392                   2247



 A Description/Notes gives a
                                                                      Standard Features                               Specify Options
description of the model numbers in                           E   F   top shaped front and back                G      1. cherry or maple veneer*
that grouping.                                                        locking drawers
                                                                      box/box/file pedestals
                                                                                                                      2. finish*
                                                                                                                      3. edge profile*
                                                                      letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   4. hardware/finish*
                                                                      side                                            5. laminate top available
 B Model is an identification of                                      black pencil tray in top box drawer             with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                      grommet in both end panels                      and josephine edge, no
the product.                                                          adjustable levelers/glides                      upcharge
                                                                      top size: 72”w x 42/36”d                        6. file/file pedestal left, no
                                                                      kneespace width: 36                             upcharge
 C Dimensions given in this                                           kneespace height: 27⅜                           7. file/file pedestal right, no
                                                                      front overhang: 6½                              upcharge
price list are nominal and rounded                                                                                    8. WSG-3 grommet left,

to the nearest A.                                                                                                     center or right, add $61
                                                                                                                      each
                                                                                                                      .

 D Pricing is net price. Under                                        Bow Front Double Pedestal Desk BF3972
                                                                                                     BF3966
                                                                                                                                                        72   42   28½   392                   2089
                                                                                                                                                                                              1977
                                                                                                                                                        66   36   28½   372
Specify Options you may find some
additional upcharges.
                                                                      Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                                                      top shaped front and back                       1. cherry or maple veneer*
 E Illustrations are based on                                         locking drawers
                                                                      box/box/file pedestals
                                                                                                                      2. finish*
                                                                                                                      3. edge profile*
information available at the time of                                  letter/legal filing, side to side               4. hardware/finish*
                                                                      black pencil tray in top box drawer             5. laminate top available
printing and are subject to change                                    grommet in both end panels                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                      adjustable levelers/glides                      and josephine edge, no
without notice.                                                       BF3972 top size: 72”w x 42/36”d                 upcharge
                                                                      BF3966 top size: 66”w x 36/30”d                 6. file/file pedestal left, no
                                                                      BF3972 kneespace width: 36                      upcharge
 F Standard Features tells you                                        BF3966 kneespace width: 30                      7. file/file pedestal right,no
                                                                                                                      upcharge
                                                                      kneespace height: 27⅜
what features are standard on the                                     front overhang: 6½                              8. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                                                                                      center or right, add $61
product.                                                                                                              each
                                                                                                                      .

 G Specify Options gives you a                                        Double Pedestal Desk                            F3972
                                                                                                                      F3966
                                                                                                                                                        72   36   28½   378                   1757
                                                                                                                                                                                              1659
                                                                                                                                                        66   30   28½   358
step-by-step guide for building a
complete specification. Options
                                                                      Standard Features                               Specify Options
with an asterisk (*) are mandatory                                    top shaped front and back                       1. cherry or maple veneer*
to make the order complete.                                           locking drawers
                                                                      box/box/file pedestals
                                                                                                                      2. finish*
                                                                                                                      3. edge profile*
                                                                      letter/legal filing, side to side               4. hardware/finish*
                                                                      black pencil tray in top box drawer             5. laminate top available
Modification Pricing is available                                     grommet in both end panels                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                      adjustable levelers/glides                      and josephine edge, no
on select product.                                                    F3972 kneespace width: 36                       upcharge
                                                                      F3966 kneespace width: 30                       6. file/file pedestal left, no
                                                                      kneespace height: 27⅜                           upcharge
                                                                                                                      7. file/file pedestal right, no
                                                                                                                      upcharge
Ordering Information                                                                                                  8. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                                                                                      center or right, add $61
Authorized Jofco dealers may                                                                                          each
order by email, fax or mail.                                                                                          .

                                                                      Serpentine Front Single Pedestal SSP3972L                                         72   42   28½   288                   2053
                                                                      Desk                             SSP3972R                                         72   42   28½   288                   2053
Jofco
P.O. Box 71
                                                                      Standard Features                               Specify Options
Jasper, IN 47547-0071                                                 top shaped front and back                       1. cherry or maple veneer*
Fax: 812-634-2392                               right shown           locking drawers
                                                                      box/box/file pedestal
                                                                                                                      2. finish*
                                                                                                                      3. edge profile*
Email: gsa@jofco.com                                                  letter/legal filing, side to side               4. hardware/finish*
                                                                      black pencil tray in top box drawer             5. laminate top available
                                                                      grommet in both end panels                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                      adjustable levelers/glides                      and josephine edge, no
Orders in the form of an email                                        top size: 72”w x 42/36”d                        upcharge
attachment should be sent to the                                      kneespace width: 53¼
                                                                      kneespace height: 27⅜
                                                                                                                      6. file/file pedestal, no
                                                                                                                      upcharge
attention of your Jofco Sales                                         front overhang: 6½                              7. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                                      utility shelf: 9 x 29¼                          center or right, add $61
Coordinator. Phone orders must be                                                                                     each
                                                                                                                      .
confirmed in writing.

Example:
BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.
                                        How To Order:                 Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order
                                                                      processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                                                      EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.



                                                                                                                                                   Updated price lists can be found on our website, www.jofco.com.




                                                                                                                                                                                                                                3
                                                                                                                                           Effective January 1, 2009




               Reflections QuickShip
Introduction




                                                             Cherry Veneers
                                                             Caramel
                                                             Gingersnap
                                                             Merlot
                                                             Bordeaux
               Refine Edge                                   Java
                                        Balance
                                        Silver Finish


                                                                                   U Shape Configuration


                                                                                   Model Number        Description                                     Page        Price
                                                                                   SP1972L-QSP         Single Pedestal Desk                             65        $1251
                                                                                   CR1972FR-36-QSP     Open Corner Lateral File Credenza                70        $1092
                                                                                   EU1948-QSP          Bridge with Modesty Panel                        68         $513
                                                                                   Workstation List Price                                                      $2,856




                                                                                   L Shape Configuration

                                                                                   Model Number        Description                                     Page        Price
                                                                                   SP1972L-QSP         Single Pedestal Desk                             65        $1251
                                                                                   ER1948R-QSP         Return                                           67         $872
                                                                                                       Workstation List Price                                  $2,123




                                                                                   QuickShip Components


                                 F1972-QSP                              CR1972-HD-QSP                        2FD1936-QSP                            HUD1972-QSP
                                 Double Pedestal Desk                   Storage Credenza                     Two Drawer Lateral File                Overhead Storage
                                 Page 64                                Page 69                              Page 77                                Page 71
                                 $1377                                  $1357                                $783                                   $1316




                                 SP1972L-QSP                            CR1972FL-36-QSP                      EU1948-QSP                             ER1948L-QSP
                                 SP1972R-QSP                            CR1972FR-36-QSP                      Bridge                                 ER1948R-QSP
                                 Single Pedestal Desk                   Open Corner Credenza                 Page 68                                Return
                                 Page 65                                Page 70                              $513                                   Page 67
                                 $1251                                  $1092                                                                       $872




                             BC84-QSP     84”h   Bookcase   Page   74       $720
                             BC72-QSP     72”h   Bookcase   Page   74       $657
                             BC60-QSP     60”h   Bookcase   Page   74       $571
                             BC48-QSP     48”h   Bookcase   Page   74       $475




      4
                                                                                                                            Effective January 1, 2009




Walden QuickShip




                                                                                                                                                          Introduction
                                                                              Walnut Wood Species
                                                                              Paprika
                                                                              Toffee
                                                                              Tuscan
                                                                              Amaretto
Federal Edge              Walden Pull                                         Sienna
                                              Walden Molding
                          Antique Brass                                       Espresso



                                                                      U Shape Configuration


                                                                      Model Number      Description                                     Page      Price
                                                                      SP4072L-36-QSP    Single Pedestal Conference Desk                 139      $1546
                                                                      CR402FDR-QSP      Open Corner Lateral File Credenza               142      $1346
                                                                      EU4048-QSP        Bridge Top with Modesty Panel                   141       $652
                                                                                        Workstation List Price                                  $3,544




                                                                      L Shape Configuration

                                                                      Model Number      Description                                     Page      Price
                                                                      SP4072L-36-QSP    Single Pedestal Conference Desk                 139      $1546
                                                                      ER4050R-24-QSP    24”d Return                                     140      $1075
                                                                                        Workstation List Price                                  $2,621




                                                                      QuickShip Components


                   CF4072-QSP                              CR4071-HD-QSP                      2FD4036-QSP                            BOS4069-QSP
                   Double Pedestal Desk                    Storage Credenza                   Two Drawer Lateral File                Overhead Storage
                   Page 139                                Page 142                           Page 155                               Page 144
                   $1609                                   $1434                              $1103                                  $1798




                   SP4072L-36-QSP                          CR402FDL-QSP                       EU4048-QSP                             ER4050L-24-QSP
                   SP4072R-36-QSP                          CR402FDR-QSP                       Bridge                                 ER4050R-24-QSP
                   Single Pedestal Desk                    Open Corner Credenza               Page 141                               Return
                   Page 139                                Page 142                           $652                                   Page 140
                   $1546                                   $1346                                                                     $1075




               BC84-QSP     84”h   Bookcase   Page   153       $720
               BC72-QSP     72”h   Bookcase   Page   153       $657
               BC60-QSP     60”h   Bookcase   Page   153       $571
               BC48-QSP     48”h   Bookcase   Page   153       $475




                                                                                                                                                               5
                                                                                                                                           Effective January 1, 2009




            CaseWorks by Jofco ®
            How To Order
            1. State Quantity

            2. Specify Model Number

            3. Select Cherry or Maple Wood Species

            4. Select Finish
               On Cherry Wood Species:                 Step Ellipse                              Cascade                                    Ellipse
                                                       Accepts Laminate Top
               Caramel
CaseWorks




               Gingersnap
               Merlot
               Bordeaux
               Java
               On Maple Wood Species:
               Linen
               Butterscotch
               Cinnamon
               Ebony                                   Alexandre                                 Josephine                                  Franklin
                                                       Accepts Laminate Top                      Accepts Laminate Top
                Non-Standard Finishes, Add 10%.
                No bleaching or distressed finishes.

            5. Select Hardware
               Arc, Matte Black, Satin Silver or
               Satin Bronze
               Curve, Matte Black, Satin Silver or
               Satin Bronze
               Lineal, Satin Silver                    Arc                                       Curve                                      Lineal
               Madison, Bright Brass                   Matte Black, Satin Silver, Satin Bronze   Matte Black, Satin Silver, Satin Bronze    Satin Silver
               Empire, Burnished Brass

            6. Top Edge Profile
               Step Ellipse*
               Cascade
               Ellipse
               Alexandre*
               Josephine*
               Franklin
               *Accepts laminate top                   Madison                                   Empire
                                                       Bright Brass                              Burnished Brass
            7. Additional Options
               Listed by each product group are
               options specific to those items.
               Options with an asterisk (*) are
               mandatory to make an order
               complete. Items without an asterisk
               will be made standard if not
               otherwise specified.

                Laminate Top Option: Step Ellipse,     Grommet                                   Top Grommet                                End Panel Grommet
                Alexandre and Josephine Edge           Standard for some items--                 Matte Black                                Matte Black
                Black Granite L1                       check individual product section
                Sandstone L2
                Light Stone L3
                Greystone L4
                Call Jofco to verify matching finish
                laminate.

            Example:
               (4) BF3972.Cherry.Bordeaux.Step
               Ellipse.Curve Satin Silver.File/File
                                                       Tackboard and Tasklight are
               Pedestal Right
                                                       Standard
                                                       Tasklight is dark metallic silver.

     6
                                                                                                                                               Effective January 1, 2009




CaseWorks by Jofco ® Specifications
Materials                                                                        Tackboard Textile
Exterior surfaces of cases are cherry, maple or hardwood solids and veneers.     Tackboards are standard on most overhead storage 36” and wider. Textile
                                                                                 selection can be found on www.jofco.com under Resource section.
All wood is thoroughly air-seasoned, kiln dried and the moisture content
controlled to 6-8% at time of assembly.                                          For overhead storage without tackboard, please indicate ‘no tackboard’
                                                                                 rather than leave blank. There is no change in price.
All face veneers are flat cut and book-matched to ensure consistency of
grain pattern. They are also carefully selected for uniform appearance, figure   Modification Pricing
and color.                                                                       Add modification pricing to list price.




                                                                                                                                                                                           CaseWorks
All tops are reverse slip-matched. All tops, panels and drawer fronts are        3” Grommet, factory installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$61 each
glued with moisture resistant PVA glues in a hot plate press. All assembly
glues are non-organic and of a polyvinyl acetate type.                           Access slot in back panel
                                                                                 (2X” x 1Z”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$116
Top Construction
Tops are of 3-ply construction, 1W" thick, and are rimmed with solid             Wall-access opening in back panel
maple, cherry or hardwood bands.                                                 (10” x 12”, 10” from floor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$122

All tops are securely fastened to desks by screws driven through interior        Printer access slots in tops or back panels
framework.                                                                       (17W” x 1W”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137

Case Construction                                                                Re-size standard tops or bases
All construction is full mortise and tenon.                                      (shorter or narrower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137

Outside end panel is rimmed with veneer maple or cherry bands.                   Flat cut or reverse shaped tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$149

All outside end panels are U" thick and 3-ply construction. Inside end           Modesty panels special lengths
and back panels are U" thick and of 3-ply construction. Inside end panels        Up to 40” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$195
are veneer rimmed.                                                               40” to 60” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$339

Pedestals are enclosed at bottom by X" dust panels, securely fastened            Reinforced drawer bottoms of lateral files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$53 each
with screws to provide strength and stability.
                                                                                 Use of non-standard laminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Call for Quote
Drawer Construction
The drawer is a durable, mitre-fold drawer system. The drawer is mitred,
glued and doweled. Drawer front is veneer rimmed and is then attached
on the drawer box.

The high tech drawer offers benefits of field interchangeability of drawer
fronts and goes well with the clean look of CaseWorks by Jofco®. It has
passed the 50,000 cycle performance test established by BIFMA.
Additionally, the box drawer tested at 380 lbs. and the file drawer with-
stood 500 lbs. during the linear force application test.

All drawers in the CaseWorks by Jofco® series are equipped with roller ball
bearing suspensions which provide smooth, effortless access.

A pencil tray is provided with optional center drawer.

File drawers in pedestals are provided with filing system for hanging folders.

Locking
Locks on all desks have face locks which lock each pedestal separately.
Modular units also have face locks.




                                                                                                                                                                                            7
                                                                                            Effective January 1, 2009




            CaseWorks by Jofco ®
            U Shape Configuration



            Model Number     Description                                   Page    Price
            SP3972R          Single Pedestal Desk                           10     $1582
            EU3948           Bridge with Modesty Panel                      14      $631
            CR3972-FL        Open Corner Credenza                           16     $1357
                             Workstation List Price                               $3,570
CaseWorks




            U Shape Configuration with Side Storage



            Model Number     Description                                   Page    Price
            AEDC3972         Arc End Desk                                   11     $1065
            EU3942           Bridge with Modesty Panel                      14      $626
            CR3972-2FDL      Open Corner Lateral File Credenza              15     $1450
            HUD3972PM        72”w Overhead Storage with Paper Management    18     $1712
            HUD3918PSVL      Storage Tower                                  26     $1063
            MFP3916          Mobile Pedestal                                33      $697
                             Workstation List Price                               $6,613




            L Shape Configuration with Storage



            Model Number     Description                                   Page     Price
            BSP3972R         Bow Front Single Pedestal Desk                 10     $1914
            F3918N (Qty 2)   18”w Box/Box/File Pedestal                     34     $1288
            TUR3972R         Modular Return Top                             35      $490
            MRMP3936L        Return Modesty Panel                           36      $318
            HUD3972PM        72”w Overhead Storage with Paper Management    18     $1712
            HUD3918PSVL      Storage Tower                                  26     $1063
            WD3918R          18”w Wardrobe Unit                             31     $1228
                             Workstation List Price                               $8,013




     8
                                                                                                                                                     CaseWorks
                                                                                                                              Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

DESKS                 DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                             W    D    H     WT               PRICE
                      Serpentine Front Double                         SF3972                            72   42   28½   392               2247
                      Pedestal Desk



                      Standard Features                               Specify Options
                      top shaped front and back                       1. cherry or maple veneer*
                      locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                      box/box/file pedestals                          3. edge profile*
                      letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   4. hardware/finish*
                      side                                            5. laminate top available
                      black pencil tray in top box drawer             with step ellipse, alexandre
                      grommet in both end panels                      and josephine edge, no
                      adjustable levelers/glides                      upcharge
                      top size: 72”w x 42/36”d                        6. file/file pedestal left, no
                      kneespace width: 36                             upcharge
                      kneespace height: 27⅜                           7. file/file pedestal right, no
                      front overhang: 6½                              upcharge




                                                                                                                                                                               CaseWorks
                                                                      8. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                                      center or right, add $61
                                                                      each
                                                                      .

                      Bow Front Double Pedestal Desk BF3972                                             72   42   28½   392               2089
                                                     BF3966                                             66   36   28½   372               1977



                      Standard Features                               Specify Options
                      top shaped front and back                       1. cherry or maple veneer*
                      locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                      box/box/file pedestals                          3. edge profile*
                      letter/legal filing, side to side               4. hardware/finish*
                      black pencil tray in top box drawer             5. laminate top available
                      grommet in both end panels                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                      adjustable levelers/glides                      and josephine edge, no
                      BF3972 top size: 72”w x 42/36”d                 upcharge
                      BF3966 top size: 66”w x 36/30”d                 6. file/file pedestal left, no
                      BF3972 kneespace width: 36                      upcharge
                      BF3966 kneespace width: 30                      7. file/file pedestal right,no
                      kneespace height: 27⅜                           upcharge
                      front overhang: 6½                              8. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                                      center or right, add $61
                                                                      each
                                                                      .

                      Double Pedestal Desk                            F3972                             72   36   28½   378               1757
                                                                      F3966                             66   30   28½   358               1659



                      Standard Features                               Specify Options
                      top shaped front and back                       1. cherry or maple veneer*
                      locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                      box/box/file pedestals                          3. edge profile*
                      letter/legal filing, side to side               4. hardware/finish*
                      black pencil tray in top box drawer             5. laminate top available
                      grommet in both end panels                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                      adjustable levelers/glides                      and josephine edge, no
                      F3972 kneespace width: 36                       upcharge
                      F3966 kneespace width: 30                       6. file/file pedestal left, no
                      kneespace height: 27⅜                           upcharge
                                                                      7. file/file pedestal right, no
                                                                      upcharge
                                                                      8. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                                      center or right, add $61
                                                                      each
                                                                      .

                      Serpentine Front Single Pedestal SSP3972L                                         72   42   28½   288               2053
                      Desk                             SSP3972R                                         72   42   28½   288               2053



                      Standard Features                               Specify Options
                      top shaped front and back                       1. cherry or maple veneer*
        right shown   locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                      box/box/file pedestal                           3. edge profile*
                      letter/legal filing, side to side               4. hardware/finish*
                      black pencil tray in top box drawer             5. laminate top available
                      grommet in both end panels                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                      adjustable levelers/glides                      and josephine edge, no
                      top size: 72”w x 42/36”d                        upcharge
                      kneespace width: 53¼                            6. file/file pedestal, no
                      kneespace height: 27⅜                           upcharge
                      front overhang: 6½                              7. WSG-3 grommet left,
                      utility shelf: 9 x 29¼                          center or right, add $61
                                                                      each
                                                                      .




How To Order:         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   9
                      processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                      EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                          CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                   Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            DESKS                 DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                   PRICE
                                  Bow Front Single Pedestal Desk BSP3972L                                    72   42   28½   346                  1914
                                                                 BSP3972R                                    72   42   28½   346                  1914
                                                                 BSP3966L                                    66   36   28½   326                  1811
                                                                 BSP3966R                                    66   36   28½   326                  1811

                                  Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                  top shaped front and back                   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                    right shown
                                  locking drawers                             2. finish*
                                  box/box/file pedestals                      3. edge profile*
                                  letter/legal filing, side to side           4. hardware/finish*
                                  black pencil tray in top box drawer         5. laminate top available
                                  grommet in both end panels                  with step ellipse, alexandre
                                  adjustable levelers/glides                  and josephine edge, no
                                  BSP3972 top size: 72”w x 42/36”d            upcharge
                                  BSP3966 top size: 66”w x 36/30”d            6. file/file pedestal, no
                                  BSP3972 kneespace width: 53¼                upcharge
                                  BSP3966 kneespace width: 47¼                7. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                  kneespace height: 27⅜                       center or right, add $61
CaseWorks




                                  front overhang: 6½                          each
                                  BSP3972 utility shelf: 9 x 26⅝              .
                                  BSP3966 utility shelf: 9 x 20⅝

                                  Single Pedestal Desk                        SP3972L                        72   36   28½   340                  1582
                                                                              SP3972R                        72   36   28½   340                  1582
                                                                              SP3966L                        66   30   28½   305                  1491
                                                                              SP3966R                        66   30   28½   305                  1491

                                  Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                  top shaped front and back                   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                  locking drawers                             2. finish*
                    right shown
                                  box/box/file pedestal                       3. edge profile*
                                  letter/legal filing, side to side           4. hardware/finish*
                                  black pencil tray in top box drawer         5. laminate top available
                                  grommet in both end panels                  with step ellipse, alexandre
                                  adjustable levelers/glides                  and josephine edge, no
                                  SP3972 kneespace width: 53¼                 upcharge
                                  SP3966 kneespace width: 47¼                 6. file/file pedestal, no
                                  kneespace height: 27⅜                       upcharge
                                  SP3972 utility shelf: 9 x 26⅝               7. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                  SP3966 utility shelf: 9 x 20⅝               center or right, add $61
                                                                              each
                                                                              .

                                  Curved Single Pedestal Desk                 SPCI3972X48L                   72   48   28½   341                  2016
                                                                              SPCI3972X48R                   72   48   28½   341                  2016



                                  Standard Features                           Specify Options
                left shown
                                  top shaped front and back                   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                  connecting side flat                        2. finish*
                                  locking drawers                             3. edge profile*
                                  box/box/file pedestal                       4. hardware/finish*
                                  letter/legal filing, side to side           5. laminate top available
                                  black pencil tray in top box drawer         with step ellipse, alexandre
                                  grommet in both end panels and top          and josephine edge, no
                                  adjustable levelers/glides                  upcharge
                                  top size: 72”w x 48/30”d                    6. file/file pedestal, no
                                  kneespace height: 27⅜                       upcharge
                                  utility shelf: 9 x 39                       .
                                  curve radius: 16

                                  Desk Reception Gallery                      RG3972-36                      72   32   11¼   75                    764
                                                                              RG3966-30                      66   26   11¼   70                    706



                                  Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                  use atop double and single pedestal desks   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                  transaction top shaped on approach side     2. finish*
                                  transaction top depth: 10                   3. edge profile*
                                                                              4. laminate top available
                                                                              with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                              and josephine edge, no
                                                                              upcharge
                                                                              .




  10          How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                   order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                   EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                     CaseWorks
                                                                                                                              Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

DESKS                          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                 MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                              PRICE
                               Return Reception Gallery          RG3948-22L                     50   20   10    22                               418
                                                                 RG3948-22R                     50   20   10    22                               418




                  left shown
                               Standard Features                 Specify Options
                               use atop returns                  1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                                                 2. finish*
                                                                 .




                                                                                                                                                                                         CaseWorks
                               Flare Desk                        SFD3972                        72   42   28½   165                             1100




                               Standard Features                 Specify Options
                               top shaped three sides            1. cherry or maple veneer*
                               30” side flat                     2. finish*
                               black ellipse wood post           3. edge profile*
                               top size: 72”w x 30/42”d          4. 4” dia. black or silver
                                                                 powder coated post, add
                                                                 $39
                                                                 5. 6” dia. veneer post, add
                                                                 $115
                                                                 6. ellipse veneer post, add
                                                                 $150
                                                                 7. laminate top available
                                                                 with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                 and josephine edge, no
                                                                 upcharge
                                                                 8. WSG-3 grommet left or
                                                                 right of “T” end, add $61
                                                                 each
                                                                 .

                               Arc End Desk                      AEDC3972                       72   36   28½   165                             1065
                                                                 AEDC3966                       66   30   28½   165                              990



                               Standard Features                 Specify Options
                               use in U-shape configurations     1. cherry or maple veneer*
                               top shaped three sides            2. finish*
                               one side flat                     3. edge profile*
                               black ellipse wood post           4. laminate top available
                               veneer direction long grain       with step ellipse, alexandre
                               includes attaching hardware       and josephine edge, no
                               shipped KD                        upcharge
                               adjustable leveler/glides         5. 4” dia. black or silver
                               kneespace height: 27⅜             powder coated post, add
                                                                 $39
                                                                 6. 6” dia. veneer post, add
                                                                 $115
                                                                 7. ellipse veneer post, add
                                                                 $150
                                                                 8. WSG-3 grommet left or
                                                                 right of “T” end, add $61
                                                                 each
                                                                 .

                               Wing Top Desk with 4" dia. Black SWG3972L                        72   42   28½   210                             1055
                               Metal Post                       SWG3972R                        72   42   28½   210                             1055



                               Standard Features                 Specify Options
    right shown
                               use in U-shape configuration      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                               top shaped three sides            2. finish*
                               30” side flat                     3. edge profile*
                               top size: 72”w x 30/42”d          4. 4” dia. silver powder
                                                                 coated post, add $39
                                                                 5. 6” dia. veneer post, add
                                                                 $115
                                                                 6. laminate top available
                                                                 with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                 and josephine edge, no
                                                                 upcharge
                                                                 7. WSG-3 grommet left or
                                                                 right of “T” end, add $61
                                                                 each
                                                                 .




How To Order:                  Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   11
                               processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                               EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                        CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                 Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            DESKS                  DESCRIPTION/NOTES                  MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                            PRICE
                                   P-Top Run-Off Desk                 P3984L                         84   42   28½   170                           1185
                                                                      P3984R                         84   42   28½   170                           1185
                                                                      P3972L                         72   42   28½   160                           1094
                                                                      P3972R                         72   42   28½   160                           1094
                                                                      P3966L                         66   42   28½   150                           1003
                                                                      P3966R                         66   42   28½   150                           1003
                                                                      P3960L                         60   42   28½   147                            912
                                                                      P3960R                         60   42   28½   147                            912

                    left shown     Standard Features                  Specify Options
                                   use in L-shape configurations      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                   attaching side is reverse shaped   2. finish*
                                   black ellipse wood post            3. edge profile*
                                   veneer direction long grain        4. laminate top available
                                   includes attaching hardware        with step ellipse, alexandre
                                   shipped KD                         and josephine edge, no
                                   adjustable levelers/glides         upcharge
                                   P3984 top size: 84”w x 30/42”d     5. 4” dia. black or silver
                                   P3972 top size: 72”w x 30/42”d     powder coated post, add
CaseWorks




                                   P3966 top size: 66”w x 30/42”d     $39
                                   P3960 top size: 60”w x 30/42”d     6. 6” dia. veneer post, add
                                   kneespace height: 27⅜              $115
                                                                      7. ellipse veneer post, add
                                                                      $150
                                                                      8. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                                      center or right, add $61
                                                                      each
                                                                      .

                                   Arc End Run-Off Desk               AE3972-36                      72   36   28½   170                            862
                                                                      AE3972-30                      72   30   28½   167                            819
                                                                      AE3966-36                      66   36   28½   150                            802
                                                                      AE3966-30                      66   30   28½   147                            762
                                                                      AE3960-36                      60   36   28½   142                            747
                                                                      AE3960-30                      60   30   28½   140                            710
                                                                      AE3954-36                      54   36   28½   137                            675
                                                                      AE3954-30                      54   30   28½   134                            642
                                   Standard Features                  Specify Options
                                   use in L-shape configurations      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                   reverse shape connecting end       2. finish*
                                   top shaped three sides             3. edge profile*
                                   black ellipse wood post            4. laminate top available
                                   veneer direction long grain        with step ellipse, alexandre
                                   includes attaching hardware        and josephine edge, no
                                   shipped KD                         upcharge
                                   adjustable leveler/glides          5. 4” dia. black or silver
                                   kneespace height: 27⅜              powder coated post, add
                                                                      $39
                                                                      6. 6” dia. veneer post, add
                                                                      $115
                                                                      7. ellipse veneer post, add
                                                                      $150
                                                                      8. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                                      center or right, add $61
                                                                      each
                                                                      .

                                   Wing Top Run-Off Desk with 4" RWG3966L                            66   42   28½   150                            853
                                   dia. Black Metal Post         RWG3966R                            66   42   28½   150                            853
                                                                 RWG3960L                            60   42   28½   147                            784
                                                                 RWG3960R                            60   42   28½   147                            784

                                   Standard Features                  Specify Options
                                   use in L-shape configuration       1. cherry or maple veneer*
                     right shown
                                   top shaped three sides             2. finish*
                                   30” side reverse shape             3. edge profile*
                                   RWG3966 top size: 66”w x 30/42”d   4. 4” dia. silver powder
                                   RWG3960 top size: 60”w x 30/42”d   coated post, add $39
                                                                      5. 6” dia. veneer post, add
                                                                      $115
                                                                      6. laminate top available
                                                                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                      and josephine edge, no
                                                                      upcharge
                                                                      7. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                                      center or right, add $61
                                                                      each
                                                                      .




  12          How To Order:         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                    order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                    EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                           CaseWorks
                                                                                                                    Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

DESKS           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                 PRICE
                Flare Run-Off Desk                             RFD3966                        66   42   28½   150                 899
                                                               RFD3960                        60   42   28½   147                 830



                Standard Features                              Specify Options
                use in L-shape configuration                   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                top shaped three sides                         2. finish*
                30” side reverse shape                         3. edge profile*
                black ellipse wood post                        4. 4” dia. black or silver
                RFD3966 top size: 66”w x 30/42”d               powder coated post, add
                RFD3960 top size: 60”w x 30/42”d               $39
                                                               5. 6” dia. veneer post, add
                                                               $115
                                                               6. ellipse veneer post, add
                                                               $150
                                                               7. laminate top available
                                                               with step ellipse, alexandre




                                                                                                                                                                          CaseWorks
                                                               and josephine edge, no
                                                               upcharge
                                                               8. WSG-3 grommet left,
                                                               center or right, add $61
                                                               each
                                                               .

RETURN          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                 PRICE
                Return                                         ER3948-FL                      48   22   28½   165                1021
                                                               ER3948-FR                      48   22   28½   165                1021



                Standard Features                              Specify Options
   left shown   use with single pedestal desk                  1. cherry or maple veneer*
                reverse shaped on attaching side               2. finish*
                locking drawers                                3. edge profile*
                box/box/file pedestal                          4. hardware/finish*
                letter filing, front to back or side to side   5. laminate top available
                legal filing, side to side                     with step ellipse, alexandre
                grommet in end panel                           and josephine edge, no
                top veneer direction long grain                upcharge
                modesty panel has 3” overlay for fastening     6. file/file pedestal, no
                1¾ x 17¼ wire management opening               upcharge
                with black trim insert (top of kneespace)      7. WSG-3 grommet left,
                adjustable levelers/glides                     center or right, add $61
                kneespace width: 30                            each
                kneespace height: 27⅜                          .




How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   13
                processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                   CaseWorks
                                                                                                                            Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            BRIDGES           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                      PRICE
                              Bridge with Modesty Panel                EU3948                         48   22   28½   80                       631
                                                                       EU3942                         42   22   28½   75                       626



                              Standard Features                        Specify Options
                              use between two shaped tops              1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              reverse shaped both sides                2. finish*
                              veneer direction short grain             3. edge profile*
                              3” overlap on each side for fastening    4. laminate top available
                              four flat attaching brackets included    with step ellipse, alexandre
                              1¾ x 17¼ wire management opening         and josephine edge, no
                              with black trim insert (top-center of    upcharge
                              kneespace)                               5. WSG-3 grommet left,
                              adjustable levelers/glides               center or right, add $61
                              kneespace height: 27⅜                    each
                              shipped KD                               .
CaseWorks




                              Curved Bridge with Modesty               EUR3948                        48   30   28½   80                       742
                              Panel                                    EUR3942                        42   30   28½   75                       727



                              Standard Features                        Specify Options
                              use between two shaped tops              1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              reverse shaped both sides                2. finish*
                              veneer direction short grain             3. edge profile*
                              3” overlap on each side for fastening    4. laminate top available
                              four flat attaching brackets included    with step ellipse, alexandre
                              1¾ x 17¼ wire management opening         and josephine edge, no
                              with black trim insert (top-center of    upcharge
                              kneespace)                               5. WSG-3 grommet left,
                              adjustable levelers/glides               center or right, add $61
                              kneespace height: 27⅜                    each
                              shipped KD                               .


                              Corner Bridge with Modesty               CEU3942-L                      42   22   28½   75                       624
                              Panel                                    CEU3942-R                      42   22   28½   75                       624
                                                                       CEU3936-L                      36   22   28½   70                       597
                                                                       CEU3936-R                      36   22   28½   70                       597

                              Standard Features                        Specify Options
                              use between flat end and shaped top      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              one end flat, one revere shaped          2. finish*
                              determine left or right by reverse end   3. edge profile*
                              veneer direction long grain              4. laminate top available
                              four flat attaching brackets included    with step ellipse, alexandre
                              1¾ x 17¼ wire management opening         and josephine edge, no
                              with black trim insert (top-center of    upcharge
                              kneespace)                               5. WSG-3 grommet left,
                              adjustable levelers/glides               center or right, add $61
                              CEU3942 overall width: 48                each
                              CEU3936 overall width: 42                .
                              kneespace height: 27⅜
                              shipped KD




  14          How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                               order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                               EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                               CaseWorks
                                                                                                                        Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

CREDENZAS       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                             W    D    H     WT               PRICE
                Storage Credenza                                CR3972-HD                         72   22   28½   330               1676




                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                top shaped front                                1. cherry or maple veneer*
                locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                letter filing, front to back or side to side    3. edge profile*
                legal filing, side to side                      4. hardware/finish*
                hinged door compartment with adjustable         5. laminate top available
                shelf                                           with step ellipse, alexandre
                grommet in both end panels                      and josephine edge, no
                adjustable levelers/glides                      upcharge
                center dimensions:                              6. file/file pedestal left, no
                36”w x 20⅛”d x 25¾ ”h                           upcharge
                                                                7. file/file pedestal right, no
                                                                upcharge




                                                                                                                                                                          CaseWorks
                                                                8. locking doors, add $43
                                                                .

                Kneespace Credenza                              CR3972-KS                         72   22   28½   285               1574
                                                                CR3966-KS                         66   22   28½   275               1533



                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                top shaped front                                1. cherry or maple veneer*
                locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                box/box/file pedestals                          3. edge profile*
                letter filing, front to back or side to side    4. hardware/finish*
                legal filing, side to side                      5. laminate top available
                grommet in both end panels                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                11¾ x 17¼ wire management opening               and josephine edge, no
                with black trim insert (top-center of           upcharge
                kneespace)                                      6. file/file pedestal left, no
                adjustable levelers/glides                      upcharge
                CR3972-KS kneespace width: 36                   7. file/file pedestal right, no
                CR3966-KS kneespace width: 30                   upcharge
                kneespace height 27⅜                            .

                Lateral File Credenza                           CR3972-4FD                        72   22   28½   335               1545




                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                top shaped front                                1. cherry or maple veneer*
                locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   3. edge profile*
                side                                            4. hardware/finish*
                grommet in both end panels                      5. laminate top available
                adjustable levelers/glides                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                and josephine edge, no
                                                                upcharge
                                                                6. reinforced drawer
                                                                bottom, add $53 each
                                                                drawer
                                                                .

                Open Corner Lateral File                        CR3972-2FDL                       72   22   28½   250               1450
                Credenza                                        CR3972-2FDR                       72   22   28½   250               1450
                                                                CR3966-2FDL                       66   22   28½   240               1408
                                                                CR3966-2FDR                       66   22   28½   240               1408

                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                top shaped front                                1. cherry or maple veneer*
                locking drawers                                 2. finish*
   left shown   letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   3. edge profile*
                side                                            4. hardware/finish*
                grommet in both end panels                      5. laminate top available
                shelf notched each end for wire                 with step ellipse, alexandre
                management                                      and josephine edge, no
                3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with            upcharge
                black trim insert (top-center of kneespace)     6. WSG-3 grommet left,
                adjustable levelers/glides                      center or right, add $61
                CR3972-2FD kneespace width: 35                  each
                CR3966-2FD kneespace width: 29                  7. reinforced drawer
                kneespace height: 27⅜                           bottom, add $53 each
                CR3972-2FD utility shelf: 7 x 35                drawer
                CR3966-2FD utility shelf: 7 x 29                .
                shelf height from floor: 5




How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   15
                processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                         CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                  Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            CREDENZAS         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                PRICE
                              Open Corner Credenza                           CR3972-FL                      72   22   28½   250               1357
                                                                             CR3972-FR                      72   22   28½   250               1357
                                                                             CR3966-FL                      66   22   28½   240               1314
                                                                             CR3966-FR                      66   22   28½   240               1314

                              Standard Features                              Specify Options
                              top shaped front                               1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              locking drawers                                2. finish*
                right shown   box/box/file pedestal                          3. edge profile*
                              shelf notched each end for wire                4. hardware/finish*
                              management                                     5. laminate top available
                              letter filing, front to back or side to side   with step ellipse, alexandre
                              legal filing, side to side                     and josephine edge, no
                              grommet in both end panels                     upcharge
                              3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with           6. file/file pedestal, no
                              black trim insert (top-center of kneespace)    upcharge
                              adjustable levelers/glides                     7. WSG-3 grommet left,
                              CR3972-F kneespace width: 53                   center or right, add $61
CaseWorks




                              CR3966-F kneespace width: 47                   each
                              kneespace height: 27⅜                          .
                              CR3972-F utility shelf: 7 x 53
                              CR3966-F utility shelf: 7 x 47
                              shelf height from floor: 5

                              Curved Corner Credenza                         CRSCI3972X48FL                 72   48   28½   280               1951
                                                                             CRSCI3972X48FR                 72   48   28½   280               1951
                                                                             CRSCI3972X42FL                 72   42   28½   260               1918
                                                                             CRSCI3972X42FR                 72   42   28½   260               1918

                              Standard Features                              Specify Options
               left shown     top shaped working side                        1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              22” flat connecting end                        2. finish*
                              locking drawers                                3. edge profile*
                              box/box/file pedestal                          4. hardware/finish*
                              letter filing, front to back or side to side   5. laminate top available
                              legal filing, side to side                     with step ellipse, alexandre
                              grommet in both end panels and top             and josephine edge, no
                              shelf notched both sides for cord              upcharge
                              management                                     6. file/file pedestal, no
                              3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with           upcharge
                              black trim insert (top-center of kneespace)    .
                              adjustable levelers/glides
                              CRSCI3972X48F top size: 72”w x
                              48/22”d
                              CRSCI3972X42F top size: 72”w x
                              42/22”d
                              kneespace height: 27⅜
                              CRSCI3972X48F utility shelf: 9 x 43⅜
                              CRSCI3972X42F utility shelf: 9 x 37⅜
                              shelf height from floor: 6½

            CORNER UNITS      DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                PRICE
                              Curved Corner Unit                             CCUI3948                       48   22   28½   200               1547
                                                                             CCUI3942                       42   22   28½   190               1421



                              Standard Features                              Specify Options
                              connecting units must have flat ends           1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              shaped front only                              2. finish*
                              veneer direction diagonal                      3. edge profile*
                              connecting sides are 22”                       4. laminate top available
                              grommet in both end panels                     with step ellipse, alexandre
                              3” center back grommet                         and josephine edge, no
                              3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with           upcharge
                              black trim insert (top-center of each back     .
                              panel)
                              adjustable levelers/glides
                              kneespace height: 27⅜


                              Corner Unit                                    CU3936                         36   22   28½   150               1140




                              Standard Features                              Specify Options
                              connecting units must have flat ends           1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              shaped front only                              2. finish*
                              veneer direction is diagonal                   3. edge profile*
                              grommet in both end panels                     4. laminate top available
                              3” center back grommet                         with step ellipse, alexandre
                              3½ x 1⅝ wire access opening with black         and josephine edge, no
                              trim insert (top-center of each back panel)    upcharge
                              adjustable levelers/glides                     .
                              kneespace width: 20
                              kneespace height: 27⅜




  16          How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                               order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                               EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                                        CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                                 Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

OVERHEAD STORAGE                         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                          W    D    H    WT    A/COM     B      C      D      E      F      G      H
                                         72"w Tall Overhead Storage                  HUD3972-50T                    72   15   50   250   1849     1849   1849   1902   1914   1926   1950   1974




                                         Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                         top is inverted shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                         edge                                        2. finish*
                                         1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                         attaching hardware                          4. tackboard textile, see
                                         wood doors are self pull                    www.jofco.com
                                         three compartments in upper section         5. work tool rail (fabric
                                         tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $78 see
16 3/4”         35 1/4”
                                         middle open section: 14” h                  pages 38-39
                               16 3/4”
                                         lower open section: 20” h                   6. without top, deduct $150
                                         worksurface to valance rail: 20” h          7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                     wood frame, add $77 per
                                                                                     unit




                                                                                                                                                                                                        CaseWorks
                                                                                     8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                     aluminum frame, add $153
                                                                                     per unit
                                                                                     9. four halogen lights, add
                                                                                     $213
                                                                                     10. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                     (not available on aluminum
                                                                                     frames)
                                                                                     .

                                         54"w Tall Overhead Storage                  HUD3954-50T                    54   15   50   325   1583     1583   1583   1624   1633   1642   1661   1679




                                         Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                         top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                         edge                                        2. finish*
                                         1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                         two compartments in upper section           4. tackboard textile, see
                                         attaching hardware                          www.jofco.com
                                         wood doors are self pull                    5. work tool rail (fabric
    34 13/16”        16 3/4”             tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $66 see
                                         middle section 14” h                        pages 38-39
                                         lower section 20” h                         6. without top, deduct $113
                                         worksurface to valance rail: 20” h          7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                     wood frame, add $57 per
                                                                                     unit
                                                                                     8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                     aluminum frame, add $115
                                                                                     per unit
                                                                                     9. three halogen lights, add
                                                                                     $181
                                                                                     10. locking doors, add $85
                                                                                     (not available on aluminum
                                                                                     frames)
                                                                                     .

                                         36"w Tall Overhead Storage                  HUD3936-50T                    36   15   50   250   1360     1360   1360   1389   1395   1402   1415   1429




                                         Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                         top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                         edge                                        2. finish*
                                         1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                         one compartment in upper section            4. tackboard textile, see
     34 3/8”                             attaching hardware                          www.jofco.com
                                         wood doors are self pull                    5. work tool rail (fabric
                                         tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $48 see
                                         middle section 14” h                        pages 38-39
                                         lower section 20” h                         6. without top, deduct $75
                                         worksurface to valance rail: 20” h          7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                     wood frame, add $39 per
                                                                                     unit
                                                                                     8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                     aluminum frame, add $77
                                                                                     per unit
                                                                                     9. two halogen lights, add
                                                                                     $150
                                                                                     10. locking doors, add $43
                                                                                     (not available on aluminum
                                                                                     frames)
                                                                                     .




  How To Order:                          Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order        17
                                         processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                         EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                                           CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                                    Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            OVERHEAD STORAGE                DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                          W    D    H    WT    A/COM     B      C      D      E      F      G      H
                                            72"w Overhead Storage with                  HUD3972PM-18PSVL               72   15   40   225   2641     2641   2641   2682   2691   2701   2719   2738
                                            Paper Management                            HUD3972PM-18PSVR               72   15   40   225   2641     2641   2641   2682   2691   2701   2719   2738



                                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                            top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                            edge                                        2. finish*
                                            1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                            horizontal shelf in tower (removable)       4. hardware/finish*
                 left shown                 vertical shelves (fixed)                    5. tackboard textile, see
                                            drawers and dividers has shown              www.jofco.com
                                            attaching hardware                          6. work tool rail (fabric
                                            wood doors are self pull                    railroaded), add $66 see
            16 3/4”     35 1/4”   16 3/4”
                                            tackboard and tasklight are standard        pages 38-39
                                                                                        7. without top, deduct $150
                                                                                        8. clear glass doors with
                                                                                        wood frame, add $77 per
CaseWorks




                                                                                        unit
                                                                                        9. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                        aluminum frame, add $153
                                                                                        per unit
                                                                                        10. three halogen lights,
                                                                                        add $181
                                                                                        11. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                                        frames)
                                                                                        .

                                            72"w Overhead Storage with                  HUD3972PM-18L                  72   15   40   225   2306     2306   2306   2347   2356   2366   2384   2403
                                            Paper Management                            HUD3972PM-18R                  72   15   40   225   2306     2306   2306   2347   2356   2366   2384   2403



                                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                            top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                            edge                                        2. finish*
                                            1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                            attaching hardware                          4. tackboard textile, see
                 left shown                 wood doors are self pull                    www.jofco.com
                                            tackboard and tasklight are standard        5. work tool rail (fabric
                                                                                        railroaded), add $66 see
                                                                                        pages 38-39
            16 3/4”     35 1/4”   16 3/4”
                                                                                        6. without top, deduct $150
                                                                                        7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                        wood frame, add $84 per
                                                                                        unit
                                                                                        8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                        aluminum frame, add $160
                                                                                        per unit
                                                                                        9. three halogen lights, add
                                                                                        $181
                                                                                        10. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                                        frames)
                                                                                        .

                                            72"w Overhead Storage with                  HUD3972PM                      72   15   40   218   1712     1712   1712   1747   1754   1762   1779   1795
                                            Paper Management



                                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                            top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                            edge                                        2. finish*
                                            1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                            three compartments in upper section         4. tackboard textile, see
                                            attaching hardware                          www.jofco.com
                                            wood doors are self pull                    5. work tool rail (fabric
            16 3/4”     35 1/4”   16 3/4”   tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $78 see
                                                                                        pages 38-39
                                                                                        6. without top, deduct $150
                                                                                        7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                        wood frame, add $77 per
                                                                                        unit
                                                                                        8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                        aluminum frame, add $153
                                                                                        per unit
                                                                                        9. four halogen lights, add
                                                                                        $213
                                                                                        10. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                                        frames)
                                                                                        .




  18             How To Order:               Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                             order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                             EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                       CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

OVERHEAD STORAGE        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                          W    D    H    WT    A/COM     B      C      D      E      F      G      H
                        54"w Overhead Storage with                  HUD3954PM                      54   15   40   300   1455     1455   1455   1496   1505   1514   1533   1552
                        Paper Management



                        Standard Features                           Specify Options
                        top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                        edge                                        2. finish*
                        1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                        two compartments in upper section           4. tackboard textile, see
                        attaching hardware                          www.jofco.com
  34 13/16”   16 3/4”   wood doors are self pull                    5. work tool rail (fabric
                        tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $66 see
                                                                    pages 38-39
                                                                    6. without top, deduct $113
                                                                    7. clear glass doors with
                                                                    wood frame, add $57 per
                                                                    unit




                                                                                                                                                                                       CaseWorks
                                                                    8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                    aluminum frame, add $115
                                                                    9. three halogen lights, add
                                                                    $181 per unit
                                                                    10. locking doors, add $85
                                                                    (not available on aluminum
                                                                    frames)
                                                                    .

                        36"w Overhead Storage with                  HUD3936PM                      36   15   40   225   1253     1253   1253   1283   1289   1296   1310   1323
                        Paper Management



                        Standard Features                           Specify Options
                        top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                        edge                                        2. finish*
                        1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
  34 3/8”               one compartment in upper section            4. tackboard textile, see
                        attaching hardware                          www.jofco.com
                        wood doors are self pull                    5. work tool rail (fabric
                        tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $48 see
                                                                    pages 38-39
                                                                    6. without top, deduct $75
                                                                    7. clear glass doors with
                                                                    wood frame, add $39 per
                                                                    unit
                                                                    8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                    aluminum frame, add $77
                                                                    per unit
                                                                    9. two halogen lights, add
                                                                    $150
                                                                    10. locking doors, add $43
                                                                    (not available on aluminum
                                                                    frames)
                                                                    .




How To Order:           Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order        19
                        processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                        EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                                           CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                                    Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            OVERHEAD STORAGE                DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                          W    D    H    WT    A/COM     B      C      D      E      F      G      H
                                            72"w Overhead Storage                       HUD3972-18PSVL                 72   15   40   225   2601     2601   2601   2642   2651   2660   2680   2698
                                                                                        HUD3972-18PSVR                 72   15   40   225   2601     2601   2601   2642   2651   2660   2680   2698



                                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                            top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                            edge                                        2. finish*
                                            1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                            horizontal shelf in tower (removable)       4. hardware/finish*
                 left shown                 vertical shelves (fixed)                    5. tackboard textile, see
                                            drawers and dividers has shown              www.jofco.com
                                            attaching hardware                          6. work tool rail (fabric
            16 3/4”     35 1/4”   16 3/4”   wood doors are self pull                    railroaded), add $66 see
                                            tackboard and tasklight are standard        pages 38-39
                                                                                        7. without top, deduct $150
                                                                                        8. clear glass doors with
                                                                                        wood frame, add $77 per
CaseWorks




                                                                                        unit
                                                                                        9. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                        aluminum frame, add $153
                                                                                        per unit
                                                                                        10. three halogen lights,
                                                                                        add $181
                                                                                        11. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                                        frames)
                                                                                        .

                                            72"w Overhead Storage                       HUD3972-18L                    72   15   40   225   2266     2266   2266   2307   2317   2326   2344   2364
                                                                                        HUD3972-18R                    72   15   40   225   2266     2266   2266   2307   2317   2326   2344   2364



                                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                            top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                            edge                                        2. finish*
                                            1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                            attaching hardware                          4. tackboard textile, see
                 left shown                 wood doors are self pull                    www.jofco.com
                                            tackboard and tasklight are standard        5. work tool rail (fabric
                                                                                        railroaded), add $66 see
                                                                                        pages 38-39
            16 3/4”     35 1/4”   16 3/4”
                                                                                        6. without top, deduct $150
                                                                                        7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                        wood frame, add $84 per
                                                                                        unit
                                                                                        8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                        aluminum frame, add $160
                                                                                        per unit
                                                                                        9. three halogen lights, add
                                                                                        $181
                                                                                        10. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                                        frames)
                                                                                        .

                                            72"w Overhead Storage                       HUD3972                        72   15   40   208   1531     1531   1531   1584   1596   1608   1632   1656




                                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                            top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                            edge                                        2. finish*
                                            1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                            three compartments in upper section         4. tackboard textile, see
                                            attaching hardware                          www.jofco.com
                                            wood doors are self pull                    5. work tool rail (fabric
            16 3/4”     35 1/4”   16 3/4”   tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $78 see
                                                                                        pages 38-39
                                                                                        6. without top, deduct $150
                                                                                        7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                        wood frame, add $77 per
                                                                                        unit
                                                                                        8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                        aluminum frame, add $153
                                                                                        per unit
                                                                                        9. four halogen lights, add
                                                                                        $213
                                                                                        10. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                                        frames)
                                                                                        .




  20             How To Order:               Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                             order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                             EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                       CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

OVERHEAD STORAGE        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                          W    D    H    WT    A/COM     B      C      D      E      F      G      H
                        54"w Overhead Storage                       HUD3954                        54   15   40   280   1415     1415   1415   1456   1465   1475   1493   1512




                        Standard Features                           Specify Options
                        top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                        edge                                        2. finish*
                        1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                        two compartments in upper section           4. tackboard textile, see
                        attaching hardware                          www.jofco.com
  34 13/16”   16 3/4”   wood doors are self pull                    5. work tool rail (fabric
                        tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $66 see
                                                                    pages 38-39
                                                                    6. without top, deduct $113
                                                                    7. clear glass doors with
                                                                    wood frame, add $57 per
                                                                    unit




                                                                                                                                                                                       CaseWorks
                                                                    8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                    aluminum frame, add $115
                                                                    per unit
                                                                    9. three halogen lights, add
                                                                    $181
                                                                    10. locking doors, add $85
                                                                    (not available on aluminum
                                                                    frames)
                                                                    .

                        36"w Overhead Storage                       HUD3936                        36   15   40   205   1221     1221   1221   1251   1257   1264   1277   1291




                        Standard Features                           Specify Options
                        top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                        edge                                        2. finish*
                        1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
  34 3/8”               one compartment in upper section            4. tackboard textile, see
                        attaching hardware                          www.jofco.com
                        wood doors are self pull                    5. work tool rail (fabric
                        tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $48 see
                                                                    pages 38-39
                                                                    6. without top, deduct $75
                                                                    7. clear glass doors with
                                                                    wood frame, add $39 per
                                                                    unit
                                                                    8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                    aluminum frame, add $77
                                                                    per unit
                                                                    9. two halogen lights, add
                                                                    $150
                                                                    10. locking doors, add $43
                                                                    (not available on aluminum
                                                                    frames)
                                                                    .




How To Order:           Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order        21
                        processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                        EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                                                    CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                                             Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            OVERHEAD STORAGE                         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                          W    D    H    WT    A/COM     B      C      D      E      F      G      H
                                                     72"w Overhead Storage with                  HUD3972PMFPL                   72   15   40   200   1685     1685   1685   1720   1728   1736   1753   1768
                                                     Paper Management                            HUD3972PMFPR                   72   15   40   200   1685     1685   1685   1720   1728   1736   1753   1768



                                                     Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                                     use with COS3924L or R                      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                                     top is reversed shaped except Franklin      2. finish*
                                                     edge                                        3. edge profile*
                                                     1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   4. tackboard textile, see
                  left shown                         three compartments in upper section         www.jofco.com
                                                     attaching hardware                          5. work tool rail (fabric
                                                     wood doors are self pull                    railroaded), add $78 see
                                                     tackboard and tasklight are standard        pages 38-39
            16 3/4”         35 1/4”        16 3/4”                                               6. without top, deduct $150
                                                                                                 7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                                 wood frame, add $77 per
                                                                                                 unit
CaseWorks




                                                                                                 8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                                 aluminum frame, add $153
                                                                                                 per unit
                                                                                                 9. four halogen lights, add
                                                                                                 $213
                                                                                                 10. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                                 (not available on aluminum
                                                                                                 frames)
                                                                                                 .

                                                     54"w Overhead Storage with                  HUD3954PMFPL                   54   15   40   300   1393     1393   1393   1434   1444   1453   1471   1490
                                                     Paper Management                            HUD3954PMFPR                   54   15   40   300   1393     1393   1393   1434   1444   1453   1471   1490



                                                     Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                                     use with COS3924L or R                      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                                     top is reversed shaped except Franklin      2. finish*
                                                     edge                                        3. edge profile*
                 left shown                          1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   4. tackboard textile, see
                                                     two compartments in upper section           www.jofco.com
                                                     attaching hardware                          5. work tool rail (fabric
                34 13/16”        16 3/4”
                                                     wood doors are self pull                    railroaded), add $66 see
                                                     tackboard and tasklight are standard        pages 38-39
                                                                                                 6. without top, deduct $113
                                                                                                 7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                                 wood frame, add $57 per
                                                                                                 unit
                                                                                                 8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                                 aluminum frame, add $115
                                                                                                 per unit
                                                                                                 9. three halogen lights, add
                                                                                                 $181
                                                                                                 10. locking doors, add $85
                                                                                                 (not available on aluminum
                                                                                                 frames)
                                                                                                 .

                                                     36"w Overhead Storage with                  HUD3936PMFPL                   36   15   40   225   1230     1230   1230   1259   1266   1272   1286   1300
                                                     Paper Management                            HUD3936PMFPR                   36   15   40   225   1230     1230   1230   1259   1266   1272   1286   1300



                                                     Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                                     top is reversed shaped except Franklin      1. cherry or maple veneer*
               left shown
                                                     edge                                        2. finish*
                                                     1” wire access slot, bottom of back panel   3. edge profile*
                                                     one compartment in upper section            4. tackboard textile, see
                 34 3/8”                             attaching hardware                          www.jofco.com
                                                     wood doors are self pull                    5. work tool rail (fabric
                                                     tackboard and tasklight are standard        railroaded), add $48 see
                                                                                                 pages 38-39
                                                                                                 6. without top, deduct $75
                                                                                                 7. clear glass doors with
                                                                                                 wood frame, add $39 per
                                                                                                 unit
                                                                                                 8. frosted glass doors with
                                                                                                 aluminum frame, add $77
                                                                                                 per unit
                                                                                                 9. two halogen lights, add
                                                                                                 $150
                                                                                                 10. locking doors, add $43
                                                                                                 (not available on aluminum
                                                                                                 frames)
                                                                                                 .




  22             How To Order:                        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                                      order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                                      EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                   CaseWorks
                                                                                                                            Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

OVERHEAD STORAGE       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                         W    D    H     WT    A/COM     B      C      D       E      F      G      H
                       Overhead Storage Tower                   COS3924L                      24   24   40    160   1302     1302   1302   1355    1367   1379   1403   1427
                                                                COS3924R                      24   24   40    160   1302     1302   1302   1355    1367   1379   1403   1427



                       Standard Features                        Specify Options
                       top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                       edge                                     2. finish*
                       wood door is self pull                   3. edge profile*
                       tackboard and tasklight are standard     4. tackboard textile, see
                       left & right determined by door hinge    www.jofco.com
                                                                5. without top, deduct $38
                                                                6. locking door, add $43
                                                                .




                                                                                                                                                                                    CaseWorks
WALL MOUNTED STORAGE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                         W    D    H     WT                           PRICE
                       36"w Wall Mounted Overhead               BB3936                        36   15   16¾   70                            627
                       Storage



                       Standard Features                        Specify Options
                       top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                       edge                                     2. finish*
                       mounting brackets included               3. edge profile*
                       inside dimensions:                       4. without top, deduct $75
                       34½”w x 12¼”d x 13¾ ”h                   5. clear glass doors with
                       wood doors are self pull                 wood frame, add $39
                                                                6. frosted glass doors with
                                                                aluminum frame, add $77
                                                                7. valance BBLV (specify
                                                                length), add $2 per inch
                                                                8. top BBTU39 (specify
                                                                length), add $2 per inch
                                                                9. locking door, add $43
                                                                (not available on aluminum
                                                                frames)
                                                                .

                       18"w Wall Mounted Overhead               BB3918L                       18   15   16¾   40                            476
                       Storage                                  BB3918R                       18   15   16¾   40                            476



                       Standard Features                        Specify Options
                       top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                       edge                                     2. finish*
                       mounting brackets included               3. edge profile*
                       inside dimensions:                       4. without top, deduct $38
                       16½”w x 12¼”d x 13¾ ”h                   5. clear glass doors with
                       wood door is self pull                   wood frame, add $19
                       left & right determined by door hinge    6. frosted glass doors with
                                                                aluminum frame, add $39
                                                                7. valance BBLV (specify
                                                                length), add $2 per inch
                                                                8. top BBTU39 (specify
                                                                length), add $2 per inch
                                                                9. locking door, add $43
                                                                (not available on aluminum
                                                                frames)
                                                                .




How To Order:          Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order      23
                       processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                       EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                    CaseWorks
                                                                                                                             Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            36"W WORKSURFACE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                         W    D    H    WT                        PRICE
            STORAGE TOWERS
                               Storage Tower                            HD3936-15                     36   15   40   150                        847




                               Standard Features                        Specify Options
                               top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                               edge                                     2. finish*
                               two adjustable shelves                   3. edge profile*
                               wood doors are self pull                 4. without top, deduct $75
                               inside dimensions:                       5. clear glass doors with
                               34⅜”w x 12⅞”d x 37¼ ”h                   wood frame, add $39
                                                                        6. frosted glass doors with
                                                                        aluminum frame, add $95
                                                                        7. two lights and glass
                                                                        shelves, add $227
                                                                        8. locking door, add $43
CaseWorks




                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                        frame)
                                                                        .

                               Open Storage Tower                       BC3936-15                     36   15   40   120                        754




                               Standard Features                        Specify Options
                               top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                               edge                                     2. finish*
                               shelves are adjustable                   3. edge profile*
                               inside dimensions:                       4. hardware/finish*
                               34⅜”w x 12⅞”d x 37¼ ”h                   5. without top, deduct $75
                                                                        .




  24          How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                         CaseWorks
                                                                                                                  Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

18"W WORKSURFACE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                        W    D    H    WT                          PRICE
STORAGE TOWERS
                   Tall Storage Tower                       HUD3918-50TPSVL              18   15   50   135                         1172
                                                            HUD3918-50TPSVR              18   15   50   135                         1172



                   Standard Features                        Specify Options
                   top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                   edge                                     2. finish*
                   horizontal shelf (fixed)                 3. edge profile*
                   vertical shelves (fixed)                 4. hardware/finish*
                   drawers and dividers has shown           5. without top, deduct $38
                   wood door is self pull                   6. clear glass door with
                   left & right determined by door hinge    wood frame, add $19
                                                            7. frosted glass door with
                                                            aluminum frame, add $39
                                                            8. halogen light, add $116
                                                            9. locking door, add $43




                                                                                                                                                                             CaseWorks
                                                            (not available on aluminum
                                                            frames)
                                                            .

                   Tall Storage Tower                       HUD3918-50TPSL               18   15   50   135                         1104
                                                            HUD3918-50TPSR               18   15   50   135                         1104



                   Standard Features                        Specify Options
                   top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                   edge                                     2. finish*
                   horizontal shelves (removable)           3. edge profile*
                   drawers and dividers has shown           4. hardware/finish*
                   wood door is self pull                   5. without top, deduct $38
                   left & right determined by door hinge    6. clear glass door with
                                                            wood frame, add $19
                                                            7. frosted glass door with
                                                            aluminum frame, add $39
                                                            8. halogen light, add $116
                                                            9. locking door, add $43
                                                            (not available on aluminum
                                                            frames)
                                                            .

                   Tall Storage Tower                       HUD3918OC-50TL               18   15   50   132                         1035
                                                            HUD3918OC-50TR               18   15   50   132                         1035



                   Standard Features                        Specify Options
                   top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                   edge                                     2. finish*
                   fixed storage areas                      3. edge profile*
                   horizontal shelf (removable)             4. hardware/finish*
                   wood door is self pull                   5. without top, deduct $38
                   left & right determined by door hinge    6. clear glass door with
                                                            wood frame, add $19
                                                            7. frosted glass door with
                                                            aluminum frame, add $39
                                                            8. halogen light, add $116
                                                            9. locking door, add $43
                                                            10. (not available on
                                                            aluminum frames
                                                            .

                   Tall Storage Tower                       HUD3918-50TSL                18   15   50   135                          819
                                                            HUD3918-50TSR                18   15   50   135                          819



                   Standard Features                        Specify Options
                   top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                   edge                                     2. finish*
                   fixed storage areas                      3. edge profile*
                   horizontal shelves (removable)           4. without top, deduct $38
                   wood door is self pull                   5. clear glass door with
                   left & right determined by door hinge    wood frame, add $19
                                                            6. frosted glass door with
                                                            aluminum frame, add $39
                                                            7. halogen light, add $116
                                                            8. locking door, add $43
                                                            (not available on aluminum
                                                            frames)
                                                            .




How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   25
                   processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                   EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                    CaseWorks
                                                                                                                             Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            18"W WORKSURFACE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                        W    D    H    WT                         PRICE
            STORAGE TOWERS
                               Storage Tower                            HUD3918L                     18   15   40   125                         728
                                                                        HUD3918R                     18   15   40   125                         728



                               Standard Features                        Specify Options
                               top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                               edge                                     2. finish*
                               two shelves                              3. edge profile*
                               wood door is self pull                   4. without top, deduct $38
                               left & right determined by door hinge    5. clear glass door with
                                                                        wood frame, add $26
                                                                        6. frosted glass door with
                                                                        aluminum frame, add $46
                                                                        7. halogen light and glass
                                                                        shelves, add $116
                                                                        8. locking door, add $43
CaseWorks




                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                        frames)
                                                                        .

                               Storage Tower                            HUD3918PSVL                  18   15   40   125                        1063
                                                                        HUD3918PSVR                  18   15   40   125                        1063



                               Standard Features                        Specify Options
                               top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                               edge                                     2. finish*
                               fixed storage areas                      3. edge profile*
                               horizontal shelf (fixed)                 4. hardware/finish*
                               vertical shelves (fixed)                 5. without top, deduct $38
                               drawers and dividers has shown           6. clear glass door with
                               wood door is self pull                   wood frame, add $19
                               left & right determined by door hinge    7. frosted glass door with
                                                                        aluminum frame, add $39
                                                                        8. halogen light, add $116
                                                                        9. locking door, add $43
                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                        frames)
                                                                        .

                               Storage Tower                            HUD3918PSL                   18   15   40   125                         995
                                                                        HUD3918PSR                   18   15   40   125                         995



                               Standard Features                        Specify Options
                               top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                               edge                                     2. finish*
                               horizontal shelves (removable)           3. edge profile*
                               drawers and dividers has shown           4. hardware/finish*
                               wood door is self pull                   5. without top, deduct $38
                               left & right determined by door hinge    6. clear glass door with
                                                                        wood frame, add $19
                                                                        7. frosted glass door with
                                                                        aluminum frame, add $39
                                                                        8. halogen light, add $116
                                                                        9. locking door, add $43
                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                        frames)
                                                                        .

                               Storage Tower                            HUD3918OCL                   18   15   40   126                         940
                                                                        HUD3918OCR                   18   15   40   126                         940



                               Standard Features                        Specify Options
                               top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                               edge                                     2. finish*
                               horizontal shelf                         3. edge profile*
                               wood door is self pull                   4. hardware/finish*
                               left & right determined by door hinge    5. without top, deduct $38
                                                                        6. clear glass door with
                                                                        wood frame, add $19
                                                                        7. frosted glass door with
                                                                        aluminum frame, add $39
                                                                        8. halogen light, add $116
                                                                        9. locking door, add $43
                                                                        (not available on aluminum
                                                                        frames)
                                                                        .




  26          How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                         CaseWorks
                                                                                                                  Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

18"W WORKSURFACE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                        W     D    H    WT                        PRICE
STORAGE TOWERS
                   Storage Tower                             HUD3918SL                    18    15   40   125                        712
                                                             HUD3918SR                    18    15   40   125                        712



                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                   top is reversed shaped except Franklin    1. cherry or maple veneer*
                   edge                                      2. finish*
                   horizontal shelves (removable)            3. edge profile*
                   wood door is self pull                    4. without top, deduct $38
                   left & right determined by door hinge     5. clear glass door with
                                                             wood frame, add $19
                                                             6. frosted glass door with
                                                             aluminum frame, add $39
                                                             7. halogen light, add $116
                                                             8. locking door, add $43
                                                             (not available on aluminum




                                                                                                                                                                             CaseWorks
                                                             frames)
                                                             .

                   Storage Tower                             HUD3918PMFPL                 18    15   40   140                        764
                                                             HUD3918PMFPR                 18    15   40   140                        764



                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                   use with COS3924L or R                    1. cherry or maple veneer*
                   top is reversed shaped except Franklin    2. finish*
  left shown       edge                                      3. edge profile*
                   wood door is self pull                    4. without top, deduct $38
                   left & right determined by door hinge     5. clear glass door with
                                                             wood frame, add $19
                                                             6. frosted glass door with
                                                             aluminum frame, add $391
                                                             7. locking door, add $43
                                                             (not available on aluminum
                                                             frames)
                                                             .

                   Overhead Storage Top                      HT39108                      108   15   1¼   85                         627
                                                             HT3990                        90   15   1¼   75                         522
                                                             HT3972                        72   15   1¼   65                         418
                                                             HT3954                        54   15   1¼   49                         332
                                                             HT3936                        36   15   1¼   35                         256
                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                   for 15” deep units                        1. cherry or maple veneer*
                   shaped front edge profile                 2. finish*
                   use as a modular top for upper/overhead   3. edge profile*
                   storage                                   .




How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   27
                   processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                   EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                   CaseWorks
                                                                                                                            Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            BOOKCASES         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                   MODEL                        W    D    H     WT                             PRICE
                              68-1/2"h Open Bookcase              BC3968-15                    36   15   68½   114                             876




                              Standard Features                   Specify Options
                              top inverted                        1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              four ¾ ” adjustable shelves         2. finish*
                              unfinished back consists of black   3. edge profile*
                              composite material                  4. without top, deduct $75
                              inside dimensions:                  5. finished back, add $120
                              34⅜”w x 12½”d x 65¾ ”h              .
CaseWorks




                              48-1/2"h Open Bookcase              BC3948-15                    36   15   48½   90                              710




                              Standard Features                   Specify Options
                              top shaped front only               1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              two ¾ ” adjustable shelves          2. finish*
                              unfinished back consists of black   3. edge profile*
                              composite material                  4. without top, deduct $75
                              inside dimensions:                  5. finished back, add $120
                              34⅜”w x 12½”d x 45¾ ”h              .




                              28-1/2"h Open Bookcase              BC3928-15                    36   15   28½   70                              633




                              Standard Features                   Specify Options
                              top shaped front only               1. cherry or maple veneer*
                              one ¾ ” adjustable shelf            2. finish*
                              unfinished back consists of black   3. edge profile*
                              composite material                  4. without top, deduct $75
                              inside dimensions:                  5. finished back, add $120
                              34⅜”w x 12½”d x 25¾ ”h              .




  28          How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                               order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                               EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                               CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                        Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

TALL STORAGE/WARDROBES DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                             MODEL                        W    D    H     WT                  PRICE
                                     36"w Tall Storage Unit with                     WD3936-2FS-78T               36   22   78½   400                 2556
                                     Lateral File



                                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                     top is reversed shaped except Franklin          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                     edge                                            2. finish*
                                     two locking lateral file drawers                3. edge profile*
                                     letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   4. hardware/finish*
                                     side                                            5. locking door, add $43
                                     three adjustable shelves                        6. reinforced drawer
                                     hinge doors swing 180 degrees                   bottom, add $53 each
                                     adjustable levelers/glides                      drawer
                                                                                     7. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                                     swing, no upcharge
                                                                                     .




                                                                                                                                                                                               CaseWorks
                                     27"w Tall Storage/Wardrobe                      WD3927DPS-78TL-BF            27   22   78½   320                 1898
                                     Unit with Box/Box/File                          WD3927DPS-78TR-BF            27   22   78½   320                 1898



                                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                     top is reversed shaped except Franklin          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                     edge                                            2. finish*
                                     locking drawers                                 3. edge profile*
           left shown with
           optional pull-out shelf   letter filing, front to back or side to side    4. hardware/finish*
                                     legal filing, side to side                      5. locking door, add $85
                                     vertical divider                                6. 90 degree hinge door
                                     adjustable shelf                                swing, no upcharge
                                     fixed shelf                                     7. pull-out shelf, add $77
                                     hanger bar                                      .
                                     hinge doors swing 180 degrees
                                     adjustable levelers/glides


                                     27"w Tall Storage/Wardrobe                      WD3927DPS-78TL-2F            27   22   78½   320                 1898
                                     Unit with File/File                             WD3927DPS-78TR-2F            27   22   78½   320                 1898



                                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                     top is reversed shaped except Franklin          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                     edge                                            2. finish*
          left shown with            locking drawers                                 3. edge profile*
          optional pull-out shelf
                                     letter filing, front to back or side to side    4. hardware/finish*
                                     legal filing, side to side                      5. locking door, add $85
                                     vertical divider                                6. 90 degree hinge door
                                     adjustable shelf                                swing, no upcharge
                                     fixed shelf                                     7. pull-out shelf, add $77
                                     hanger bar                                      .
                                     hinge doors swing 180 degrees
                                     adjustable levelers/glides


                                     9"w Tall Wardrobe Unit                          WD3909-78TL                  9    22   78½   113                  806
                                                                                     WD3909-78TR                  9    22   78½   113                  806



                                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                     top is reversed shaped except Franklin          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                     edge                                            2. finish*
       left shown                    fixed shelf                                     3. edge profile*
                                     hanger bar                                      4. hardware/finish*
                                     hinge doors swing 180 degrees                   5. locking door, add $43
                                     adjustable levelers/glides                      6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                                     swing, no upcharge
                                                                                     .




 How To Order:                       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   29
                                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                     EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                          CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                   Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            STORAGE/WARDROBES   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                        W    D    H     WT                 PRICE
                                36"w Storage Unit with Lateral                  WD3936-2FS                   36   22   68½   339                2315
                                File



                                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                top is reversed shaped except Franklin          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                edge                                            2. finish*
                                two locking lateral file drawers                3. edge profile*
                                letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   4. hardware/finish*
                                side                                            5. locking door, add $43
                                two adjustable shelves                          6. reinforced drawer
                                hinge doors swing 180 degrees                   bottom, add $53 each
                                adjustable levelers/glides                      drawer
                                                                                7. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                                swing, no upcharge
                                                                                .
CaseWorks




                                36"w Storage/Wardrobe Unit                      WD3936-BCS                   36   22   68½   340                2076




                                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                top is reversed shaped except Franklin          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                edge                                            2. finish*
                                vertical divider                                3. edge profile*
                                top shelf fixed                                 4. hardware/finish*
                                three adjustable shelves (right)                5. locking door, add $43
                                hanger bar (left)                               6. 90 degree hinge door
                                hinge doors swing 180 degrees                   swing, no upcharge
                                adjustable levelers/glides                      .
                                width: 36
                                depth: 22
                                height: 68½
                                inside dimensions:
                                above fixed shelf: 34⅜”w x 19⅝ ”d x 8”h
                                wardrobe: 16¾”w x 19⅝ ”d x 57”h
                                storage: 16¾”w x 19⅝ ”d x 57”h

                                36"w Storage Unit                               WD3936-S                     36   22   68½   340                2032




                                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                top is reversed shaped except Franklin          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                edge                                            2. finish*
                                top shelf fixed                                 3. edge profile*
                                three adjustable shelves                        4. hardware/finish*
                                hinge doors swing 180 degrees                   5. locking door, add $43
                                adjustable levelers/glides                      6. 90 degree hinge door
                                inside dimensions: 34⅜”w x 19⅝ ”d x             swing, no upcharge
                                8”h above fixed shelf and 57”h below            .
                                fixed shelf




                                36"w Wardrobe Unit                              WD3936                       36   22   68½   300                1877




                                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                top is reversed shaped except Franklin          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                edge                                            2. finish*
                                top shelf fixed                                 3. edge profile*
                                hanger bar                                      4. hardware/finish*
                                hinge doors swing 180 degrees                   5. locking door, add $43
                                adjustable levelers/glides                      6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                                swing, no upcharge
                                                                                .




  30          How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                 order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                 EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                  CaseWorks
                                                                                                                           Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

STORAGE/WARDROBES        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                        W    D    H     WT                   PRICE
                         27"w Storage/Wardrobe Unit                     WD3927DPSL-BF                27   22   68½   290                  1741
                         with Box/Box/File                              WD3927DPSR-BF                27   22   68½   290                  1741



                         Standard Features                              Specify Options
                         top is reversed shaped except Franklin         1. cherry or maple veneer*
                         edge                                           2. finish*
            left shown   locking drawers                                3. edge profile*
                         letter filing, front to back or side to side   4. hardware/finish*
                         legal filing, side to side                     5. locking door, add $85
                         vertical divider                               6. 90 degree hinge door
                         adjustable shelf                               swing, no upcharge
                         fixed shelf in wardrobe                        7. pull-out shelf, add $77
                         hanger bar                                     .
                         hinge doors swing 180 degrees
                         adjustable levelers/glides




                                                                                                                                                                                   CaseWorks
                         27"w Storage/Wardrobe Unit                     WD3927DPSL-2F                27   22   68½   290                  1741
                         with File/File                                 WD3927DPSR-2F                27   22   68½   290                  1741



                         Standard Features                              Specify Options
                         top is reversed shaped except Franklin         1. cherry or maple veneer*
                         edge                                           2. finish*
            left shown   locking drawers                                3. edge profile*
                         letter filing, front to back or side to side   4. hardware/finish*
                         legal filing, side to side                     5. locking door, add $85
                         vertical divider                               6. 90 degree hinge door
                         adjustable shelf                               swing, no upcharge
                         fixed shelf in wardrobe                        7. pull-out shelf, add $77
                         hanger bar                                     .
                         hinge doors swing 180 degrees
                         adjustable levelers/glides


                         18"w Storage Unit                              WD3918-2FLS                  18   22   68½   225                  1556
                                                                        WD3918-2FRS                  18   22   68½   225                  1556



                         Standard Features                              Specify Options
                         top is reversed shaped except Franklin         1. cherry or maple veneer*
                         edge                                           2. finish*
           left shown    locking drawers                                3. edge profile*
                         letter filing, front to back or side to side   4. hardware/finish*
                         legal filing, side to side                     5. locking door, add $43
                         three adjustable shelves                       6. 90 degree hinge door
                         hinge doors swing 180 degrees                  swing, no upcharge
                         adjustable levelers/glides                     .




                         18"w Storage Unit                              WD3918SL                     18   22   68½   225                  1369
                                                                        WD3918SR                     18   22   68½   225                  1369



                         Standard Features                              Specify Options
                         top is reversed shaped except Franklin         1. cherry or maple veneer*
                         edge                                           2. finish*
       left shown        top shelf fixed                                3. edge profile*
                         three adjustable shelves                       4. hardware/finish*
                         hinge doors swing 180 degrees                  5. locking door, add $43
                         adjustable levelers/glides                     6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                        swing, no upcharge
                                                                        .




                         18"w Wardrobe Unit                             WD3918L                      18   22   68½   200                  1228
                                                                        WD3918R                      18   22   68½   200                  1228



                         Standard Features                              Specify Options
                         top is reversed shaped except Franklin         1. cherry or maple veneer*
                         edge                                           2. finish*
       left shown
                         one fixed shelf                                3. edge profile*
                         hanger bar                                     4. hardware/finish*
                         hinge doors swing 180 degrees                  5. locking door, add $43
                         adjustable levelers/glides                     6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                        swing, no upcharge
                                                                        .




How To Order:            Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   31
                         processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                         EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                      CaseWorks
                                                                                                                               Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            STORAGE/WARDROBES    DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                        W   D    H     WT                         PRICE
                                 9"w Wardrobe Unit                        WD3909L                      9   22   68½   103                         740
                                                                          WD3909R                      9   22   68½   103                         740



                                 Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                 top is reversed shaped except Franklin   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                 edge                                     2. finish*
                    left shown   one fixed shelf                          3. edge profile*
                                 hanger bar                               4. hardware/finish*
                                 hinge doors swing 180 degrees            5. locking door, add $43
                                 adjustable levelers/glides               6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                          swing, no upcharge
                                                                          .
CaseWorks




  32          How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                  order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                  EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                   CaseWorks
                                                                                                                            Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

LATERAL FILE STORAGE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                PRICE
                       Four Drawer Lateral File                        4FD3936                        36   22   55    300               1673




                       Standard Features                               Specify Options
                       locking drawers                                 1. cherry or maple veneer*
                       letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                       side                                            3. edge profile*
                       adjustable levelers/glides                      4. hardware/finish*
                                                                       5. laminate top available
                                                                       with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                       and josephine edge, no
                                                                       upcharge
                                                                       6. without top, deduct $168
                                                                       7. reinforced drawer
                                                                       bottom, add $53 each
                                                                       drawer




                                                                                                                                                                                 CaseWorks
                                                                       .

                       Three Drawer Lateral File                       3FD3936                        36   22   40    22                1354




                       Standard Features                               Specify Options
                       locking drawers                                 1. cherry or maple veneer*
                       letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                       side                                            3. edge profile*
                       adjustable levelers/glides                      4. hardware/finish*
                                                                       5. laminate top available
                                                                       with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                       and josephine edge, no
                                                                       upcharge
                                                                       6. without top, deduct $168
                                                                       7. reinforced drawer
                                                                       bottom, add $53 each
                                                                       drawer
                                                                       .

                       Two Drawer Lateral File                         2FD3936                        36   22   28½   175               1036




                       Standard Features                               Specify Options
                       locking drawers                                 1. cherry or maple veneer*
                       letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                       side                                            3. edge profile*
                       grommet in both end panels                      4. hardware/finish*
                       adjustable levelers/glides                      5. laminate top available
                                                                       with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                       and josephine edge, no
                                                                       upcharge
                                                                       6. reinforced drawer
                                                                       bottom, add $53 each
                                                                       drawer
                                                                       .

MOBILE PEDESTAL        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                          W    D    H     WT                PRICE
                       Mobile Pedestal                                 MFP3916                        16   22   27    130                697




                       Standard Features                               Specify Options
                       locking drawers                                 1. cherry or maple veneer*
                       pencil/box/file                                 2. finish*
                       letter filing, front to back or side to side    3. hardware/finish*
                       legal filing, side to side                      .
                       finger grip under top
                       black hooded casters (front locking)
                       black pencil tray
                       includes counter weight to prevent tipping
                       for up to 30 lbs. load in file drawer




 How To Order:         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   33
                       processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                       EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                              CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                       Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                          W    D      H    WT               PRICE
                                 36"w Open Pedestal                              B3936                          36    22   28½   140               786
                                                                                 B3936N                         36   20½   27    140               628



                                 Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                 top shaped front                                1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                 B3936N: no top                                  2. finish*
                                 grommet in both end panels                      3. edge profile*
                                 one adjustable shelf                            4. laminate top available
                                 adjustable levelers/glides                      with step ellipse, alexandre
                                                                                 and josephine edge, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 .
CaseWorks




                                 36"w Lateral File Pedestal                      2FD3936N                       36   20½   27    153               802




                                 Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                 locking drawers                                 1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                 letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                                 side                                            3. hardware/finish*
                                 grommet in both end panels                      4. reinforced drawer
                                 adjustable levelers/glides                      bottom, add $53 each
                                                                                 drawer
                                                                                 .




                                 36"w Hinge Door Pedestal                        HD3936N                        36   20½   27    150               708




                                 Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                 use with 22” deep tops                          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                 one adjustable shelf                            2. finish*
                                 grommet in both end panels                      3. hardware/finish*
                                 adjustable levelers/glides                      4. locking doors, add $43
                                                                                 .




                                 18"w Box/Box/File Pedestal                      F3918N                         18   20½   27    120               644




                                 Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                 use with 22” deep tops                          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                 letter filing, front to back or side to side    2. finish*
                                 legal filing, side to side                      3. hardware/finish*
                                 grommet in both end panels                      .
                                 adjustable levelers/glides




                                 18"w File/File Pedestal                         2F3918N                        18   20½   27    120               644




                                 Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                 use with 22” deep tops                          1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                 locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                                 letter filing, front to back or side to side    3. hardware/finish*
                                 legal filing, side to side                      .
                                 grommet in both end panels
                                 adjustable levelers/glides




  34          How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                  order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                  EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                 CaseWorks
                                                                                                                          Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                          W     D      H   WT                PRICE
                     18"w Hinged Door Pedestal                      HD3918NL                       18    20½   27   110                575
                                                                    HD3918NR                       18    20½   27   110                575



                     Standard Features                              Specify Options
                     use with 22” deep tops                         1. cherry or maple veneer*
                     one adjustable shelf                           2. finish*
                     grommet in both end panels                     3. hardware/finish*
                     adjustable levelers/glides                     4. locking door, add $43
                     left & right determined by door hinge          .




                                                                                                                                                                               CaseWorks
                     Modular Return Top                             TUR3972L                       72    22    1¼   65                 490
                                                                    TUR3972R                       72    22    1¼   65                 490
                                                                    TUR3960L                       60    22    1¼   50                 417
                                                                    TUR3960R                       60    22    1¼   50                 417
    left shown                                                      TUR3954L                                                           398
                                                                                                   54    22    1¼   49
                                                                    TUR3954R                       54    22    1¼   49                 398
                                                                    TUR3948L                       48    22    1¼   45                 373
                                                                    TUR3948R                       48    22    1¼   45                 373
                                                                    TUR3942L                       42    22    1¼   42                 355
                                                                    TUR3942R                       42    22    1¼   42                 355
                                                                    TUR3936L                       36    22    1¼   35                 337
                                                                    TUR3936R                       36    22    1¼   35                 337
                     Standard Features                              Specify Options
                     shaped front edge profile, back edge           1. cherry or maple veneer*
                     profiles are flat                              2. finish*
                     one end flat, one end reverse shape            3. edge profile*
                     reverse shape end determines left or right     4. laminate top available
                     use with corner unit and desk or modular       with step ellipse, alexandre
                     units in custom returns                        and josephine edge, no
                     two attaching brackets for reverse end         upcharge
                     top veneer direction long grain                .




                     Modular Bridge Top                             TUB3948                        48    22    1¼   45                 397
                                                                    TUB3942                        42    22    1¼   40                 379
                                                                    TUB3936                        36    22    1¼   35                 363


                     Standard Features                              Specify Options
                     shaped front edge profile, back edge           1. cherry or maple veneer*
                     profiles are flat                              2. finish*
                     reverse end joins desk or other shaped         3. edge profile*
                     ends                                           4. laminate top available
                     both ends reverse shape                        with step ellipse, alexandre
                     two attaching brackets for each reverse        and josephine edge, no
                     end                                            upcharge
                     top veneer direction short grain               .




                     Modular Credenza Top                           TU39108                        108   22    1¼   80                 660
                                                                    TU3990                          90   22    1¼   75                 549
                                                                    TU3984                          84   22    1¼   70                 514
                                                                    TU3972                          72   22    1¼   65                 440
                                                                    TU3966                          66   22    1¼   55                 404
                                                                    TU3960                          60   22    1¼   50                 365
                                                                    TU3954                          54   22    1¼   49                 350
                                                                    TU3948                          48   22    1¼   45                 322
                                                                    TU3942                          42   22    1¼   40                 305
                                                                    TU3936                          36   22    1¼   35                 287
                                                                    TU3918                          18   22    1¼   25                 270
                     Standard Features                              Specify Options
                     shaped front edge profile, back edge           1. cherry or maple veneer*
                     profiles are flat                              2. finish*
                     both ends flat                                 3. edge profile*
                     flat ends join corner units or other modular   4. laminate top available
                     units with flat ends                           with step ellipse, alexandre
                     top veneer direction long grain                and josephine edge, no
                                                                    upcharge
                                                                    .




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   35
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                         CaseWorks
                                                                                                                                  Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            MODULAR COMPONENTS    DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                        W     D    H   WT                   PRICE
                                  End Panel                                      PE3922                       20½       27   20                    245




                                  Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                  includes grommet                               1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                  adjustable leveler/glides                      2. finish*
                                                                                 .
CaseWorks




                                  Center Support Panel                           PE3911                       11        27   15                    193




                                  Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                  use one for spans between 48”-72”              1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                  use two for spans over 72”                     2. finish*
                                  adjustable leveler/glides                      .




                                  Return Modesty Panel                           MRMP3954L                    54    2   27   44                    418
                                                                                 MRMP3954R                    54    2   27   44                    418
                                                                                 MRMP3948L                    48    2   27   40                    372
                                                                                 MRMP3948R                    48    2   27   40                    372
                                                                                 MRMP3942L                    42    2   27   36                    338
                                                                                 MRMP3942R                    42    2   27   36                    338
                                                                                 MRMP3936L                    36    2   27   32                    318
                                                                                 MRMP3936R                    36    2   27   32                    318
                                                                                 MRMP3930L                    30    2   27   28                    290
                    right shown
                                                                                 MRMP3930R                    30    2   27   28                    290
                                                                                 MRMP3924L                    24    2   27   24                    242
                                                                                 MRMP3924R                    24    2   27   24                    242
                                                                                 MRMP3918L                    18    2   27   20                    181
                                                                                 MRMP3918R                    18    2   27   20                    181
                                  Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                  use between a desk and pedestal                1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                  vertical veneer                                2. finish*
                                  overall width is 3” longer than width of       .
                                  opening
                                  1¾” x 17¼ ” wire management opening
                                  with black trim insert (top-center of panel)
                                  attaching hardware
                                  overall depth: 3¼
                                  depth of panel: 1¼
                                  MRMP3918: without wire management



                                  Bridge Modesty Panel                           BRMP3954                     54        27   54                    405
                                                                                 BRMP3948                     48        27   50                    360
                                                                                 BRMP3942                     42        27   46                    325
                                                                                 BRMP3936                     36        27   42                    307
                                                                                 BRMP3930                     30        27   38                    278
                                  Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                  use between a desk and credenza                1. cherry or maple veneer*
                                  vertical veneer                                2. finish*
                                  overall width is 6” longer than width of       .
                                  opening
                                  3” overlap on each side for fastening
                                  1¾” x 17¼ ” wire management opening
                                  with black trim insert (top-center of panel)
                                  attaching hardware




  36          How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                   order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                   EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                            CaseWorks
                                                                                                                     Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                        W    D     H   WT                    PRICE
                     Credenza Modesty Panel                         MP3954                       54   2    27   44                     432
                                                                    MP3948                       48   2    27   40                     384
                                                                    MP3942                       42   2    27   36                     339
                                                                    MP3936                       36   2    27   32                     332
                                                                    MP3930                       30   2    27   28                     303
                                                                    MP3924                       24   2    27   24                     255
                     Standard Features                              Specify Options
                     use between two pedestals                      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                     vertical veneer                                2. finish*
                     1¾” x 17¼ ” wire management opening            .
                     with black trim insert (top-center of panel)
                     attaching hardware
                     overall depth: 3¼
                     depth of panel: 1¼




                                                                                                                                                                               CaseWorks
                     Open Corner Modesty Panel                      PE3954L                      54   20   27   54                     675
                                                                    PE3954R                      54   20   27   54                     675
                                                                    PE3948L                      48   20   27   50                     601
                                                                    PE3948R                      48   20   27   50                     601
                                                                    PE3942L                      42   20   27   46                     568
                                                                    PE3942R                      42   20   27   46                     568
                                                                    PE3936L                      36   20   27   42                     551
                                                                    PE3936R                      36   20   27   42                     551
                                                                    PE3930L                      30   20   27   38                     522
   right shown                                                      PE3930R                      30   20   27   38                     522
                     Standard Features                              Specify Options
                     use with 22” deep pedestal                     1. cherry or maple veneer*
                     vertical veneer                                2. finish*
                     1¾” x 17¼ ” wire management opening            .
                     with black trim insert (top-center of panel)
                     end panel grommet
                     attaching hardware
                     shipped KD




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   37
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                             CaseWorks


            WORK TOOLS        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL             W     D   H     WT                                 PRICE
                              CD Holder                                  WKT45-CD          13   4    ¾      3                                  114




                              Standard Features                          Specify Options
                              attaches to optional extruded channel in   .
                              tackboard
                              extruded aluminum
                              holds 8 CDS
CaseWorks




                              Calendar Holder                            WKT45-CA          8     7   2      2                                  77




                              Standard Features                          Specify Options
                              attaches to optional extruded channel in   .
                              tackboard
                              extruded aluminum
                              holds 3½ ” x 6” calendar




                              Pencil Tray                                WKT45-PT          10   4           3                                  96




                              Standard Features                          Specify Options
                              attaches to optional extruded channel in   .
                              tackboard
                              extruded aluminum




                              Accessory Tray                             WKT45-AC          10   4           4                                  98




                              Standard Features                          Specify Options
                              attaches to optional extruded channel in   .
                              tackboard
                              extruded aluminum
                              each bin is 2½” x 2⅜ ”
                              space is 3” x 3”




                              Paper Tray                                 WKT45-PA          13   10   ¼      3                                  68




                              Standard Features                          Specify Options
                              attaches to optional extruded channel in   .
                              tackboard
                              extruded aluminum




  38          How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                               order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                               EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                       CaseWorks
                                                                                                                Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

WORK TOOLS       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                        W     D    H   WT                        PRICE
                 36" Mini Shelf                             WKT45-S36                    35    7    ¼   3                          87




                 Standard Features                          Specify Options
                 attaches to optional extruded channel in   .
                 tackboard
                 extruded aluminum




                                                                                                                                                                           CaseWorks
                 13" Mini Shelf                             WKT45-S13                    13    7    ¼   2                          63




                 Standard Features                          Specify Options
                 attaches to optional extruded channel in   .
                 tackboard
                 extruded aluminum




ACCESSORIES      DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                        W     D    H   WT                        PRICE
                 Center Drawer                              CD3930                       30    21   2   20                         262
                                                            CD3930-36                    30    21   2   20                         302



                 Standard Features                          Specify Options
                 drawer front straight                      1. cherry or maple veneer*
                 pencil tray                                2. finish*
                 CD3930: for 66” double pedestal and 72”    .
                 single pedestal desks
                 CD3930-36: has 3” fillers for 72” double
                 pedestal desks
                 inside dimensions:
                 25¾”w x 20¼”d 1¾ ”h




                 Center Drawer with Sloped                  CD3924                       24½   15   2   15                         250
                 Front



                 Standard Features                          Specify Options
                 use under P-Top desks, credenzas and 66”   1. cherry or maple veneer*
                 single pedestal desks                      2. finish*
                 for use with 36” P-Top desks with or       .
                 without modesty
                 for use with 30” P-Top desks without
                 modesty
                 for use under 22 or 30” deep work
                 surfaces
                 inside dimensions:
                 20¼”w x 13¾”d x 1½ ”h




 How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   39
                 processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                 EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                                                   CaseWorks
                                                                                                                            Design: Chesser, Schacht and Meyer

            ACCESSORIES       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                MODEL                    W      D     H     WT                                 PRICE
                              Empire Pull                      39-EMP-1                                     2                                  13
                                                               39-KNOB-1 (drawer)                           2                                  12
                                                               39-KNOB-2 (door)                             2                                   9


                              Standard Features                Specify Options
                              attaching screws                 .
CaseWorks




                              Madison Pull                     39-MAD-1                                     2                                  13
                                                               39-KNOB-1 (drawer)                           2                                  12
                                                               39-KNOB-2 (door)                             2                                   9


                              Standard Features                Specify Options
                              attaching screws                 .




                              Lineal Pull                      39-Lineal Pull                               2                                  16
                                                               39-Knobs                                     2                                   9



                              Standard Features                Specify Options
                              attaching screws                 .




                              Arc Pull                         39-Arc Pull                                  2                                  16
                                                               39-Knobs                                     2                                   9



                              Standard Features                Specify Options
                              attaching screws                 1. hardware/finish*
                                                               .




                              Curve Pull                       39-Curve Pull                                2                                  13
                                                               39-Knobs                                     2                                   9



                              Standard Features                Specify Options
                              attaching screws                 1. hardware/finish*
                                                               .




  40          How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                               order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                               EX: BF3972.Cherry.Caramel.Cascade.Arc Silver.File/File Pedestal Right.
                                                                                                                     Effective January 1, 2009




Merge
How To Order
1. State Quantity

2. Specify Model Number

3. Select Cherry or Maple Wood Species

4. Select Finish
                                          Merge Edge Profile                    Merge Hardware                        Optional Grommet
   On Cherry Wood Species:                                                      Anodized Aluminum                     Silver Finish
                                          Accepts Laminate Top
   Caramel
   Gingersnap
   Merlot                                 Tackboard, Tasklight and Paper Management are Standard
   Bordeaux                               Tackboard, tasklight and paper management are included in the price
   Java                                   of overhead storage. Select one of the options below. A dark metallic
   On Maple Wood Species:                 silver tasklight is included on overhead storage over 36”.
   Linen
   Butterscotch
   Cinnamon
   Ebony

   Non-Standard Finish, Add 10%.
   No bleaching or distressed finishes.




                                                                                                                                                        Merge
5. Specify Options                        Overhead Storage Option               Overhead Storage Option               Overhead Storage Option
   Listed by each product group are       Without Paper Management              With One Paper Management Tray        With Two Paper Management Trays
   options specific to those items.                                             (left or right)
   Options with an asterisk (*) are
   mandatory to make an order
   complete. Items without an asterisk
   will be made standard if not
   otherwise specified.

   Laminate Top Option:
   Black Granite L1
   Sandstone L2
   Light Stone L3
   Greystone L4                           Wardrobe with Wood Doors              Wardrobe with Translucent
   Call Jofco to verify matching finish                                         Door Option
   laminate.                                                                    Full door remains wood when
                                                                                selecting translucent door option.
6. Textiles for Overhead Storage

Example:
   (4) TUE5872L.Maple.Ebony.Perforated
   Metal Modesty.Grommet Left




                                          Full Modesty Panel                    9”h Perforated Modesty Panel          Without Modesty Panel




                                                                                                                                                         41
                                                                                                                                                        Effective January 1, 2009




        Merge Specifications
        Materials                                                                           Tackboard Textile
        All exterior surfaces of cases are maple or cherry solids and veneers.              Tackboards are standard on most overhead storage 36” and wider. Textile
                                                                                            selection can be found on www.jofco.com under Resource section.
        All wood is thoroughly air-seasoned, kiln dried and the moisture content
        controlled to 6-8% at time of assembly.
                                                                                            For overhead storage without tackboard, please indicate ‘no tackboard’
        All tops, panels and drawer fronts are glued with PVA glues in a hot plate press.   rather than leave blank. There is no change in price.

        Case Construction                                                                   Modification Pricing
        For desk pedestals and units with finished backs, joinery of ends and backs         Add modification pricing to list price.
        are done with a series of dowel and interior cleats. End and back panels
        are X” thick. Front of end panels have a veneer banding.                            Grommet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$61 each

        For credenzas, overhead storage, wardrobes and units with black paper
        backs, joinery of the backs to the end panels are done with a series of
        dowels and exterior wood screws into the end panels.

        Wood modesty panels are attached by finished cleats.

        Top Construction
        Tops are 3-ply construction, 1Z” thick. All top sides are rimmed with
        maple or cherry hardwood bands.

        Tops are securely fastened to desks by screws driven through wood
        fastening cleats.
Merge




        Drawer Construction
        Wood pedestal drawer fronts are 3-ply chipcore with maple or cherry veneer.

        The wood pedestal drawer interior is a durable, mitre-fold drawer system.
        The five sided maple finish drawer is mitred, glued and doweled. The drawer
        front is wood-rimmed MDF core and is then attached on the drawer box.

        The high tech drawer offers benefits of field interchangeability of drawer
        fronts and goes well with the clean look of Merge. It has passed the 50,000
        cycle performance test established by BIFMA.

        All drawers in the Merge series are equipped with ball bearing suspensions
        which provide smooth, effortless access.

        File drawers in pedestals are provided with filing system for hanging folders.

        Locking
        Pedestals have face locks which lock each pedestal separately.
        Fixed pedestals have kneespace locks.

        Metal Components
        Legs are 4” diameter 16-gauge tubing. Top fastening plate is A” x 6” x 6”.
        Adjustable leveler is S”- 16 x 1X”long shank. Metal is powder-coated silver.

        Partial modesty panel is perforated steel consisting of W” diameter holes
        spaced every 3C” on 20-gauge fabricated steel. Attachment to case is
        incorporated into the panel.

        Translucent Doors
        Translucent doors are high grade silver vinyl vacuumed-formed around MDF
        50mm frame members. An acrylic frosted insert is assembled into the
        frame. It is highly recommended that a very mild soap and water solution
        be used to clean translucent doors. No ammonia or alcohol-based cleaning
        products should be used on the door, including all commercial window
        glass cleaner.

        Translucent doors cannot accept locks.




 42
                                                                                          Effective January 1, 2009




Merge Typicals
L Shape Configuration



Model Number     Description                                             Page    Price
TD5872           Table Desk (without modesty panel)                       46      $907
ERT5848          Return Table                                             47      $297
MPF5816-30       Box/File Mobile Pedestal                                 56      $521
                 Workstation List Price                                         $1,725




                                                                                                                      Merge
Double Pedestal Desk with Storage



Model Number     Description                                             Page    Price
F5872            Double Pedestal Desk (perforated metal modesty panel)    45      $964
CR5872-HD        Storage Credenza                                         48      $874
BOS5872          72” w Overhead Storage (translucent doors)               50      $940
                 Workstation List Price                                         $2,778




L Shape Configuration with Storage



 Model Number     Description                                            Page     Price
SP5872-30R       Single Pedestal Desk (full modesty)                     45       $790
ER5848L          Return                                                  47       $433
BOS5872          72” w Tall Overhead Storage                             50       $871
WD5830DPS-80TL   30” w Storage/Wardrobe Unit with File/File              54      $1107
                 Workstation List Price                                         $3,201




                                                                                                                       43
                                                                                            Effective January 1, 2009




        Merge Typicals
        Table Desk with Storage



        Model Number     Description                                        Page    Price
        TD5872           Table Desk (perforated metal modesty panel)         46      $907
        CR5972-HD        Storage Credenza                                    48      $874
        BOS5872-51T      72” w Tall Overhead Storage (translucent doors)     50     $1215
        WD5818-2F-80TL   18”w Left Storage Unit (translucent doors)          54     $1112
        WD5818-2F-80TR   18”w Right Storage Unit (translucent doors)         54     $1112
                         Workstation List Price                                    $5,220
Merge




        U Shape Configuration with Back Storage



        Model Number     Description                                        Page    Price
        TUE5872L         Bullet Top Desk (perforated metal modesty panel)    45     $1003
        EUT5848          Bridge Top                                          47      $147
        CR5872-LFDL      Open Corner Lateral File Credenza                   48      $719
        BOS5872-51T      72”w Tall Overhead Storage (translucent Doors)      50     $1023
                         Workstation List Price                                    $2,892




 44
                                                                                                                                                                         Merge


DESKS                             DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                          W    D    H    WITHOUT                FULL               PERFORATED
                                  Double Pedestal Desk                     F5872                          72   36   29     803                  937                     964




                                  Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                  extruded aluminum hardware               1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                  locking drawers                          2. finish*
        shown with full modesty
                                  box/box/file pedestal left               3. without, full wood or
                                  file/file pedestal right                 partial perforated metal
                                  letter/legal filing, side to side        modesty*
                                  adjustable levelers                      4. grommet left, center or
                                  front overhang: 2”                       right, add $61 each
                                                                           5. install center drawer
                                                                           (ordered separately) on this
                                                                           unit
                                                                           .


                                  36"d Single Pedestal Desk                SP5872L                        72   36   29     688                  822                     849
                                                                           SP5872R                        72   36   29     688                  822                     849



                                  Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                  extruded aluminum hardware               1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                  locking drawers                          2. finish*
         left shown, with
         full modesty             box/box/file pedestal                    3. full wood or partial
                                  letter/legal filing, side to side        perforated metal modesty
                                  adjustable levelers                      4. grommet left, center or
                                  front overhang: 2”                       right, add $61 each
                                                                           5. install center drawer
                                                                           (ordered separately) on this
                                                                           unit
                                                                           .




                                                                                                                                                                                            Merge
                                  30"d Single Pedestal Desk                SP5872-30L                     72   30   29     673                  790                     834
                                                                           SP5872-30R                     72   30   29     673                  790                     834



                                  Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                  extruded aluminum hardware               1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                  personal shelf                           2. finish*
        left shown, with          locking drawers                          3. without, full wood or
        full modesty
                                  box/box/file pedestal                    partial perforated metal
                                  letter/legal filing, side to side        modesty*
                                  adjustable levelers                      4. grommet left, center or
                                  front overhang: 2”                       right, add $61 each
                                                                           5. install center drawer
                                                                           (ordered separately) on this
                                                                           unit
                                                                           .


                                  Bullet Top Desk                          TUE5872L                       72   36   29     832        -                                 1003
                                                                           TUE5872R                       72   36   29     832        -                                 1003



                                  Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                  legs are silver powder-coated aluminum   1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                  personal shelf                           2. finish*
    right shown,                  adjustable levelers                      3. without or partial
    without modesty
                                                                           perforated metal modesty*
                                                                           4. grommet left, center or
                                                                           right, add $61 each
                                                                           5. install center drawer
                                                                           (ordered separately) on this
                                                                           unit
                                                                           .




                                  Single Pedestal Table Desk               SPT5872L                       72   36   29     730        -                                 901
                                                                           SPT5872R                       72   36   29     730        -                                 901



                                  Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                  extruded aluminum hardware               1. maple or cherry veneer*
         left shown,
                                  locking drawers                          2. finish*
         without modesty          box/box/file pedestal                    3. without or partial
                                  letter/legal filing, side to side        perforated metal modesty*
                                  legs are silver powder-coated aluminum   4. grommet left, center or
                                  adjustable levelers                      right, add $61 each
                                  front overhang: 2”                       5. install center drawer
                                                                           (ordered separately) on this
                                                                           unit
                                                                           .




How To Order:                     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   45
                                  processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                  EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                                      Merge


        DESKS                   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                          W    D    H    WITHOUT               FULL               PERFORATED
                                Table Desk                               TD5872                         72   36   29     701       -                                 907
                                                                         TD5860                         60   30   29     598       -                                 770



                                Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                legs are silver powder-coated aluminum   1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                freestanding                             2. finish*
                shown without
                modesty         adjustable levelers                      3. without or partial
                                                                         perforated metal modesty*
                                                                         4. grommet left, center or
                                                                         right, add $61 each
                                                                         .




                                24"d Table Desk                          TD5872-24                      72   24   29     536       -                                 708




                                Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                legs are silver powder-coated aluminum   1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                freestanding                             2. finish*
            shown without       adjustable levelers                      3. without or partial
            modesty
                                                                         perforated metal modesty*
                                                                         4. grommet left, center or
                                                                         right, add $61 each
                                                                         .
Merge




                                Bullet Top Run-Off Desk                  RTUE5854                       54   36   29     598       -                                 760




                                Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                use in L-shape configurations            1. maple or cherry veneer*
                shown without   legs are silver powder-coated aluminum   2. finish*
                modesty         adjustable levelers                      3. without or partial
                                                                         perforated metal modesty*
                                                                         4. grommet left, center or
                                                                         right, add $61 each
                                                                         5. install center drawer
                                                                         (ordered separately) on this
                                                                         unit
                                                                         .




 46       How To Order:          Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                 order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                 EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                        Merge


RETURNS          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                        W    D    H                      PRICE
                 Return with Back Panel                         ER5848-BPL                   48   24   29                      548
                                                                ER5848-BPR                   48   24   29                      548



                 Standard Features                              Specify Options
                 extruded aluminum hardware                     1. maple or cherry veneer*
    left shown   locking drawers                                2. finish*
                 box/box/file pedestal                          3. file/file pedestal, no
                 letter filing, front to back or side to side   upcharge
                 legal filing, side to side                     4. grommet left, center or
                 adjustable levelers                            right, add $61 each
                                                                .




                 Return                                         ER5848L                      48   24   29                      433
                                                                ER5848R                      48   24   29                      433



                 Standard Features                              Specify Options
                 extruded aluminum hardware                     1. maple or cherry veneer*
    left shown   locking drawers                                2. finish*
                 box/box/file pedestal                          3. file/file pedestal, no
                 letter filing, front to back or side to side   upcharge
                 legal filing, side to side                     4. grommet left, center or
                 adjustable levelers                            right, add $61 each
                                                                .




                                                                                                                                                                           Merge
                 Return Table                                   ERT5848                      48   24   1¼                      297
                                                                ERT5842                      42   24   1¼                      276



                 Standard Features                              Specify Options
                 4”diameter legs                                1. maple or cherry veneer*
                 legs are silver powder-coated aluminum         2. finish*
                 adjustable levelers                            3. grommet, add $61
                                                                .




BRIDGES          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                        W    D    H                      PRICE
                 Bridge Top                                     EUT5848                      48   24   1¼                      147
                                                                EUT5842                      42   24   1¼                      131



                 Standard Features                              Specify Options
                 bridge top without modesty                     1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                                2. finish*
                                                                .




 How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   47
                 processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                 EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                                Merge


        CREDENZAS         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                        W    D    H                    PRICE
                          Storage Credenza                                CR5872-HD                    72   24   29                    874




                          Standard Features                               Specify Options
                          extruded aluminum hardware                      1. maple or cherry veneer*
                          locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                          box/box/file pedestals                          3. finished back, add $70
                          letter filing, front to back or side to side    .
                          legal filing, side to side
                          hinged door compartment
                          one adjustable shelf
                          unfinished back consists of black
                          composite material
                          adjustable levelers




                          Kneespace Credenza with File/                   CR5872-KS2F                  72   24   29                    836
                          File



                          Standard Features                               Specify Options
                          extruded aluminum hardware                      1. maple or cherry veneer*
                          locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                          file/file pedestals                             3. finished back, add $70
                          letter filing, front to back or side to side    4. grommet left, center or
                          legal filing, side to side                      right, add $61 each
                          unfinished back consists of black               .
                          composite material
                          adjustable levelers
Merge




                          Kneespace Credenza with Box/                    CR5872-KS                    72   24   29                    836
                          Box/File



                          Standard Features                               Specify Options
                          extruded aluminum hardware                      1. maple or cherry veneer*
                          locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                          letter filing, front to back or side to side    3. finished back, add $70
                          legal filing, side to side                      4. grommet left, center or
                          unfinished back consists of black               right, add $61 each
                          composite material                              .
                          adjustable levelers




                          Open Corner Lateral File                        CR5872-LFDL                  72   24   29                    719
                          Credenza                                        CR5872-LFDR                  72   24   29                    719



                          Standard Features                               Specify Options
                          locking drawers                                 1. maple or cherry veneer*
                          letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
            left shown    side                                            3. finished back, add $70
                          unfinished back consists of black               4. reinforced drawer
                          composite material                              bottom, add $53 each
                          adjustable levelers                             drawer
                                                                          5. grommet left, center or
                                                                          right, add $61 each
                                                                          .




                          Open Corner File/File Credenza                  CR5872-2FL                   72   24   29                    692
                                                                          CR5872-2FR                   72   24   29                    692



                          Standard Features                               Specify Options
                          locking drawers                                 1. maple or cherry veneer*
                          letter filing, front to back or side to side    2. finish*
            left shown    legal filing, side to side                      3. finished back, add $70
                          unfinished back consists of black               4. grommet left, center or
                          composite material                              right, add $61 each
                          adjustable levelers                             .




 48       How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                           order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                           EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                        Merge


CREDENZAS        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                        W    D    H                      PRICE
                 Open Corner Box/Box/File                       CR5872-BBFL                  72   24   29                      692
                 Credenza                                       CR5872-BBFR                  72   24   29                      692



                 Standard Features                              Specify Options
                 locking drawers                                1. maple or cherry veneer*
                 letter filing, front to back or side to side   2. finish*
    left shown   legal filing, side to side                     3. finished back, add $70
                 unfinished back consists of black              4. grommet left, center or
                 composite material                             right, add $61 each
                 adjustable levelers                            .




                                                                                                                                                                           Merge




How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   49
                 processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                 EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                                                         Merge


          OVERHEAD STORAGE                         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                           W    D    H                       PRICE
                                                   72"w Overhead Storage                     BOS5872                         72   15   38¾                      871




                                                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                                   2” light rail                             1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                   doors are self pull                       2. finish*
                                                   tackboard textile grades A, B & C are     3. tackboard textile up to
                                                   included in price; call for other grade   grade C, see
                                                   pricing                                   www.jofco.com*
                                                   unfinished back consists of black         4. specify either tackboard,
                34 7/8”                  34 7/8”
                                                   composite material                        tasklight and paper tray
                                                   unfinished top                            option: no paper tray, 1
        top view, inside measurements                                                        paper tray left or right, 2
                                                                                             paper trays, see page 41*
                                                                                             5. finished back, add $149
                                                                                             6. translucent doors, add
                                                                                             $69
                                                                                             .

                                                   72"w Tall Overhead Storage                BOS5872-51T                     72   15   50¾                      1023




                                                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                                   48” tasklight                             1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                   doors are self pull                       2. finish*
                                                   tackboard textile grades A, B & C are     3. tackboard textile up to
                                                   included in price; call for other grade   grade C, see
                                                   pricing                                   www.jofco.com*
                                                   adjustable shelf                          4. specify either tackboard,
                                                   unfinished back consists of black         tasklight and paper tray
                34 7/8”                  34 7/8”   composite material                        option: no paper tray, 1
                                                   unfinished top                            paper tray left or right, 2
                                                                                             paper trays, see page 41*
Merge




        top view, inside measurements
                                                                                             5. finished back, add $160
                                                                                             6. translucent doors, add
                                                                                             $192
                                                                                             .

                                                   54"w Tall Overhead Storage                BOS5854-51T                     54   15   50¾                      943




                                                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                                   24” tasklight                             1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                   doors are self pull                       2. finish*
                                                   tackboard textile grades A, B & C are     3. tackboard textile up to
                                                   included in price; call for other grade   grade C, see
                                                   pricing                                   www.jofco.com*
                                                   adjustable shelf                          4. specify either tackboard,
              34 7/8”          16 7/8”
                                                   unfinished back consists of black         tasklight and paper tray
        top view, inside measurements
                                                   composite material                        option: no paper tray, 1
                                                   unfinished top                            paper tray left or right, see
                                                                                             page 41*
                                                                                             5. finished back, add $117
                                                                                             6. translucent doors, add
                                                                                             $144
                                                                                             .

                                                   36"w Tall Overhead Storage                BOS5836-51T                     36   15   50¾                      885




                                                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                                   doors are self pull                       1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                   tackboard textile grades A, B & C are     2. finish*
                                                   included in price                         3. tackboard textile up to
                                                   adjustable shelf                          grade C, see
               34 3/8”                             unfinished back consists of black         www.jofco.com*
                                                   composite material                        4. specify either tackboard,
        top view, inside measurements              unfinished top                            and paper tray option: no
                                                                                             paper tray, 1 paper tray left
                                                                                             or right, see page 41*
                                                                                             5. finished back, add $81
                                                                                             6. translucent doors, add
                                                                                             $96
                                                                                             .




 50            How To Order:                        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                                    order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                                    EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                              Merge


WALL MOUNTED STORAGE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                        W    D     H                           PRICE
                       36"w Wall Mounted Storage                BB5836                       36   15    16                           425




                       Standard Features                        Specify Options
                       mount directly to the wall               1. maple or cherry veneer*
                       mounting through-holes are provided in   2. finish*
                       back panel                               3. locking doors, add $43
                       hardware included                        .
                       doors are self pull
                       unfinished back consists of black
                       composite material




                       18"w Wall Mounted Storage                BB5818                       18   15    16                           339




                       Standard Features                        Specify Options
                       mount directly to the wall               1. maple or cherry veneer*
                       mounting through-holes are provided in   2. finish*
                       back panel                               3. locking doors, add $43
                       hardware included                        .
                       doors are self pull
                       unfinished back consists of black
                       composite material




                                                                                                                                                                                 Merge
                       Valances                                 BBLV5890                     90   13½   2                            134
                                                                BBLV5872                     72   13½   2                             99
                                                                BBLV5854                     54   13½   2                             74
                                                                BBLV5836                     36   13½   2                             49

                       Standard Features                        Specify Options
                       use on binder bin to conceal tasklight   1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                                2. finish*
                                                                .




How To Order:          Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   51
                       processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                       EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                                    Merge


        WORKSURFACE STORAGE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                        W      D   H                      PRICE
        TOWERS
                              36"w Tall Storage Towers                     MHD5836-51T                  36    15   50¾                     714




                              Standard Features                            Specify Options
                              doors are self pull                          1. maple or cherry veneer*
                              two adjustable shelves                       2. finish*
                              unfinished back consists of black            3. finished back, add $81
                              composite material                           4. translucent doors, add
                                                                           $110
                                                                           .




                              18"w Tall Storage Towers                     MHD5818-51TL                 18    15   50¾                     560
                                                                           MHD5818-51TR                 18    15   50¾                     560



                              Standard Features                            Specify Options
                              door is self pull                            1. maple or cherry veneer*
                              two adjustable shelves                       2. finish*
                              unfinished back consists of black            3. finished back, add $41
                              composite material                           4. translucent doors, add
                                                                           $55
                                                                           .
Merge




                              Overhead Storage Top                         HT58108                      108   15    1                      305
                                                                           HT5872                        72   15    1                      161
                                                                           HT5854                        54   15    1                      142
                                                                           HT5836                        36   15    1                       94
                                                                           HT5818                        18   15    1                       56
                              Standard Features                      Specify Options
                              use on overhead & wall mounted storage 1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                                     2. finish*
                                                                     .




                              Paper Management Niche                       PM58-S                       17¼   13   22                      159




                              Standard Features                            Specify Options
                              fits under overhead                          1. maple or cherry veneer*
                              does not need to be ordered separately for   2. finish*
                              overhead storage                             .




 52       How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                               order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                               EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                           Merge


STORAGE/WARDROBES   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                           W    D    H                  PRICE
                    36"w Storage Unit with Three                    WD5836-3FS-80T                  36   24   79¾                 1697
                    Drawer Lateral File



                    Standard Features                               Specify Options
                    locking lateral file drawers                    1. maple or cherry veneer*
                    letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                    side                                            3. finished back, add $160
                    two adjustable shelves                          4. translucent doors, add
                    unfinished back consists of black               $93
                    composite material                              5. locking doors, add $43
                    unfinished top                                  (not available on translucent
                    hinged doors swing 180 degrees                  doors)
                    adjustable levelers                             6. reinforced drawer
                                                                    bottom, add $53 each
                                                                    drawer
                                                                    7. 90 degree hinged door
                                                                    swing, no upcharge
                                                                    .

                    36"w Storage Unit with Two                      WD5836-2FS-80T                  36   24   79¾                 1616
                    Drawer Lateral File



                    Standard Features                               Specify Options
                    locking lateral file drawers                    1. maple or cherry veneer*
                    letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                    side                                            3. finished back, add $160
                    three adjustable shelves                        4. translucent doors, add
                    unfinished back consists of black               $110
                    composite material                              5. locking doors, add $43
                    unfinished top                                  (not available on translucent
                    hinged doors swing 180 degrees                  doors)
                    adjustable levelers                             6. reinforced drawer
                                                                    bottom, add $53 each




                                                                                                                                                                              Merge
                                                                    drawer
                                                                    7. 90 degree hinged door
                                                                    swing, no upcharge
                                                                    .

                    36"w Storage/Wardrobe Unit                      WD5836WS-80T                    36   24   79¾                 1558




                    Standard Features                               Specify Options
                    vertical divider                                1. maple or cherry veneer*
                    fixed shelves top and bottom                    2. finish*
                    three adjustable shelves (right)                3. finished back, add $160
                    coat hook 3” under fixed shelf (left)           4. locking doors, add $43
                    unfinished back consists of black               5. 90 degree hinged door
                    composite material                              swing, no upcharge
                    unfinished top                                  .
                    hinged doors swing 180 degrees
                    adjustable levelers




                    36"w Storage Unit                               WD5836S-80T                     36   24   79¾                 1443




                    Standard Features                               Specify Options
                    fixed shelf top and bottom                      1. maple or cherry veneer*
                    three adjustable shelves                        2. finish*
                    unfinished back consists of black               3. finished back, add $160
                    composite material                              4. locking doors, add $43
                    unfinished top                                  5. 90 degree hinged door
                    hinged doors swing 180 degrees                  swing, no upcharge
                    adjustable levelers                             .




How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   53
                    processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                    EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                                         Merge


        STORAGE/WARDROBES          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                           W    D    H                  PRICE
                                   30"w Storage/Wardobe Unit                      WD5830-3FS-80TL                 30   24   79¾                 1162
                                                                                  WD5830-3FS-80TR                 30   24   79¾                 1162



                                   Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                   locking drawers                                1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                   letter filing, front to back or side to side   2. finish*
                                   legal filing, side to side                     3. finished back, add $160
                                   vertical divider                               4. translucent upper door,
                     left shown
                                   adjustable shelf                               add $46 (full door remains
                                   fixed shelf top                                wood)
                                   fixed shelf bottom of wardrobe                 5. locking doors, add $85
                                   coat hook 3” under fixed shelf                 (not available on translucent
                                   unfinished back consists of black              doors)
                                   composite material                             6. 90 degree hinged door
                                   unfinished top                                 swing, no upcharge
                                   hinged doors swing 180 degrees                 .
                                   adjustable levelers

                                   30"w Storage/Wardobe Unit                      WD5830DPS-80TL                  30   24   79¾                 1107
                                                                                  WD5830DPS-80TR                  30   24   79¾                 1107



                                   Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                   locking drawers                                1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                   file/file pedestal                             2. finish*
                                   letter filing, front to back or side to side   3. finished back, add $160
                                   legal filing, side to side                     4. box/box/file pedestal
                      left shown   vertical divider                               5. translucent upper door,
                                   top shelves fixed                              add $55 (full door remains
                                   two adjustable shelves                         wood)
                                   coat hook 3” under fixed shelf                 6. locking doors, add $85
                                   unfinished back consists of black              (not available on translucent
                                   composite material                             doors)
                                   unfinished top                                 7. 90 degree hinged door
Merge




                                   hinged doors swing 180 degrees                 swing, no upcharge
                                   adjustable levelers                            .

                                   30"w Storage/Wardrobe Unit                     WD5830WS-80TL                   30   24   79¾                 963
                                                                                  WD5830WS-80TR                   30   24   79¾                 963



                                   Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                   vertical divider                               1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                   three adjustable shelves                       2. finish*
                                   fixed shelves top and bottom                   3. finished back, add $160
                   left shown
                                   coat hook 3” under fixed shelf                 4. locking doors, add $85
                                   unfinished back consists of black              5. 90 degree hinged door
                                   composite material                             swing, no upcharge
                                   unfinished top                                 .
                                   hinged doors swing 180 degrees
                                   adjustable levelers




                                   18"w Storage Unit                              WD5818-2F-80TL                  18   24   79¾                 1057
                                                                                  WD5818-2F-80TR                  18   24   79¾                 1057



                                   Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                   locking drawers                                1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                   file/file pedestal                             2. finish*
                                   letter filing, front to back or side to side   3. finished back, add $92
               left shown          legal filing, side to side                     4. box/box/file pedestal
                                   two adjustable shelves                         5. translucent door, add $55
                                   top shelf fixed                                6. locking doors, add $43
                                   unfinished back consists of black              (not available on translucent
                                   composite material                             door)
                                   unfinished top                                 7. 90 degree hinged door
                                   hinged door swings 180 degrees                 swing, no upcharge
                                   adjustable levelers                            .


                                   18"w Storage Unit                              WD5818S-80TL                    18   24   79¾                 944
                                                                                  WD5818S-80TR                    18   24   79¾                 944



                                   Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                   three adjustable shelves                       1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                   fixed shelves top and bottom                   2. finish*
                                   unfinished back consists of black              3. finished back, add $92
               left shown          composite material                             4. locking door, add $43
                                   unfinished top                                 5. 90 degree hinged door
                                   hinged door swings 180 degrees                 swing, no upcharge
                                   adjustable levelers                            .




 54       How To Order:             Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                    order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                    EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                           Merge


STORAGE/WARDROBES   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                   MODEL                        W    D    H                                 PRICE
                    18"w Wardrobe                       WD5818-80TL                  18   24   79¾                                837
                                                        WD5818-80TR                  18   24   79¾                                837



                    Standard Features                   Specify Options
                    fixed shelves top and bottom        1. maple or cherry veneer*
                    coat hook 3” under fixed shelf      2. finish*
                    unfinished back consists of black   3. finished back, add $92
       left shown   composite material                  4. locking door, add $43
                    unfinished top                      5. 90 degree hinged door
                    hinged door swings 180 degrees      swing, no upcharge
                    adjustable levelers                 .




                    Modular Storage/Wardrobe            HT5836-24                    36   24    1                                 128
                    Tops                                HT5830-24                    30   24    1                                 108
                                                        HT5818-24                    18   24    1                                  69


                    Standard Features                   Specify Options
                    use with storage/wardrobe units     1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                        2. finish*
                                                        .




                                                                                                                                                                              Merge




How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   55
                    processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                    EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                                 Merge


        LATERAL FILES      DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                MODEL                        W    D     H                  PRICE
                           Lateral File                                     4FD5836                      36   24    51                  1019
                                                                            4FD5836N                     36   24   49                    893



                           Standard Features                                Specify Options
                           extruded aluminum hardware                       1. maple or cherry veneer*
                           locking drawers                                  2. finish*
                           letter/legal filing , front to back or side to   3. finished back, add $64
                           side                                             4. reinforced drawer
                           unfinished back consists of black                bottom, add $53 each
                           composite material                               drawer
                           adjustable levelers                              .
                           4FD5836N: without top




                           Lateral File                                     2FD5836                      36   24    29                  597
                                                                            2FD5836N                     36   24   27                   493



                           Standard Features                                Specify Options
                           extruded aluminum hardware                       1. maple or cherry veneer*
                           locking drawers                                  2. finish*
                           letter/legal filing , front to back or side to   3. finished back, add $53
                           side                                             4. reinforced drawer
                           unfinished back consists of black                bottom, add $53 each
                           composite material                               drawer
                           adjustable levelers                              .
                           2FD5836N: without top
Merge




        MOBILE PEDESTALS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                MODEL                        W    D     H                  PRICE
                           Mobile Pedestal with CPU                         MPF5818-CPU-L                27   24   22¼                  526
                                                                            MPF5818-CPU-R                27   24   22¼                  526



                           Standard Features                                Specify Options
            left shown     extruded aluminum hardware                       1. maple or cherry veneer*
                           locking drawers                                  2. finish*
                           box/file drawers                                 .
                           cpu niche: 8½ ” w
                           letter filing, front to back or side to side
                           legal filing, side to side




                           Box/File Mobile Pedestal                         MPF5816-30                   16   30   22¼                  521
                                                                            MPF5816-24                   16   24   22¼                  466
                                                                            MPF5816-30-QSP               16   30   22¼                  521
                                                                            MPF5816-24-QSP               16   24   22¼                  466

                           Standard Features                                Specify Options
                           extruded aluminum hardware                       1. maple or cherry veneer*
                           locking drawers                                  2. finish*
                           box/file drawers                                 .
                           letter filing, front to back or side to side
                           legal filing, side to side




 56       How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                            order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                            EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                            Merge


MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                  MODEL                        W    D    H                  PRICE
                     36"w File Center Pedestal                          BFD5836FLN                   36   24   27                  630
                                                                        BFD5836FRN                   36   24   27                  630



                     Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                     extruded aluminum hardware                         1. maple or cherry veneer*
                     locking drawers                                    2. finish*
                     unfinished back consists of black                  3. finished back, add $53
                     composite material                                 4. reinforced drawer
                     adjustable levelers                                bottom, add $53 each
                     small file: letter filing, front to back or side   drawer
                     to side                                            .
                     legal filing, side to side
                     lateral file: letter/legal filing, front to back
                     or side to side




                     36"w Box/Box/File Pedestal                         FD5836N                      36   24   27                  493




                     Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                     extruded aluminum hardware                         1. maple or cherry veneer*
                     locking drawers                                    2. finish*
                     unfinished back consists of black                  3. finished back, add $53
                     composite material                                 4. reinforced drawer
                     letter/legal filing, front to back or side to      bottom, add $53 each
                     side                                               drawer
                     adjustable levelers                                .




                                                                                                                                                                               Merge
                     36"w Hinged Door Pedestal                          HD5836N                      36   24   27                  446




                     Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                     extruded aluminum hardware                         1. maple or cherry veneer*
                     unfinished back consists of black                  2. finish*
                     composite material                                 3. finished back, add $53
                     adjustable shelf                                   .
                     adjustable levelers




                     36"w Open Pedestal                                 B5836N                       36   24   27                  363




                     Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                     unfinished back consists of black                  1. maple or cherry veneer*
                     composite material                                 2. finish*
                     adjustable shelf                                   3. finished back, add $53
                     adjustable levelers                                .




                     18"w Box/Box/File Pedestal                         F5818N                       18   24   27                  419




                     Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                     extruded aluminum hardware                         1. maple or cherry veneer*
                     locking drawers                                    2. finish*
                     letter filing, front to back or side to side       3. finished back, add $46
                     legal filing, side to side                         .
                     unfinished back consists of black
                     composite material
                     adjustable levelers




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   57
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                                    Merge


        MODULAR COMPONENTS    DESCRIPTION/NOTES                              MODEL                        W      D   H                    PRICE
                              18"w File/File Pedestal                        2F5818N                      18    24   27                    419




                              Standard Features                              Specify Options
                              extruded aluminum hardware                     1. maple or cherry veneer*
                              locking drawers                                2. finish*
                              letter filing, front to back or side to side   3. finished back, add $46
                              legal filing, side to side                     .
                              unfinished back consists of black
                              composite material
                              adjustable levelers




                              Modular Tops                                   TU58108                      108   24   1¼                    389
                                                                             TU5890                        90   24   1¼                    353
                                                                             TU5872                        72   24   1¼                    257
                                                                             TU5854                        54   24   1¼                    190
                                                                             TU5836                        36   24   1¼                    126
                                                                             TU5818                        18   24   1¼                     84
                              Standard Features                              Specify Options
                                                                             1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                                             2. finish*
                                                                             .
Merge




                              End Panels                                     PE5824                       24         27                    108
                                                                             PE5812                       12         27                    100



                              Standard Features                              Specify Options
                              adjustable levelers                            1. maple or cherry veneer*
                                                                             2. finish*
                                                                             .




                              Modesty Panel with End Panel                   MPE5854L                     54    23   27                    284
                                                                             MPE5854R                     54    23   27                    284
                                                                             MPE5836L                     36    23   27                    158
                                                                             MPE5836R                     36    23   27                    158
        right shown
                                                                             MPE5818L                     18    23   27                    152
                                                                             MPE5818R                     18    23   27                    152
                              Standard Features                              Specify Options
                              modesty has unfinished back consisting of      1. maple or cherry veneer*
                              black composite material                       2. finish*
                              end panel has finished back                    3. finished back on
                              adjustable levelers                            MPE5854 modesty panel,
                                                                             add $57, MPE5836 modesty
                                                                             panel, add $53, MPE5818
                                                                             modesty panel, add $46
                                                                             .




 58           How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                               order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                               EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                                                            Merge


MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                        W    D    H                          PRICE
                     Modesty Panel                              MP5854                       54        27                          231
                                                                MP5836                       36        27                          137
                                                                MP5818                       18        27                          122


                     Standard Features                          Specify Options
                     unfinished back consists of black          1. maple or cherry veneer*
                     composite material                         2. finish*
                     adjustable levelers                        3. finished back on MP5854
                                                                modesty panel, add $57,
                                                                MP5836 modesty panel,
                                                                add $53, MP5818 modesty
                                                                panel, add $46
                                                                .




ACCESSORIES          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                        W    D    H                          PRICE
                     Center Drawer                              CD5872-66                    32   21   3¼                           84
                                                                CD5872-SP                    24   21   3¼                           84



                     Standard Features                          Specify Options
                     must be factory installed                  1. maple or cherry veneer*
                     CD5872-66: use with double pedestal        2. finish*
                     desk                                       .
                     CD5872-SP: use with single pedestal desk




                                                                                                                                                                               Merge




 How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   59
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: F5872.Maple.Ebony.Perforated Metal Modesty.
                                                                                                                   Effective January 1, 2009




              Reflections
              How To Order
              1. State Quantity

              2. Specify Model Number

              3. Select Walnut, Cherry or Maple
                 Wood Species
                                                        Reed                                Refine                   Harmony
              4. Select Finish                          Accepts Laminate Top                Accepts Laminate Top     Accepts Laminate Top
                 On Walnut Veneer:
                 Paprika
                 Toffee
                 Tuscany
                 Amaretto
                 Sienna
                 Espresso
                 On Cherry Veneer:
                 Caramel
                 Gingersnap                             Crescent
                                                        Accepts Laminate Top
                 Merlot
                 Bordeaux
                 Java
                 On Maple Veneer:
                 Linen
                 Butterscotch
                 Cinnamon
                 Ebony

                 Non-Standard Finishes, Add 10%.        Balance                             Bow                     Tempo
                 No bleaching or distressed finishes.   Nickel Finish                       Matte Black Finish      Matte Black Finish

              5. Select Top Edge Profile
Reflections




              6. Select Hardware & Finish
                 Tempo, Matte Black Finish
                 Bow, Matte Black Finish
                 Balance, Silver Finish

              7. Specify Options
                 Listed by each product group are       Grommet                             Top Grommet             Optional End Panel Grommet
                 options specific to those items.       Standard for some items--           Matte Black             Matte Black
                 Options with an asterisk (*) are       check individual product section.
                 mandatory to make an order
                 complete. Items without an asterisk
                 will be made standard if not
                 otherwise specified.

                 Laminate Top Option: Reed, Refine,
                 Harmony or Crescent Edge
                 Black Granite L1
                 Sandstone L2
                 Light Stone L3
                 Greystone L4                           Tackboard and Tasklight are
                 Call Jofco to verify matching finish   Standard
                                                        Tasklight is dark metallic silver
                 laminate.

              Example:
                 (4) SP1972R.Cherry.Caramel.Balance
                 Silver.Refine.Grommet Right




    60
                                                                                                                                               Effective January 1, 2009




Reflections Specifications
Materials                                                                        Tackboard Textile
All exterior surfaces of cases are cherry, maple, or walnut veneers with         Tackboards are standard on most overhead storage 36” and wider. Textile
veneer bands.                                                                    selection can be found on www.jofco.com under Resource section.

All wood is thoroughly air-seasoned, kiln dried and the moisture content         For overhead storage without tackboard, please indicate ‘no tackboard’
controlled to 6-8% at time of assembly.                                          rather than leave blank. There is no change in price.

All face veneers are flat cut and book-matched to ensure consistency of          Modification Pricing
grain pattern. They are carefully selected for uniform appearance, figure        Add modification pricing to list price.
and color.
                                                                                 Grommet, field installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$15 each
All tops are reverse slip-matched. All tops, panels and drawer fronts are
glued with PVA resin glues in a hot plate press. All assembly glues are          Grommet, factory installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$61 each
non-organic and of a polyvinyl acetate type.
                                                                                 Access slot in back panel
Top Construction                                                                 (2X” x 1Z”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$116
Tops are of 3-ply construction, 1W” thick. All top sides are shaped and
rimmed with poplar and maple hardwood bands.                                     Wall-access opening in back panel
                                                                                 (10” x 12”, 10” from floor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$122
All tops are securely fastened to desks by screws driven through wood
fastening cleats.                                                                Printer access slots in tops or back panels
                                                                                 (17W” x 1W”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137
Case Construction
All construction is full mortise and tenon.                                      Re-size standard tops or bases
                                                                                 (shorter or narrower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137
Outside end panel is rimmed with veneer bands.
                                                                                 Flat cut tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$149
All end panels are U” thick and 3-ply construction. Inside end panels are
rimmed with solid hardwood bands.                                                Modesty panels special lengths:
                                                                                 Up to 40” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$188
Pedestals are enclosed at bottom by X” dust panels, securely fastened with       40” to 60” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$330
screws to provide strength and stability.
                                                                                 Use of non-standard laminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Call for Quote




                                                                                                                                                                                           Reflections
Drawer Construction
The drawer interior is a durable, mitre-fold drawer system. The five sided
maple finish drawer is mitred, glued and doweled. The drawer front is
veneer rimmed chipcore and is then attached on the drawer box.

The high tech drawer offers benefits of field interchangeability of drawer
fronts and goes well with the clean look of Reflections. It has passed the
50,000 cycle performance test established by BIFMA. Additionally, the box
drawer tested at 380 lbs. and the file drawer withstood 500 lbs. during the
linear force application test.

All drawers in the Reflections series are equipped with ball bearing suspen-
sions which provide smooth, effortless access.

File drawers in pedestals are provided with filing system for hanging folders.

Locking
Locks on desks, credenzas and returns are provided in kneespace which
lock each pedestal separately. Modular units have face locks.




                                                                                                                                                                                              61
                                                                                                 Effective January 1, 2009




              Reflections Typicals
              U Shape Configuration



              Model Number       Description                                    Page     Price
              PDC1984-MPR        P-Top Desk with Full Modesty Panel              66     $1476
              EUR1948            Curved Bridge with Modesty Panel                68      $554
              F1918N (Qty 3)     18”w Box/Box/File Pedestal (without Top)        78     $1704
              TU19108            Modular Credenza Top                            79      $481
              MPE1954R           Modesty Panel with End Panel                    79      $399
                                 Workstation List Price                                $4,614




              U Shape Configuration with Back Storage



              Model Number       Description                                    Page     Price
              SP1972L            Single Pedestal Desk                            65     $1251
              EUR1948            Curved Bridge with Modesty Panel                68      $554
              HUD1972            72”w Overhead Storage                           71     $1316
              2F1918N (Qty 2)    18”w File/File Pedestal (without top)           78     $1136
              TU1972             Modular Credenza Top                            79      $314
Reflections




              MPE1936R           Modular Modesty Panel with End Panel            79      $233
                                 Workstation List Price                                $4,804




              Double Pedestal Desk with Storage



              Model Number       Description                                    Page     Price
              F1972              Double Pedestal Desk                            64     $1377
              HUD1972            72”w Overhead Storage (without top)             71     $1177
              HUD1918SL          18”w Left Worksurface Storage (without top)     73      $561
              HUD1918SR          18”w Right Worksurface Storage (without top)    73      $561
              HT19108            Overhead Storage Top                            72      $329
              WD1918-SL          18”w Left Storage Unit                          76     $1326
              WD1918-SR          18”w Right Storage Unit                         76     $1326
              2FD1936N (Qty 2)   Two Drawer Lateral File                         77     $1330
              TU19108            Modular Credenza Top                            79      $481
              MP1936             Modular Modesty Panel                           79      $188
                                 Workstation List Price                                $8,656




    62
                                                                              Effective January 1, 2009




Reflections Typicals
L Shape Configuration with Storage


Work Station
Model Number          Description                            Page     Price
SP1972L               Single Pedestal Desk                    65     $1251
2FD1936N              Two Drawer Lateral File                 77      $665
TU1972                Modular Credenza Top                    79      $314
MP1936                Modular Modesty Panel                   79      $188
HUD1972               72”w Overhead Storage (without top)     71     $1177
HUD1918SR             18”w Storage Tower (without top)        73      $561
HUD1918PSVR           18”w Storage Tower (without top)        73      $844
HT19108               Overhead Storage Top                    72      $329
WD1918R               18”w Wardrobe Unit                      76     $1206
                      Workstation List Price                        $6,535

Table (see 2008 Jofco Conferencing Price List)
Model Number          Description                            Page     Price
RF8CTD1-0042          Round Top                               89      $840
GP8NMRH-0003          Set of Four Metal Legs                 100      $326
                      Table List Price                              $1,166


                      Total List Price                              $7,701




Bullet Top U Shape Configuration with Back Storage



Model Number          Description                            Page     Price
TUE1972-36PE          Bullet Top Desk                         65      $848




                                                                                                          Reflections
EU1948                Bridge with Modesty Panel               68      $513
F1918N (Qty 2)        18”w Pedestal                           78     $1136
TU1990                Modular Credenza Top                    79      $352
MPE1954R              Modular Modesty Panel with End Panel    79      $399
HUD1972               72”w Overhead Storage                   71     $1316
HUD1918SL             18”w Storage Tower                      73      $599
WD1936-2FS            36”w Storage Unit with Lateral File     76     $2232
                      Workstation List Price                        $7,395




                                                                                                             63
                                                                                                                                                                   Reflections


              DESKS                 DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                            W    D    H    WT              PRICE
                                    Bow Front Double Pedestal Desk BF1972                                            72   42   29   420             1642




                                    Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                    top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                    locking drawers                                 veneer*
                                    box/box/file pedestal left                      2. finish*
                                    file/file pedestal right                        3. edge profile*
                                    letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   4. hardware/finish*
                                    side                                            5. laminate top available
                                    adjustable levelers/glides                      with reed, refine, harmony
                                    kneespace width: 31                             or crescent edge, no
                                    kneespace height: 27⅞                           upcharge
                                                                                    6. file/file pedestal left, no
                                                                                    upcharge
                                                                                    7. box/box/file pedestal
                                                                                    right, no upcharge
                                                                                    8. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                                    or right, add $61 each
                                                                                    .

                                    Double Pedestal Desk                            F1972                            72   36   29   335             1377
                                                                                    F1972-QSP                        72   36   29   335             1377
                                                                                    F1966                            66   30   29   288             1348


                                    Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                    top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                    locking drawers                                 veneer*
                                    box/box/file pedestal left                      2. finish*
                              QSP   file/file pedestal right
                                    adjustable levelers/glides
                                                                                    3. edge profile*
                                                                                    4. hardware/finish*
                                    F1972 kneespace width: 31                       5. laminate top available
                                    F1966 kneespace width: 33                       with reed, refine, harmony
                                    kneespace height: 27⅞                           or crescent edge, no
                                    F1972 recessed modesty: 6                       upcharge
                                    F1966 recessed modesty: 1                       6. file/file pedestal left, no
                                    F1972: letter/legal filing, front to back or    upcharge
                                    side to side                                    7. box/box/file pedestal
                                    F1966: letter/legal, side to side               right, no upcharge
                                                                                    8. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                                    or right, add $61 each
                                                                                    .
                                                                                    F1972-QSP is available in
                                                                                    cherry wood species with
                                                                                    refine edge, balance pull
                                                                                    and your choice of standard
                                                                                    finish in 15 working days
Reflections




                                    Bow Front Single Pedestal Desk BSP1972L                                          72   42   29   400             1514
                                                                   BSP1972R                                          72   42   29   400             1514



                                    Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                    top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                    locking drawers                                 veneer*
                      left shown    box/box/file pedestal                           2. finish*
                                    letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   3. edge profile*
                                    side                                            4. hardware/finish*
                                    adjustable levelers/glides                      5. laminate top available
                                    kneespace width: 50⅝                            with reed, refine, harmony
                                    kneespace height: 27⅞                           or crescent edge, no
                                    recessed modesty: 6½                            upcharge
                                                                                    6. file/file pedestal, no
                                                                                    upcharge
                                                                                    7. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                                    or right, add $61 each
                                                                                    .




  64            How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                     order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                     EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                           Reflections


DESKS                     DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                          W    D    H    WT                 PRICE
                          Single Pedestal Desk                            SP1972L                        72   36   29   350                1251
                                                                          SP1972R                        72   36   29   350                1251
                                                                          SP1972L-QSP                    72   36   29   350                1251
                                                                          SP1972R-QSP                    72   36   29   350                1251
                                                                          SP1966L                        66   30   29   310                1207
                                                                          SP1966R                        66   30   29   310                1207
                          Standard Features                               Specify Options
        left shown        top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                          locking drawers                                 veneer*
                          box/box/file pedestal                           2. finish*
              QSP         adjustable levelers/glides
                          SP1972 kneespace width: 50⅝
                                                                          3. edge profile*
                                                                          4. hardware/finish*
                          SP1966 kneespace width: 44⅝                     5. laminate top available
                          kneespace height: 27⅞                           with reed, refine, harmony
                          SP1972 recessed modesty: 6                      or crescent edge, no
                          SP1966 recessed modesty: 1                      upcharge
                          SP1972: letter/legal filing, front to back or   6. file/file pedestal, no
                          side to side                                    upcharge
                          SP1966: letter/legal, side to side              7. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                          or right, add $61 each
                                                                          .
                                                                          SP1972L or R-QSP is
                                                                          available in cherry wood
                                                                          species with refine edge,
                                                                          balance pull and your choice
                                                                          of standard finish in 15
                                                                          working days

                          Bullet Top Desk                                 TUE1972-36PE                   72   36   29   165                 848




                          Standard Features                               Specify Options
                          top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                          6” dia. round veneer post                       veneer*
                          adjustable levelers/glides                      2. finish*
                                                                          3. edge profile*
                                                                          4. laminate top available
                                                                          with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                          or crescent edge, no
                                                                          upcharge
                                                                          5. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                          or right, add $61 each
                                                                          6. 4” dia. black or silver
                                                                          powdered coated post, add
                                                                          $39
                                                                          7. D-shaped veneer post,
                                                                          add $154
                                                                          .




                                                                                                                                                                                    Reflections
                          P-Top Desk                                      PDC1984-PEL                    84   42   29   245                1017
                                                                          PDC1984-PER                    84   42   29   245                1017
                                                                          PDC1972-PEL                    72   42   29   230                 957
                                                                          PDC1972-PER                    72   42   29   230                 957

                          Standard Features                               Specify Options
                          top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                          6” dia. round veneer post                       veneer*
          right shown     adjustable levelers/glides                      2. finish*
                          PDC1984 top size: 84”w x 42/30”d                3. edge profile*
                          PDC1972 top size: 72”w x 42/30”d                4. laminate top available
                                                                          with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                          or crescent edge, no
                                                                          upcharge
                                                                          5. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                          or right, add $61 each
                                                                          6. 4” dia. black or silver
                                                                          powdered coated post, add
                                                                          $39
                                                                          7. D-shaped veneer post,
                                                                          add $154
                                                                          .

                          Bullet Top Desk with Full                       TUE1972-36MPL                  72   36   29   175                1241
                          Modesty Panel                                   TUE1972-36MPR                  72   36   29   175                1241



                          Standard Features                               Specify Options
                          top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                          full modesty panel                              veneer*
            right shown
                          6” D-shaped veneer post                         2. finish*
                          adjustable levelers/glides                      3. edge profile*
                                                                          4. laminate top available
                                                                          with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                          or crescent edge, no
                                                                          upcharge
                                                                          5. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                          or right, add $61 each
                                                                          .




How To Order:             Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   65
                          processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                          EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                                     Reflections


              DESKS                   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                  MODEL                         W    D    H    WT                              PRICE
                                      P-Top Desk with Full Modesty       PDC1984-MPL                   84   42   29   255                             1476
                                      Panel                              PDC1984-MPR                   84   42   29   255                             1476
                                                                         PDC1972-MPL                   72   42   29   240                             1351
                                                                         PDC1972-MPR                   72   42   29   240                             1351

                                      Standard Features                  Specify Options
                                      top shaped all sides               1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                      full modesty panel                 veneer*
                        right shown
                                      6” D-shaped veneer post            2. finish*
                                      adjustable levelers/glides         3. edge profile*
                                      PDC1984 top size: 84”w x 42/30”d   4. laminate top available
                                      PDC1972 top size: 72”w x 42/30”d   with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                         or crescent edge, no
                                                                         upcharge
                                                                         5. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                         or right, add $61 each
                                                                         .


                                      P-Top Run-Off Desk                 PDC1984L                      84   42   29   200                              889
                                                                         PDC1984R                      84   42   29   200                              889
                                                                         PDC1972L                      72   42   29   180                              820
                                                                         PDC1972R                      72   42   29   180                              820

                                      Standard Features                  Specify Options
                                      top shaped all sides               1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                      6” dia. round veneer post          veneer*
                      right shown     adjustable levelers/glides         2. finish*
                                      PDC1984 top size: 84”w x 42/30”d   3. edge profile*
                                      PDC1972 top size: 72”w x 42/30”d   4. laminate top available
                                                                         with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                         or crescent edge, no
                                                                         upcharge
                                                                         5. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                         or right, add $61 each
                                                                         6. 4” dia. black or silver
                                                                         powdered coated post, add
                                                                         $39
                                                                         7. D-shaped veneer post,
                                                                         add $154
                                                                         .
Reflections




  66            How To Order:          Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                       order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                       EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                       Reflections


RETURNS               DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                  MODEL                          W    D    H    WT              PRICE
                      File Center Return                                 ER1960L-BFD                    60   24   29   200             1159
                                                                         ER1960R-BFD                    60   24   29   200             1159



                      Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                      top shaped all sides                               1. walnut, cherry or maple
   left shown         locking drawers                                    veneer*
                      box/box drawers upper inside                       2. finish*
                      upper drawers consist of 1 file and 2 box          3. edge profile*
                      drawers                                            4. hardware/finish*
                      36” lateral file drawer                            5. laminate top available
                      grommet centered in kneespace                      with reed, refine, harmony
                      two attaching brackets                             or crescent edge, no
                      3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with               upcharge
                      black trim insert (top-center)                     6. reinforced drawer
                      adjustable levelers/glides                         bottom, add $53 each
                      kneespace width: 24                                drawer
                      file drawer: letter filing, front to back or       .
                      side to side; legal filing side to side
                      lateral file: letter/legal filing, front to back
                      or side to side

                      Lateral File Return                                ER1960L-2LFD                   60   24   29   190              979
                                                                         ER1960R-2LFD                   60   24   29   190              979



                      Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                      top shaped all sides                               1. walnut, cherry or maple
   left shown         locking drawers                                    veneer*
                      36” lateral files                                  2. finish*
                      letter/legal filing, front to back or side to      3. edge profile*
                      side                                               4. hardware/finish*
                      grommet centered in kneespace                      5. laminate top available
                      two attaching brackets                             with reed, refine, harmony
                      3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with               or crescent edge, no
                      black trim insert (top-center of kneespace)        upcharge
                      kneespace width: 24                                6. reinforced drawer
                      adjustable levelers/glides                         bottom, add $53 each
                                                                         drawer
                                                                         .

                      Return                                             ER1948L                        48   24   29   177              872
                                                                         ER1948R                        48   24   29   177              872
                                                                         ER1948L-QSP                    48   24   29   177              872
                                                                         ER1948R-QSP                    48   24   29   177              872

                      Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                      top shaped all sides                               1. walnut, cherry or maple
   left shown         locking drawers                                    veneer*




                                                                                                                                                                                Reflections
                      box/box/file pedestal                              2. finish*

                QSP   letter/legal filing, front to back or side to
                      side
                                                                         3. edge profile*
                                                                         4. hardware/finish*
                      grommet centered in kneespace                      5. laminate top available
                      two attaching brackets                             with reed, refine, harmony
                      3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening                 or crescent edge, no
                      with black trim insert (top-center of              upcharge
                      kneespace)                                         6. file/file pedestal, no
                      adjustable levelers/glides                         upcharge
                      kneespace width: 28⅜                               .
                                                                         ER1948L or R-QSP is
                                                                         available in cherry wood
                                                                         species with refine edge,
                                                                         balance pull and your choice
                                                                         of standard finish in 15
                                                                         working days




How To Order:         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   67
                      processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                      EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                               Reflections


              BRIDGES           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                       MODEL                         W    D    H    WT                         PRICE
                                Bridge with Modesty Panel               EU1948                        48   24   29   92                          513
                                                                        EU1948-QSP                    48   24   29   92                          513
                                                                        EU1936                        36   24   29   84                          435


                                Standard Features                       Specify Options
                                EU1936 is generally used with CU1942    1. walnut, cherry or maple
                        QSP     top shaped all sides
                                veneer direction short grain
                                                                        veneer*
                                                                        2. finish*
                                grommet centered in kneespace           3. edge profile*
                                attaching hardware                      4. laminate top available
                                3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening      with reed, refine, harmony
                                with black trim insert (top-center of   or crescent edge, no
                                kneespace)                              upcharge
                                adjustable levelers/glides              .
                                                                        EU1948-QSP is available in
                                                                        cherry wood species with
                                                                        refine edge and your choice
                                                                        of standard finish in 15
                                                                        working days

                                Bridge Top                              EUT1948                       48   24   1¼   60                          272
                                                                        EUT1936                       36   24   1¼   45                          231



                                Standard Features                       Specify Options
                                top shaped all sides                    1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                veneer direction short grain            veneer*
                                grommet centered in kneespace           2. finish*
                                attaching hardware                      3. edge profile*
                                                                        4. laminate top available
                                                                        with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                        or crescent edge, no
                                                                        upcharge
                                                                        .




                                Curved Bridge with Modesty              EUR1948                       48   30   29   100                         554
                                Panel



                                Standard Features                       Specify Options
                                top shaped all sides                    1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                veneer direction short grain            veneer*
                                grommet centered in kneespace           2. finish*
                                attaching hardware                      3. edge profile*
                                3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening      4. laminate top available
Reflections




                                with black trim insert (top-center)     with reed, refine, harmony
                                adjustable levelers/glides              or crescent edge, no
                                top size: 48”w x 30/18”d                upcharge
                                                                        .




                                Curved Bridge Top                       EURT1948                      48   30   1¼   40                          293




                                Standard Features                       Specify Options
                                top shaped all sides                    1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                veneer direction short grain            veneer*
                                grommet centered in kneespace           2. finish*
                                attaching hardware                      3. edge profile*
                                top size: 48”w x 30/18”d                4. laminate top available
                                                                        with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                        or crescent edge, no
                                                                        upcharge
                                                                        .




  68            How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                 order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                 EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                    Reflections


CREDENZAS          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                            W    D    H    WT               PRICE
                   Storage Credenza                                CR1972-HD                        72   24   29   330              1357
                                                                   CR1972-HD-QSP                    72   24   29   330              1357
                                                                   CR1966-HD                        66   24   29   255              1297


                   Standard Features                               Specify Options
                   top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                   locking drawers                                 veneer*
                   file/file pedestals                             2. finish*

             QSP   hinged door compartment with adjustable
                   shelf
                   adjustable levelers/glides
                                                                   3. edge profile*
                                                                   4. hardware/finish*
                                                                   5. laminate top available
                   CR1972-HD: letter filing front to back or       with reed, refine, harmony
                   side to side; legal filing, side to side        or crescent edge, no
                   CR1966-HD: letter/legal filing, front to        upcharge
                   back or side to side                            6. box/box/file pedestal left,
                                                                   no upcharge
                                                                   7. box/box/file pedestal
                                                                   right, no upcharge
                                                                   8. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                   or right, add $61 each
                                                                   9. locking doors, add $43
                                                                   .
                                                                   CR1972-HD-QSP is
                                                                   available in cherry wood
                                                                   species with refine edge,
                                                                   balance pull and your choice
                                                                   of standard finish in 15
                                                                   working days

                   Lateral File Credenza                           CR1972-2F36                      72   24   29   300              1504




                   Standard Features                               Specify Options
                   top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                   locking drawers                                 veneer*
                   file/file pedestals                             2. finish*
                   letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   3. edge profile*
                   side                                            4. hardware/finish*
                   adjustable levelers/glides                      5. laminate top available
                                                                   with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                   or crescent edge, no
                                                                   upcharge
                                                                   6. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                   or right, add $61 each
                                                                   7. reinforced drawer
                                                                   bottom, add $53 each
                                                                   drawer
                                                                   .




                                                                                                                                                                             Reflections
                   Kneespace Credenza                              CR1972-KS                        72   24   29   285              1289
                                                                   CR1966-KS                        66   24   29   215              1234



                   Standard Features                               Specify Options
                   top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                   locking drawers                                 veneer*
                   file/file pedestals                             2. finish*
                   letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   3. edge profile*
                   side                                            4. hardware/finish*
                   cord access slot in back panel                  5. laminate top available
                   adjustable levelers/glides                      with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                   or crescent edge, no
                                                                   upcharge
                                                                   6. box/box/file pedestal left,
                                                                   no upcharge
                                                                   7. box/box/file pedestal
                                                                   right, no upcharge
                                                                   8. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                   or right, add $61 each
                                                                   .

                   Open Corner Credenza                            CR1972FL-18                      72   24   29   295               974
                                                                   CR1972FR-18                      72   24   29   295               974



                   Standard Features                               Specify Options
                   top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                   locking drawers                                 veneer*
    left shown     file/file pedestal                              2. finish*
                   letter filing, front to back or side to side    3. edge profile*
                   legal filing, side to side                      4. hardware/finish*
                   3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening              5. laminate top available
                   with black trim insert (top-center)             with reed, refine, harmony
                   adjustable levelers/glides                      or crescent edge, no
                   kneespace width: 51½                            upcharge
                   kneespace height: 27⅞                           6. box/box/file pedestal, no
                                                                   upcharge
                                                                   7. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                   or right, add $61 each
                                                                   .


How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   69
                   processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                   EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                                    Reflections


              CREDENZAS              DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                  MODEL                          W    D    H    WT             PRICE
                                     Open Corner Lateral File                           CR1972FL-36                    72   24   29   305            1092
                                     Credenza                                           CR1972FR-36                    72   24   29   305            1092
                                                                                        CR1972FL-36-QSP                72   24   29   305            1092
                                                                                        CR1972FR-36-QSP                72   24   29   305            1092

                                     Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                                     top shaped all sides                               1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     locking drawers                                    veneer*
                  left shown         file/file pedestal                                 2. finish*
                                     letter/legal filing, front to back or side to      3. edge profile*
                                     side                                               4. hardware/finish*
                           QSP       3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with
                                     black trim insert (top-center)
                                                                                        5. laminate top available
                                                                                        with reed, refine, harmony
                                     adjustable levelers/glides                         or crescent edge, no
                                     kneespace width: 35                                upcharge
                                     kneespace height: 27⅞                              6. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                                        or right, add $61 each
                                                                                        7. reinforced drawer
                                                                                        bottom, add $53 each
                                                                                        drawer
                                                                                        .
                                                                                        CR1972FL-36- or FR-36-
                                                                                        QSP is available in cherry
                                                                                        wood species with refine
                                                                                        edge, balance pull and your
                                                                                        choice of standard finish in
                                                                                        15 working days

                                     Open Corner File Center                            CR1972L-BFD-36                 72   24   29   315            1272
                                     Credenza                                           CR1972R-BFD-36                 72   24   29   315            1272



                                     Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                                     top shaped all sides                               1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     locking drawers                                    veneer*
                  left shown         upper drawers consist of 1 file and 2 box          2. finish*
                                     drawers                                            3. edge profile*
                                     36” lateral file drawer                            4. hardware/finish*
                                     3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening                 5. laminate top available
                                     with black trim insert (top-center)                with reed, refine, harmony
                                     adjustable levelers/glides                         or crescent edge, no
                                     kneespace width: 35                                upcharge
                                     kneespace height: 27⅞                              6. 3” grommet, left, center
                                     file drawer: letter filing, front to back or       or right, add $61 each
                                     side to side; legal filing side to side            7. reinforced drawer
                                     lateral file: letter/legal filing, front to back   bottom, add $53 each
                                     or side to side                                    drawer
                                                                                        .

              CORNER UNITS           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                  MODEL                          W    D    H    WT             PRICE
Reflections




                                     Corner Unit                                        CU1942                         42   42   29   187             997




                                     Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                                     top shaped all sides                               1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     top grommet centered in rear kneespace             veneer*
                                     two grommets in back panels                        2. finish*
                                     adjustable levelers/glides                         3. edge profile*
                                     kneespace width: 25¼                               4. laminate top available
                                     kneespace height: 27⅞                              with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                                        or crescent edge, no
                                                                                        upcharge
                                                                                        .




              COMPUTER/PRINTER STAND DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                  MODEL                          W    D    H    WT             PRICE
                                     Computer/Printer Stand                             CRT1948FSM                     48   24   29   140             967
                                                                                        CRT1948FS                      48   24   29   140             862



                                     Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                                     top shaped all sides                               1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     adjustable levelers/glides                         veneer*
                                     kneespace width: 46½                               2. finish*
                                     kneespace height: 27⅞                              3. edge profile*
                                     CRT1948FS: without casters                         4. laminate top available
                                     CRT1948FSM: with casters                           with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                                        or crescent edge, no
                                                                                        upcharge
                                                                                        .




  70            How To Order:         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                      order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                      EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                                                              Reflections


  OVERHEAD STORAGE                                DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                           W     D    H   WT      A/COM        B      C      D      E      F      G      H
                                                  72"w Overhead Storage                       HUD1972                         72   14   39   187     1316        1316   1316 1368 1380 1393 1416 1440
                                                                                              HUD1972-QSP                     72   14   39   187 -           -          1316 -    -   -     -   -



                                                  Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                                  eased rim front only                        1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                  1” wire access slot across bottom of back   veneer*
                                                  panel                                       2. finish*
                                                  tackboards and tasklights are standard      3. tackboard textiles, see
                                                  doors are self pull                         www.jofco.com*

                          QSP                                                                 4. translucent doors, add
                                                                                              $68
                                                                                              5. without top, deduct $139
                                                                                              6. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                              .
  16 3/4”           35 1/4”             16 3/4”
                                                                                              HUD1972-QSP is available
                                                                                              in cherry wood species with
top view, inside measurements                                                                 refine edge, finger grip pull
                                                                                              and your choice of standard
                                                                                              finish in 15 working days

                                                  54"w Overhead Storage                       HUD1954                         54   14   39   170     1237        1237   1237   1278   1287   1297   1316   1334




                                                  Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                                  eased rim front only                        1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                  1” wire access slot across bottom of back   veneer*
                                                  panel                                       2. finish*
                                                  tackboards and tasklights are standard      3. tackboard textiles, see
                                                  doors are self pull                         www.jofco.com*
      34 3/4”           16 3/4”
                                                                                              4. translucent doors, add
                                                                                              $51
top view, inside measurements, right shown
                                                                                              5. without top, deduct $77
                                                                                              6. locking doors, add $85
                                                                                              .




                                                  36"w Overhead Storage                       HUD1936                         36   14   39   150     1105        1105   1105   1134   1140   1147   1160   1174




                                                  Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                                  eased rim front only                        1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                  1” wire access slot across bottom of back   veneer*
                                                  panel                                       2. finish*
                                                  tackboards and tasklights are standard      3. tackboard textiles, see




                                                                                                                                                                                                                       Reflections
        34 1/4”
                                                  doors are self pull                         www.jofco.com*
                                                                                              4. translucent doors, add
top view, inside measurements
                                                                                              $34
                                                                                              5. without top, deduct $58
                                                                                              6. locking doors, add $43
                                                                                              .




    How To Order:                                 Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order              71
                                                  processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                                  EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                                    Reflections


              WALL MOUNTED STORAGE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                        W      D   H     WT                       PRICE
                                     Wall Mounted Storage                     BB1972                       72    14   16½   75                        848
                                                                              BB1936                       36    14   16½   65                        520




               BB1972 shown
                                     Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                     doors are self pull                      1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     side hinged doors                        veneer*
                                     mounting brackets included               2. finish*
                                                                              3. translucent doors:
                                                                              BB1972, add $68; BB1936,
               BB1936 shown                                                   add $34
                                                                              4. locking doors: BB1972,
                                                                              add $85; BB1936, add $43
                                                                              5. valance BBLV (specify
                                                                              length), add $2 per inch
                                                                              6. top BBTU19 (specify
                                                                              length), add $2 per inch
                                                                              .

                                     Wall Mounted Storage                     BB1954L                      54    14   16½   70                        797
                                                                              BB1954R                      54    14   16½   70                        797
                                                                              BB1918L                      18    14   16½   60                        394
                                                                              BB1918R                      18    14   16½   60                        394

                                     Standard Features                        Specify Options
                BB1954 shown         doors are self pull                      1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     side hinged doors                        veneer*
                                     mounting brackets included               2. finish*
                                     BB1954: left & right determined by 18”   3. translucent doors:
                                     compartment                              BB1954, add $51; BB1918,
                                     BB1918: hinge determines left or right   add $17
                BB1918 shown                                                  4. locking doors: BB1954,
                                                                              add $85; BB1918, add $43
                                                                              5. valance BBLV (specify
                                                                              length), add $2 per inch
                                                                              6. top BBTU19 (specify
                                                                              length), add $2 per inch
                                                                              .

                                     Overhead Storage Top                     HT19108                      108   14         68                        329
                                                                              HT1990                        90   14         65                        269
                                                                              HT1972                        72   14         55                        240
                                                                              HT1954                        54   14         50                        152
                                                                              HT1936                        36   14         35                        101
                                     Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                     eased rim front only                     1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                                              veneer*
                                                                              2. finish*
                                                                              .
Reflections




  72             How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                      order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                      EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                       Reflections


WORKSURFACE STORAGE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                        W     D    H   WT                       PRICE
TOWERS
                      Storage Towers                              HUD1918PSVL                  18   14   39   120                       882
                                                                  HUD1918PSVR                  18   14   39   120                       882



                      Standard Features                           Specify Options
                      eased rim front only                        1. walnut, cherry or maple
                      top shelf removable                         veneer*
                      1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. finish*
                      panel                                       3. translucent doors, add
                      door is self pull                           $17
                      hinge determines left or right              4. without top, deduct $38
                                                                  5. locking doors, add $43
                                                                  .




                      Storage Towers                              HUD1918SL                    18   14   39   120                       599
                                                                  HUD1918SR                    18   14   39   120                       599



                      Standard Features                           Specify Options
                      eased rim front only                        1. walnut, cherry or maple
                      four removable shelves                      veneer*
                      1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. finish*
                      panel                                       3. translucent doors, add
                      door is self pull                           $17
                      hinge determines left or right              4. without top, deduct $38
                                                                  5. locking doors, add $43
                                                                  .




                                                                                                                                                                                Reflections




How To Order:         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   73
                      processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                      EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                               Reflections


              OPEN BOOKCASES    DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                            W     D    H   WT                 PRICE
                                Open Bookcase with 1-3/16"                   BC1984                           36   12   84   143                 853
                                Thick Top                                    BC1972                           36   12   72   130                 788
                                                                             BC1960                           36   12   60   104                 699
                                                                             BC1948                           36   12   48    96                 598
                                                                             BC1936                           36   12   36    72                 518
                                                                             BC1930                           36   12   30    61                 454
                                Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                tops shaped front only                       1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                unfinished back consists of black            veneer*
                                composite material                           2. finish*
                                properly secure to prevent tipping           3. edge profile*
                                (hardware not included)                      4. heavy duty S19-5 shelf,
                                unfinished back                              add $41 each
                                BC1984: five adjustable shelves, one fixed   5. finished back, add $120
                                shelf                                        6. adjustable leveling glides,
                                BC1972: four adjustable shelves, one fixed   add $53
                                shelf                                        .
                                BC1960: four adjustable shelves
                                BC1948: three adjustable shelves
                                BC1936: two adjustable shelves
                                BC1930: one adjustable shelf

                                Open Bookcase with Flat-                     BC84                             36   12   84   143                 720
                                Rimmed Top                                   BC72                             36   12   72   130                 657
                                                                             BC60                             36   12   60   104                 571
                                                                             BC48                             36   12   48    96                 475
                                                                             BC36                             36   12   36    72                 398
                                                                             BC30                             36   12   30    61                 350
                                Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                ¾ ” thick flat rimmed tops                   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                ¾ ” adjustable shelves                       veneer*
                                unfinished back consists of black            2. finish*
                                composite material                           3. heavy duty S19-5 shelf,
                                properly secure to prevent tipping,          add $41 each
                                (hardware not included)                      4. finished back, add $120
                                BC84: five adjustable shelves, one fixed     5. adjustable leveling glides,
                                shelf                                        add $53
                                BC72: four adjustable shelves, one fixed     .
                                shelf
                                BC60: four adjustable shelves
                                BC48: three adjustable shelves
                                BC36: two adjustable shelves
                                BC30: one adjustable shelf

                                QSP Open Bookcase with Flat-                 BC84-QSP                         36   12   84   143                 720
                                Rimmed Top                                   BC72-QSP                         36   12   72   130                 657
                                                                             BC60-QSP                         36   12   60   104                 571
                                                                             BC48-QSP                         36   12   48    96                 475

                                Standard Features                            Specify Options
Reflections




                                ¾ ” thick flat rimmed tops                   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                ¾ ” adjustable shelves                       veneer*
                                unfinished back consists of black            2. finish*
                                composite material                           .
                                properly secure to prevent tipping,          available in walnut, cherry
                                (hardware not included)                      or maple wood species and
                                BC84: five adjustable shelves, one fixed     your choice of standard
                                shelf                                        finish in 15 working days

                        QSP     BC72: four adjustable shelves, one fixed
                                shelf
                                BC60: four adjustable shelves
                                BC48: three adjustable shelves

                                Heavy Duty Shelf                             S19-5                            34   11    1   9                   41




                                Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                1” heavy duty shelf                          1. finish*
                                                                             .




  74            How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                 order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                 EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                  Reflections


END UNITS        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                 MODEL                        W     D      H   WT                               PRICE
                 Curved End Unit                   CES1968-24L                  18    24    68   70                                893
                                                   CES1968-24R                  18    24    68   70                                893



                 Standard Features                 Specify Options
left shown       top shape not available           1. walnut, cherry or maple
                 adjustable levelers/glides        veneer*
                                                   2. finish*
                                                   .




                 Curved End Base Unit              CES1929-24L                  18    24    29   40                                489
                                                   CES1929-24R                  18    24    29   40                                489



                 Standard Features                 Specify Options
                 adjustable levelers/glides        1. walnut, cherry or maple
left shown
                                                   veneer*
                                                   2. finish*
                                                   3. edge profile*
                                                   4. laminate top available
                                                   with reed, refine, harmony
                                                   or crescent edge, no
                                                   upcharge
                                                   .




                 Curved End Overhead Unit          CES1940-13L                  10½   13½   39   25                                414
                                                   CES1940-13R                  10½   13½   39   25                                414



                 Standard Features                 Specify Options
                 top shape not available           1. walnut, cherry or maple
left shown
                                                   veneer*
                                                   2. finish*
                                                   .




                                                                                                                                                                           Reflections




 How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   75
                 processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                 EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                                      Reflections


              STORAGE/WARDROBE         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                        W    D     H   WT                  PRICE
                                       36"w Storage Unit with Lateral                  WD1936-2FS                   36   24   68   350                 2232
                                       Files



                                       Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                       eased rim front only                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                       locking drawers                                 veneer*
                                       letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                                       side                                            3. hardware/finish*
                                       two adjustable shelves                          4. locking doors, add $43
                                       knob hardware                                   5. 90 degree hinge door
                                       hinge door swings 180 degrees                   swing, no upcharge
                                       adjustable levelers/glides                      6. reinforced drawer
                                                                                       bottom, add $53 each
                                                                                       drawer
                                                                                       .


                                       36"w Storage Unit                               WD1936-S                     36   24   68   340                 1977




                                       Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                       eased rim front only                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                       one fixed shelf                                 veneer*
                                       three adjustable shelves                        2. finish*
                                       knob hardware                                   3. knob finish*
                                       hinge door swings 180 degrees                   4. locking doors, add $43
                                       adjustable levelers/glides                      5. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                                       swing, no upcharge
                                                                                       .




                                       36"w Wardrobe Unit                              WD1936                       36   24   68   300                 1852




                                       Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                       eased rim front only                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                       one fixed shelf                                 veneer*
                                       hanger bar                                      2. finish*
                                       knob hardware                                   3. knob finish*
                                       hinge door swings 180 degrees                   4. locking doors, add $43
                                       adjustable levelers/glides                      5. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                                       swing, no upcharge
Reflections




                                                                                       .




                                       18"w Wardrobe Unit                              WD1918L                      18   24   68   200                 1206
                                                                                       WD1918R                      18   24   68   200                 1206



                                       Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                       eased rim front only                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                       one fixed shelf                                 veneer*
                         right shown
                                       hanger bar                                      2. finish*
                                       knob hardware                                   3. knob finish*
                                       hinge door swings 180 degrees                   4. locking door, add $43
                                       adjustable levelers/glides                      5. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                                       swing, no upcharge
                                                                                       .




                                       18"w Storage Unit                               WD1918-SL                    18   24   68   200                 1326
                                                                                       WD1918-SR                    18   24   68   200                 1326



                                       Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                       eased rim front only                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                       one fixed shelf                                 veneer*
                                       three adjustable shelves                        2. finish*
                         right shown
                                       knob hardware                                   3. knob finish*
                                       hinge door swings 180 degrees                   4. locking door, add $43
                                       adjustable levelers/glides                      5. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                                       swing, no upcharge
                                                                                       .




  76            How To Order:           Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                        order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                        EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                   Reflections


LATERAL FILES     DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                 MODEL                         W    D     H    WT               PRICE
                  Four Drawer Lateral File                          4FD1936                       36   24   54½   235              1349
                                                                    4FD1936N                      36   24   53¼   220              1231



                  Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                              1. walnut, cherry or maple
                  locking drawers                                   veneer*
                  letter/legal filing, front to back or side to     2. finish*
                  side                                              3. edge profile*
                  adjustable levelers/glides                        4. hardware/finish*
                  4FD1936N: without top                             5. reinforced drawer
                                                                    bottom, add $53 each
                                                                    drawer
                                                                    .




                  Three Drawer Lateral File                         3FD1936                       36   24    41   225               882
                                                                    3FD1936N                      36   24   39    210               778



                  Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                              1. walnut, cherry or maple
                  locking drawers                                   veneer*
                  letter/legal filing capabilities, front to back   2. finish*
                  or side to side                                   3. edge profile*
                  adjustable levelers/glides                        4. hardware/finish*
                  3FD1936N: without top                             5. reinforced drawer
                                                                    bottom, add $53 each
                                                                    drawer
                                                                    .




                  Two Drawer Lateral File                           2FD1936                       36   24    29   183               783
                                                                    2FD1936-QSP                   36   24    29   183               783
                                                                    2FD1936N                      36   24   27    173               665


                  Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                              1. walnut, cherry or maple

            QSP   locking drawers
                  letter/legal filing, front to back or side to
                  side
                                                                    veneer*
                                                                    2. finish*
                                                                    3. hardware/finish*
                  adjustable levelers/glides                        4. laminate top available
                  2FD1936N: without top                             with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                    or crescent edge, no




                                                                                                                                                                            Reflections
                                                                    upcharge
                                                                    5. reinforced drawer
                                                                    bottom, add $53 each
                                                                    drawer
                                                                    .
                                                                    2FD1936-QSP is available in
                                                                    cherry wood species with
                                                                    refine edge, balance pull
                                                                    and your choice of standard
                                                                    finish in 15 working days




 How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   77
                  processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                  EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                                  Reflections


              MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                  MODEL                        W    D     H    WT              PRICE
                                   36"w File Center Pedestal                          BFD1936FL                    36   24    29   203              963
                                                                                      BFD1936FR                    36   24    29   203              963
                                                                                      BFD1936FLN                   36   24   27    193              844
                                                                                      BFD1936FRN                   36   24   27    193              844

                                   Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                                   top shaped all sides                               1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   locking drawers                                    veneer*
                                   top file drawer determines left or right           2. finish*
                                   adjustable levelers/glides                         3. edge profile*
                                   BFD1936FLN or FRN: without top                     4. hardware/finish*
                                   file drawer: letter filing, front to back or       5. laminate top available
                                   side to side; legal filing side to side            with reed, refine, harmony
                                   lateral file: letter/legal filing, front to back   or crescent edge, no
                                   or side to side                                    upcharge
                                                                                      6. reinforced drawer
                                                                                      bottom, add $53 each
                                                                                      drawer
                                                                                      .

                                   36"w Hinged Door Pedestal                          HD1936                       36   24    29   158              627
                                                                                      HD1936N                      36   24   27    148              509



                                   Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                                   top shaped all sides                               1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   locking doors                                      veneer*
                                   one adjustable shelf                               2. finish*
                                   adjustable levelers/glides                         3. edge profile*
                                   HD1936N: without top                               4. hardware/finish*
                                                                                      5. laminate top available
                                                                                      with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                                      or crescent edge, no
                                                                                      upcharge
                                                                                      .




                                   18"w Box/Box/File Pedestal                         F1918                        18   24    29   140              678
                                                                                      F1918N                       18   24   27    133              568




                  F1918            Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                                   tops shaped all sides                              1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   locking drawers                                    veneer*
                                   letter filing , front to back or side to side      2. finish*
                                   legal filing, side to side                         3. edge profile*
                                   adjustable levelers/glides                         4. hardware/finish*
                                   F1918N: without top                                5. laminate top available
Reflections




                                                                                      with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                                      or crescent edge, no
                                                                                      upcharge
                                                                                      .




                                   18"w File/File Pedestal                            2F1918                       18   24    29   140              678
                                                                                      2F1918N                      18   24   27    133              568



               2F1918
                                   Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                                   tops shaped all sides                              1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   locking drawers                                    veneer*
                                   letter filing , front to back or side to side      2. finish*
                                   legal filing, side to side                         3. edge profile*
                                   adjustable levelers/glides                         4. hardware/finish*
              2F1918N              2F1918N: without top                               5. laminate top available
                                                                                      with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                                      or crescent edge, no
                                                                                      upcharge
                                                                                      .




                                   18"w Hinged Door Pedestal                          HD1918L                      18   24    29   130              576
                                                                                      HD1918R                      18   24    29   130              576
                                                                                      HD1918LN                     18   24   27    123              467
                                                                                      HD1918RN                     18   24   27    123              467

                                   Standard Features                                  Specify Options
                                   tops shaped all sides                              1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   locking doors                                      veneer*
                                   adjustable shelf                                   2. finish*
                                   adjustable levelers/glides                         3. edge profile*
                                   hinge determines left or right                     4. hardware/finish*
                                   HD1918LN or RN: without top                        5. laminate top available
                                                                                      with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                                      or crescent edge, no
                                                                                      upcharge
                                                                                      .



  78             How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                    order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                    EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                      Reflections


MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                         W      D    H   WT                      PRICE
                     Modular Credenza Top                       TU19108                       108   24   1¼   85                       481
                                                                TU1990                         90   24   1¼   75                       352
                                                                TU1972                         72   24   1¼   65                       314
                                                                TU1966                         66   24   1¼   60                       301
                                                                TU1960                         60   24   1¼   60                       225
                                                                TU1954                         54   24   1¼   55                       199
                                                                TU1948                         48   24   1¼   45                       169
                                                                TU1936                         36   24   1¼   40                       131
                                                                TU1918                         18   24   1¼   35                       110
                     Standard Features                          Specify Options
                     used with modular units in making custom   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     credenzas                                  veneer*
                     tops shaped all sides                      2. finish*
                     veneer runs long grain                     3. edge profile*
                                                                4. laminate top available
                                                                with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                or crescent edge, no
                                                                upcharge
                                                                5. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                or right, add $61 each
                                                                .


                     Modular Modesty Panel                      MP1954                         54        27   38                       322
                                                                MP1948                         48        27   34                       288
                                                                MP1942                         42        27   30                       255
                                                                MP1936                         36        27   25                       188
                                                                MP1935                        35¼        27   23                       188
                                                                MP1930                         30        27   21                       177
                                                                MP1924                         24        27   17                       165
                     Standard Features                          Specify Options
                     use between two pedestals                  1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     vertical veneer                            veneer*
                     attaching hardware                         2. finish*
                     3¾ x 1⅞ wire management opening with       .
                     black trim insert




                     Modular Modesty Panel with                 MPE1954L                      54    23   27   53                       399
                     End Panel                                  MPE1954R                      54    23   27   53                       399
                                                                MPE1948L                      48    23   27   49                       357
                                                                MPE1948R                      48    23   27   49                       357
                                                                MPE1942L                      42    23   27   45                       303
                                                                MPE1942R                      42    23   27   45                       303




                                                                                                                                                                               Reflections
                                                                MPE1936L                      36    23   27   40                       233
                                                                MPE1936R                      36    23   27   40                       233
   left shown                                                   MPE1930L                      30    23   27   36                       219
                                                                MPE1930R                      30    23   27   36                       219
                                                                MPE1924L                      24    23   27   32                       206
                                                                MPE1924R                      24    23   27   32                       206
                     Standard Features                          Specify Options
                     vertical veneer                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     attaching hardware                         veneer*
                     3¾ x 1⅞ wire management opening with       2. finish*
                     black trim insert                          .




                     Modular End Panel                          PE1924                        23         27   17                       161




                     Standard Features                          Specify Options
                     vertical veneer                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     attaching hardware                         veneer*
                                                                2. finish*
                                                                .




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   79
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                                  Reflections


              MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                        W    D    H   WT                          PRICE
                                   Modular Center Support Panel             PE1911                       11       27   15                           145




                                   Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                   use one for spans between 48”-72”; use   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   two for spans over 72”                   veneer*
                                   vertical veneer                          2. finish*
                                   attaching hardware                       .
Reflections




  80            How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                    order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                    EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                 Reflections


MODULAR DESK    DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                         W    D     H   WT                  PRICE
COMPONENTS
                36" d Desk Pedestal                             DP1936N                       18   36   27   153                  607
                                                                DP1936N-2F                    18   36   27   153                  607



                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                locking drawers                                 1. walnut, cherry or maple
    DP1936N     letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   veneer*
                side                                            2. finish*
                adjustable levelers/glides                      3. hardware/finish*
                DP1936N: box/box/file pedestal                  .
                DP1936N-2F: file/file pedestal




 DP1936N-2F




                30" d Desk Pedestal                             DP1930N                       18   30   27   143                  596
                                                                DP1930N-2F                    18   30   27   143                  596



                Standard Features                               Specify Options
   DP1930N      locking drawers                                 1. walnut, cherry or maple
                letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   veneer*
                side                                            2. finish*
                adjustable levelers/glides                      3. hardware/finish*
                DP1930N: box/box/file pedestal                  .
                DP1930N-2F: file/file pedestal


DP1930N-2F




                18"w Pedestal                                   F1918N                        18   24   27   133                  568
                                                                2F1918N                       18   24   27   133                  568



                Standard Features                               Specify Options
    F1918N      locking drawers                                 1. walnut, cherry or maple
                letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   veneer*
                side                                            2. finish*
                adjustable levelers/glides                      3. hardware/finish*
                F1918N: box/box/file pedestal                   .
                2F1918N: file/file pedestal




                                                                                                                                                                          Reflections
 2F1918N




                Bow Front Desk Top                              BTU1972-36                    72   42   1¼   75                   737




                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                use with modular units to make custom           1. walnut, cherry or maple
                units                                           veneer*
                tops shaped all sides                           2. finish*
                                                                3. edge profile*
                                                                4. laminate top available
                                                                with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                or crescent edge, no
                                                                upcharge
                                                                5. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                or right, add $61 each
                                                                .


                Desk Top                                        TU1972-36                     72   36   1¼   70                   471
                                                                TU1966-30                     66   30   1¼   65                   407



                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                use with modular units to make custom           1. walnut, cherry or maple
                units                                           veneer*
                tops shaped all sides                           2. finish*
                                                                3. edge profile*
                                                                4. laminate top available
                                                                with reed, refine, harmony
                                                                or crescent edge, no
                                                                upcharge
                                                                5. 3” grommet, left, center
                                                                or right, add $61 each
                                                                .

How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   81
                processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                               Reflections


              MODULAR DESK      DESCRIPTION/NOTES                MODEL                        W    D    H    WT                                 PRICE
              COMPONENTS
                                Modular Desk Modesty Panel       MMP1954                      54       27     38                                 322
                                                                 MMP1953                      53       27     38                                 322
                                                                 MMP1948                      48       27     34                                 288
                                                                 MMP1947                      47       27     34                                 288
                                                                 MMP1936                      36       27     25                                 188
                                                                 MMP1935                      35       27     25                                 188
                                                                 MMP1930                      30       27     21                                 177
                                                                 MMP1929                      29       27     21                                 177
                                Standard Features                Specify Options
                                attaching hardware included      1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                reconfigurable                   veneer*
                                adjustable levelers/glides       2. finish*
                                                                 .




                                Modular Desk End Panel           MPE1936                      35       27     21                                 192
                                                                 MPE1930                      29       27     19                                 180
                                                                 MPE1924                      23       27     17                                 161


                                Standard Features                Specify Options
                                attaching hardware included      1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                adjustable levelers/glides       veneer*
                                                                 2. finish*
                                                                 .
Reflections




  82            How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                 order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                 EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                                                  Reflections


ACCESSORIES      DESCRIPTION/NOTES                   MODEL                        W     D    H    WT                              PRICE
                 Center Drawer                       CD1972                       31    21   3¼   14                               100
                                                     CD1972-66                    33    21   3¼   14                               100



                 Standard Features                   Specify Options
                 use for a double pedestal desk      1. walnut, cherry or maple
                 black pencil tray                   veneer*
                                                     2. finish*
                                                     .




                 Center Drawer for Single            CD1972-SP                    24    21   3¼   14                               100
                 Pedestal Desk



                 Standard Features                   Specify Options
                 use for a single pedestal desk      1. walnut, cherry or maple
                 black pencil tray                   veneer*
                                                     2. finish*
                                                     .




                 Center Drawer with Sloped           CD1924                       24    16   2½   14                               84
                 Front



                 Standard Features                   Specify Options
                 use with bullet and P-Shape desks   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                     veneer*
                                                     2. finish*
                                                     .




                                                                                                                                                                           Reflections
                 Center Drawer                       CD19                         30¾   21   3¼   14                               62




                 Standard Features                   Specify Options
                 use with 72” kneespace credenza     1. walnut, cherry or maple
                 drawer front straight               veneer*
                                                     2. finish*
                                                     .




 How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   83
                 processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                 EX: BF1972.Maple.Butterscotch.Refine.Balance Silver.
                                                                                                                     Effective January 1, 2009




              Wall Street
              How To Order
              1. State Quantity

              2. Specify Model Number

              3. Select Walnut, Cherry or Maple
                 Wood Species

              4. Select Finish                                                                Crescent
                                                         Bevel                                                        Curve
                 On Walnut Veneer:                                                            Accepts Laminate Top
                                                         Accepts Laminate Top
                 Paprika
                 Toffee
                 Tuscany
                 Amaretto
                 Sienna
                 Espresso
                 On Cherry Veneer:
                 Caramel
                 Gingersnap
                 Merlot
                 Bordeaux                                Ease                                 Reed                    Reveal
                 Java                                    Accepts Laminate Top                 Accepts Laminate Top    Accepts Laminate Top
                 On Maple Veneer:
                 Linen
                 Butterscotch
                 Cinnamon
                 Ebony

                  Non-Standard Finishes, Add 10%.
                  No bleaching or distressed finishes.

              5. Select Pull
                 Finger Grip                             Wave
                 Pitch, Matte Black
                 Vault, Brushed Stainless

              6. Top Edge Profile
                 Bevel*
                 Crescent*
                 Curve
                 Ease*
                 Reed*
                 Reveal*
                 Wave                                    Finger Grip                          Pitch Pull              Vault Pull
                                                                                              Matte Black             Brushed Stainless
                 *Accepts laminate top

              7. Specify Options
                 Listed by each product group are
                 options specific to those items.
Wall Street




                 Options with an asterisk (*) are
                 mandatory to make an order
                 complete. Items without an asterisk
                 will be made standard if not
                 otherwise specified.
                                                         Grommet                              Top Grommet             End Panel Grommet
                  Laminate Top Option: Available on      Standard for some items--            Matte Black             Matte Black
                  Ease and Reed Edge                     check individual product section.
                  Black Granite L1
                  Sandstone L2
                  Light Stone L3
                  Greystone L4
                  Call Jofco to verify matching finish
                  laminate.

              Example:
                 (4) BF2372.Cherry.Merlot.Vault
                 Stainless.File/File Pedestal Right       Tackboard and Tasklight
                                                          are Standard
                                                          Tasklight is dark metallic silver

    84
                                                                                                                                               Effective January 1, 2009




Wall Street Specifications
Materials                                                                        Tackboard Textile
All exterior surfaces of cases are walnut, cherry, maple or hardwood solids      Tackboards are standard on most overhead storage 36” and wider. Textile
and veneers.                                                                     selection can be found on www.jofco.com under Resource section.

All wood is thoroughly air-seasoned, kiln dried and the moisture content         For overhead storage without tackboard, please indicate ‘no tackboard’
controlled to 6-8% at time of assembly.                                          rather than leave blank. There is no change in price.

All face veneers are flat cut and book-matched to ensure consistency of          Modification Pricing
grain pattern. They are carefully selected for uniform appearance, figure        Add modification pricing to list price.
and color.
                                                                                 Grommet for field installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$15 each
All tops are reverse slip-matched.
                                                                                 Grommet factory installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$61 each
All tops, panels and drawer fronts are glued with PVA glues in a hot plate
press. All assembly glues are non-organic and of a polyvinyl acetate type.       Access slot in back panel
                                                                                 (2X” x 1Z”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$116
Top Construction
Tops are of 3-ply construction, 1C” thick, and are rimmed with hardwood          Access door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$243
or maple bands.
                                                                                 Wall-access opening in back panel
All tops are securely fastened to desks by screws driven through interior        (10” x 12”, 10” from floor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$122
framework.
                                                                                 Printer access slots in tops or back panels
Case Construction                                                                (17W” x 1W”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137
All construction is full mortise and tenon.
                                                                                 Re-size standard tops or bases
Outside end panel is rimmed with solid walnut, cherry, or maple bands            (shorter or narrower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137
measuring W”.
                                                                                 Flat cut tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$149
All outside end panels are 1W” thick and 3-ply construction. Inside end
and back panels are U” thick and 3-ply construction. Inside end panels           Modesty panels special lengths:
are rimmed with solid walnut, cherry, or maple bands measuring Z”.               Up to 40” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$188
                                                                                 40” to 60” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$330
Pedestals are enclosed at bottom by X” dust panels, securely fastened with
screws to provide strength and stability.                                        Use of non-standard laminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Call for Quote

Arm slides are 3-ply construction. They are banded at the front with U” poplar
or maple and the sides banded with 1/36” walnut, cherry, or maple veneer.

Drawer Construction
The drawer is a durable, mitre-fold drawer system. The maple drawer is
mitred, glued and doweled. The drawer front is wood rimmed MDF core
and is then attached on the drawer box.



                                                                                                                                                                                           Wall Street
The high tech drawer offers benefits of field interchangeability of drawer
fronts and goes well with the clean look of Wall Street. It has passed the
50,000 cycle performance test established by BIFMA. Additionally, the box
drawer tested at 380 lbs. and the file drawer withstood 500 lbs. during the
linear force application test.

All drawers in the Wall Street series are equipped with roller ball bearing
suspensions which provide smooth, effortless access.

Center drawers are standard in the full pedestal, full modesty panel series.
A solid hardwood pencil tray is provided where center drawers are included.

File drawers in pedestals are provided with filing system for hanging folders.

Locking
Locks on all desks are provided in kneespace which lock each pedestal
separately. Modular units have face mounted top rail locks.




                                                                                                                                                                                              85
                                                                                                  Effective January 1, 2009




              Wall Street Typicals
              U Shape Configuration with Side Storage



              Model Number         Description                                   Page     Price
              BSP2372FPR           Bow Front Single Pedestal Desk                 87     $1576
              EU2348               21C“d Bridge with Modesty Panel                90      $558
              CR232FDL             Open Corner Lateral File Credenza              91     $1454
              HUD2372PM            72”w Overhead Storage with Paper Management    93     $1745
              HUD2318PSR           18”w Storage Tower                             96      $972
                                   Workstation List Price                               $6,305




              U Shape Configuration with Back Storage



              Model Number         Description                                   Page     Price
              PDC2372-PEL          P-Top Desk                                     88     $1285
              EU2348               21C“d Bridge with Modesty Panel                90      $558
              CR23FP-FL            Open Corner Credenza                           91     $1362
              HUD2354PM            54”w Overhead Storage (without top)            93     $1595
              HUD2318PSVL          18”w Storage Tower (without top)               96      $960
              HT2372               Overhead Storage Top                           94      $283
              WD2336-2FS           Storage Unit with Lateral File                100     $2315
                                   Workstation List Price                               $8,358
Wall Street




              Double Pedestal Desk with Storage



              Model Number         Description                                   Page    Price
              F2372FP              Double Pedestal Desk                           87     $1721
              CR23-1FP             Storage Credenza                               91     $1624
              HUD2372PM            72”w Overhead Storage with Paper Management    93     $1745
              WD2336-2FS (Qty 2)   Storage Unit with Lateral File                100     $4630
                                   Workstation List Price                               $9,720




    86
                                                                                                                                                     Wall Street


DESKS                DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                             W    D    H    WT              PRICE
                     Bow Front Double Pedestal Desk BF2372FP                                           72   42   29   420             1986




                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     locking drawers                                 veneer*
                     box/box/file pedestals                          2. finish*
                     letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   3. edge profile*
                     side                                            4. hardware/finish*
                     center drawer                                   5. laminate top available
                     arm slide writing shelf                         with bevel, crescent, ease,
                     adjustable levelers/glides                      reed or reveal edge, no
                     chassis size: 72 x 36                           upcharge
                     kneespace: width 32                             6. file/file pedestal left, no
                     kneespace: height 24⅜                           upcharge
                     modesty recess: 11                              7. file/file pedestal right, no
                                                                     upcharge
                                                                     8. grommet left or right, add
                                                                     $61 each
                                                                     .

                     Double Pedestal Desk                            F2372FP                           72   36   29   420             1721
                                                                     F2366FP                           66   32   29   375             1578
                                                                     F2360FP                           60   32   29   335             1558


                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     locking drawers                                 veneer*
                     box/box/file pedestals                          2. finish*
                     letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   3. edge profile*
                     side                                            4. hardware/finish*
                     center drawer                                   5. laminate top available
                     arm slide writing shelf                         with bevel, crescent, ease,
                     adjustable levelers/glides                      reed or reveal edge, no
                     F2372FP kneespace width: 32                     upcharge
                     F2366FP kneespace width: 26                     6. file/file pedestal left, no
                     F2360FP kneespace width: 28                     upcharge
                     kneespace height: 24⅜                           7. file/file pedestal right, no
                     F2372FP modesty recess: 11                      upcharge
                     F2366FP modesty recess: 7                       8. grommet left or right, add
                                                                     $61 each
                                                                     .

                     Bow Front Single Pedestal Desk BSP2372FPL                                         72   42   29   400             1576
                                                    BSP2372FPR                                         72   42   29   400             1576



                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     locking drawers                                 veneer*
        left shown   box/box/file pedestal                           2. finish*
                     letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   3. edge profile*
                     side                                            4. hardware/finish*
                     center drawer                                   5. laminate top available
                     arm slide writing shelf                         with bevel, crescent, ease,
                     adjustable levelers/glides                      reed or reveal edge, no
                     kneespace width: 50⅞                            upcharge
                     kneespace height: 24⅜                           6. file/file pedestal, no
                     modesty recess: 11                              upcharge
                                                                     7. grommet left or right, add
                                                                     $61 each
                                                                     .

                     Single Pedestal Desk                            SP2372FPL                         72   36   29   400             1314



                                                                                                                                                                               Wall Street
                                                                     SP2372FPR                         72   36   29   400             1314
                                                                     SP2366FPL                         66   32   29   310             1245
                                                                     SP2366FPR                         66   32   29   310             1245

                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     locking drawers                                 veneer*
        left shown
                     box/box/file pedestal                           2. finish*
                     center drawer                                   3. edge profile*
                     arm slide writing shelf                         4. hardware/finish*
                     adjustable levelers/glides                      5. laminate top available
                     SP2372FP kneespace width: 50⅞                   with bevel, crescent, ease,
                     SP2366FP kneespace width: 48⅞                   reed or reveal edge, no
                     kneespace height: 24⅜                           upcharge
                     SP2372FP modesty recess: 11                     6. file/file pedestal, no
                     SP2366FP modesty recess: 7                      upcharge
                     SP2372FP: letter/legal filing, front to back    7. grommet left or right, add
                     or side to side                                 $61 each
                     SP2366FP: letter/legal filing, side to side     .




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   87
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                                   Wall Street


               DESKS                DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                          W    D     H     WT                 PRICE
                                    Bullet Top Desk                              TUE2372-36PE                   72   36    29    165                1127
                                                                                 TUE2372-30PE                   72   30    29    160                1075
                                                                                 TUE2366-30PE                   66   30    29    155                 974


                                    Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                    top shaped all sides                         1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                    top veneer direction long grain              veneer*
                                    end panel grommet                            2. finish*
                                    6” dia. veneer post                          3. edge profile*
                                    attaching hardware included                  4. laminate top available
                                    adjustable levelers/glides                   with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                    kneespace height: 27⅝                        reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 5. grommet left or right of
                                                                                 “T”end, add $61
                                                                                 6. 4” dia. black metal post,
                                                                                 add $39
                                                                                 .

                                    P-Top Desk                                   PDC2384-PEL                    84   42    29    350                1365
                                                                                 PDC2384-PER                    84   42    29    350                1365
                                                                                 PDC2372-PEL                    72   42    29    330                1285
                                                                                 PDC2372-PER                    72   42    29    330                1285

                                    Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                    top shaped all sides                         1. walnut, cherry or maple
              right shown
                                    top veneer direction long grain              veneer*
                                    end panel grommet                            2. finish*
                                    6” diameter veneer post                      3. edge profile*
                                    attaching hardware included                  4. laminate top available
                                    adjustable levelers/glides                   with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                    kneespace height: 27⅝                        reed or reveal edge, no
                                    PDC2384-PE top size: 84”w x 42/30”d          upcharge
                                    PDC2372-PE top size: 72”w x 42/30”d          5. grommet left or right of
                                                                                 “T”end, add $61
                                                                                 6. 4” dia. black metal post,
                                                                                 add $39
                                                                                 .

                                    Work Table                                   T2372-36                       72    36   29    198                 935
                                                                                 T2360-21                       60   21½   29    105                 670



                                    Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                    top shaped all sides                         1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                    top veneer direction long grain              veneer*
                                    adjustable levelers/glides                   2. finish*
                                                                                 3. edge profile*
                                                                                 4. laminate top available
                                                                                 with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                                 reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 .




                                    Desk Reception Gallery                       RG2372-36                      72   36    11¼   75                  764
                                                                                 RG2366-32                      66   32    11¼   70                  706



                                    Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                    use atop double and single pedestal desks    1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                    RG2372-36: not available if desk is bevel,   veneer*
Wall Street




                                    curve or wave edge profile                   2. finish*
                                    top shaped approach side                     3. edge profile*
                                    transaction top depth 10                     4. laminate top available
                                                                                 with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                                 reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 .




                                    Return Reception Gallery                     RG2348-24L                     48   24    10    22                  418
                                                                                 RG2348-24R                     48   24    10    22                  418



                                    Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                    use atop returns                             1. walnut, cherry or maple
              right shown
                                                                                 veneer*
                                                                                 2. finish*
                                                                                 .




  88                How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                     order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                     EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                  Wall Street


RETURN            DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                         W    D    H    WT                  PRICE
                  Return                                          ER2348FPL                     48   24   29   177                 1084
                                                                  ER2348FPR                     48   24   29   177                 1084



                  Standard Features                               Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                  locking drawers                                 veneer*
                  box/box/file pedestal                           2. finish*
     left shown   letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   3. edge profile*
                  side                                            4. hardware/finish*
                  top grommet centered rear of top                5. laminate top available
                  side grommet on end panel                       with bevel, crescent, ease,
                  3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with            reed or reveal edge, no
                  black trim insert (top-center of kneespace)     upcharge
                  adjustable levelers/glides                      6. file/file pedestal, no
                                                                  upcharge
                                                                  .




                                                                                                                                                                            Wall Street




How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   89
                  processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                  EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                               Wall Street


              BRIDGES           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                         W    D     H    WT                     PRICE
                                24"d Bridge with Modesty Panel EU2348-24                                 48   24    29   92                      578




                                Standard Features                          Specify Options
                                cannot be used with corner unit            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                edges are shaped four sides, except wave   veneer*
                                which is reversed on both ends             2. finish*
                                top veneer direction short grain           3. edge profile*
                                3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with       4. laminate top available
                                black trim insert (top center of modesty   with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                panel)                                     reed or reveal edge, no
                                adjustable levelers/glides                 upcharge
                                                                           .




                                24"d Bridge Top                            EUT2348-24                    48   24    1½   75                      307




                                Standard Features                          Specify Options
                                cannot be used with corner unit            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                edges are shaped four sides, except wave   veneer*
                                which is reversed on both ends             2. finish*
                                top veneer direction short grain           3. edge profile*
                                                                           4. laminate top available
                                                                           with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                           reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                           upcharge
                                                                           .




                                21-1/2"d Bridge with Modesty               EU2348                        48   21½   29   92                      558
                                Panel                                      EU2336                        36   21½   29   92                      519



                                Standard Features                          Specify Options
                                EU2336 is generally used with corner       1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                desks                                      veneer*
                                edges are shaped four sides, except wave   2. finish*
                                which is reversed on both ends             3. edge profile*
                                top veneer direction short grain           4. laminate top available
                                3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with       with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                black trim insert (top center of modesty   reed or reveal edge, no
                                panel)                                     upcharge
                                adjustable levelers/glides                 .




                                21-1/2"d Bridge Top                        EUT2348                       48   21½   1½   75                      296




                                Standard Features                          Specify Options
                                edges are shaped four sides, except wave   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                which is reversed on both ends             veneer*
                                top veneer direction short grain           2. finish*
                                                                           3. edge profile*
Wall Street




                                                                           4. laminate top available
                                                                           with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                           reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                           upcharge
                                                                           .




  90            How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                 order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                 EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                Wall Street


CREDENZAS       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                             W    D     H    WT             PRICE
                Storage Credenza                                CR23-1FP                          72   21½   29   330            1623
                                                                CR23-1FP-H                        72   21½   29   330            1623



                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                use CR23-1FP with overhead storage and          1. walnut, cherry or maple
                crescent, ease, reed or reveal edge             veneer*
                use CR23-1FP-H with overhead storage            2. finish*
                and bevel, curve or wave edge                   3. edge profile*
                locking drawers                                 4. hardware/finish*
                box/box/file pedestals                          5. laminate top available
                letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   with bevel, crescent, ease,
                side                                            reed or reveal edge, no
                hinged door compartment with one                upcharge
                adjustable shelf                                6. file/file pedestal left, no
                side grommets are on each end panel             upcharge
                adjustable levelers/glides                      7. file/file pedestal right, no
                CR23-1FP: top shaped all sides                  upcharge
                CR23-1FP-H: top shaped front only               8. locking doors, add $43
                                                                .

                Kneespace Credenza                              CR23-2FP                          72   21½   29   285            1433
                                                                CR23-2FP-H                        72   21½   29   285            1433
                                                                CR23-4FP                          66   21½   29   275            1319


                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                use CR23-2FP with overhead storage and          1. walnut, cherry or maple
                crescent, ease, reed or reveal edge             veneer*
                use CR23-2FP-H with overhead storage            2. finish*
                and bevel, curve or wave edge                   3. edge profile*
                letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   4. hardware/finish*
                side                                            5. laminate top available
                side grommets are on each end panel             with bevel, crescent, ease,
                locking drawers                                 reed or reveal edge, no
                3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with            upcharge
                black trim insert (top-center of kneespace)     6. file/file pedestal left, no
                adjustable levelers/glides                      upcharge
                CR23-2FP & 4FP: top shaped all sides            7. file/file pedestal right, no
                CR23-2FP-H: top shaped front only               upcharge
                CR23-2FP kneespace width: 32                    8. grommet, left, center or
                CR23-4FP kneespace width: 26                    right, add $61 each
                kneespace height: 27⅝                           .

                Open Corner Lateral File                        CR232FDL                          72   21½   29   295            1454
                Credenza                                        CR232FDR                          72   21½   29   295            1454
                                                                CR232FDL-H                        72   21½   29   295            1454
                                                                CR232FDR-H                        72   21½   29   295            1454

                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                use CR232FDL or R-H with overhead               1. walnut, cherry or maple
                storage and bevel, curve or wave edge           veneer*
   left shown   locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                30” file/file pedestal                          3. edge profile*
                letter filing, front to back                    4. hardware/finish*
                legal filing, front to back or side to side     5. laminate top available
                side grommets are on each end panel             with bevel, crescent, ease,
                3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with            reed or reveal edge, no
                black trim insert (top-center of kneespace)     upcharge
                adjustable levelers/glides                      6. file/file pedestal, no
                kneespace width: 40⅞                            upcharge
                kneespace height: 27⅝                           7. grommet, left, center or
                CR232FDL or R: top shaped all sides             right, add $61 each
                CR232FDL-H or R-H: top shaped front only        8. reinforced drawer
                                                                bottom, add $53 each
                                                                drawer




                                                                                                                                                                          Wall Street
                                                                .

                Open Corner Credenza                            CR23FP-FL                         72   21½   29   237            1362
                                                                CR23FP-FR                         72   21½   29   237            1362
                                                                CR23FP-FL-H                       72   21½   29   237            1362
                                                                CR23FP-FR-H                       72   21½   29   237            1362

                Standard Features                               Specify Options
                use CR23FP-FL or FR-H with overhead             1. walnut, cherry or maple
                storage and bevel, curve or wave edge           veneer*
   left shown   locking drawers                                 2. finish*
                18” box/box/file pedestal                       3. edge profile*
                letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   4. hardware/finish*
                side                                            5. laminate top available
                side grommets are on each end panel             with bevel, crescent, ease,
                3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with            reed or reveal edge, no
                black trim insert (top-center of kneespace)     upcharge
                adjustable levelers/glides                      6. file/file pedestal, no
                kneespace width: 50½                            upcharge
                kneespace height: 27⅝                           7. grommet, left, center or
                CR23FP: top shaped all sides                    right, add $61 each
                CR23FP-FL-H or FR-H: top shaped front           .
                only




How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   91
                processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                                    Wall Street


              CORNER UNIT            DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                         W     D     H    WT                   PRICE
                                     Corner Unit                                 CU2340-11                     39½   39½   29   147                  1002




                                     Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                     shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     wave edge, modular tops must be reversed    veneer*
                                     shaped                                      2. finish*
                                     veneer direction runs diagonal              3. edge profile*
                                     freestanding if necessary                   4. laminate top available
                                     3” center back grommet at rear top corner   with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                     side grommets are on each end panel         reed or reveal edge, no
                                     adjustable levelers/glides                  upcharge
                                     3½ x 1⅝ wire management opening with        .
                                     black trim insert (top-center)
                                     kneespace height: 27⅝
                                     kneespace width: 25¼

              COMPUTER/PRINTER STAND DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                         W     D     H    WT                   PRICE
                                     Computer/Printer Stand                      CRT2336FSM                    36    21½   29   131                   791
                                                                                 CRT2336FS                     36    21½   29   131                   687



                                     Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                     top shaped all sides                        1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     freestanding                                veneer*
                                     cord access slot in back panel              2. finish*
                                     CRT2336FSM: casters                         3. edge profile*
                                     CRT2336FS: without casters                  4. laminate top available
                                                                                 with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                                 reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 .
Wall Street




  92            How To Order:         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                      order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                      EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                                                       Wall Street


  OVERHEAD STORAGE                                DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                         W     D    H   WT    A/COM    B      C      D      E      F      G      H
                                                  72"w Overhead Storage with                   HUD2372PM                     72   14   40   325   1745    1745   1745   1780   1788   1796   1812   1828
                                                  Paper Management



                                                  Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                                  ordering bevel, curve or wave edges, order   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                  credenza with flat rim top                   veneer*
                                                  top shaped front edge                        2. finish*
                                                  1” wire access slot across bottom of back    3. edge profile*
  16 3/4”           35 1/4”             16 3/4”   panel                                        4. tackboard textiles, see
                                                  doors are self pull                          www.jofco.com*
top view, inside measurements                     attaching hardware                           5. without top, deduct $150
                                                  three compartments in upper section          6. locking doors, add $128
                                                  tackboards and tasklights are standard       .
                                                  worksurface to valance rail: 17⅜ ” h
                                                  workspace width: 70
                                                  workspace height: 19
                                                  compartment height: 13

                                                  54"w Overhead Storage with                   HUD2354PM                     54   14   40   300   1484    1484   1484   1525   1534   1543   1562   1581
                                                  Paper Management



                                                  Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                                  ordering bevel, curve or wave edges, order   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                  credenza with flat rim top                   veneer*
                                                  top shaped front edge                        2. finish*
                                                  two compartments in upper section            3. edge profile*
                                                  1” wire access slot across bottom of back    4. tackboard textiles, see
      34 13/16”         16 3/4”
                                                  panel                                        www.jofco.com*
                                                  doors are self pull                          5. without top, deduct $113
top view, inside measurements, right shown
                                                  attaching hardware                           6. locking doors, add $85
                                                  tackboards and tasklights are standard       .
                                                  worksurface to valance rail: 17⅜ ” h
                                                  workspace height: 23
                                                  workspace width: 70
                                                  compartment height: 13

                                                  72"w Overhead Storage                        HUD2372                       72   14   40   315   1501    1501   1501   1554   1566   1578   1602   1626




                                                  Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                                  ordering bevel, curve or wave edges, order   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                  credenza with flat rim top                   veneer*
                                                  top shaped front edge                        2. finish*
                                                  1” wire access slot across bottom of back    3. edge profile*
                                                  panel                                        4. tackboard textiles, see
                                                  doors are self pull                          www.jofco.com*
  16 3/4”           35 1/4”             16 3/4”
                                                  attaching hardware                           5. without top, deduct $150
                                                  three compartments in upper section          6. locking doors, add $128
                                                  tackboards and tasklights are standard       .
top view, inside measurements
                                                  worksurface to valance rail: 22¼ ” h
                                                  workspace height: 23
                                                  workspace width: 70

                                                  54"w Overhead Storage                        HUD2354                       54   14   40   280   1443    1443   1443   1484   1493   1502   1521   1540




                                                  Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                                  ordering bevel, curve or wave edges, order   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                  credenza with flat rim top                   veneer*




                                                                                                                                                                                                                Wall Street
                                                  top shaped front edge                        2. finish*
                                                  1” wire access slot across bottom of back    3. edge profile*
                                                  panel                                        4. tackboard textiles, see
      34 13/16”         16 3/4”
                                                  doors are self pull                          www.jofco.com*
                                                  attaching hardware                           5. without top, deduct $113
top view, inside measurements, right shown
                                                  two compartments in upper section            6. locking doors, add $85
                                                  tackboards and tasklights are standard       .
                                                  worksurface to valance rail: 22¼ ” h
                                                  workspace width: 70
                                                  workspace height: 23




    How To Order:                                 Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order       93
                                                  processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                                  EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                                    Wall Street


              WALL MOUNTED STORAGE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                  MODEL                        W      D   H     WT                             PRICE
                                     Wall Mounted Storage               BB2336                       36    14   16¾   70                              639
                                                                        BB2330                       30    14   16¾   55                              542



                                     Standard Features                  Specify Options
                                     doors are self pull                1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     side hinged doors                  veneer*
                                     mounting brackets included         2. finish*
                                                                        3. locking doors, add $111
                                                                        4. valance BBLV (specify
                                                                        length), add $2 per inch
                                                                        5. top BBTU23 (specify
                                                                        length), add $2 per inch
                                                                        .




                                     Overhead Storage Top               HT23108                      108   14   1½    84                              394
                                                                        HT2390                        90   14   1½    75                              338
                                                                        HT2372                        72   14   1½    65                              283
                                                                        HT2354                        54   14   1½    49                              227
                                                                        HT2336                        36   14   1½    35                              170
                                     Standard Features                  Specify Options
                                     use on14⅜ ” upper/overhead units   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                     top shaped front edge only         veneer*
                                                                        2. finish*
                                                                        3. edge*
                                                                        .
Wall Street




  94            How To Order:         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                      order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                      EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                   Wall Street


STEP-UP OVERHEAD   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                          W    D    H    WT   A/COM   B      C      D      E       F      G      H
STORAGE
                   Step-Up Open Overhead                    HU2323NB                       29   13   47   78    486    486   486    509    514     520    530    541
                   Storage



                   Standard Features                        Specify Options
                   bookcase or overhead storage             1. walnut, cherry or maple
                   arrangement on a credenza                veneer*
                   wood shelves                             2. finish*
                   tackboards and tasklights are standard   3. tackboard textiles, see
                   upper shelf adjustable                   www.jofco.com*
                   lower shelf fixed                        4. glass shelf & two halogen
                   worksurface to valance rail: 19¼ ” h     lights, add $115
                                                            5. glass shelf only, add $40
                                                            .




                   Step-Up Overhead Storage with HUWD2323NB                                29   13   47   90    717    717   717    741    747     751    762    773
                   Wood Doors



                   Standard Features                        Specify Options
                   bookcase or overhead storage             1. walnut, cherry or maple
                   arrangement on a credenza                veneer*
                   concealed hinges                         2. finish*
                   tackboards and tasklights are standard   3. knob finish*
                   knob hardware                            4. tackboard textiles, see
                   one adjustable shelf                     www.jofco.com*
                                                            5. locking door, add $43
                                                            .




                   Step-Up Overhead Storage with HUDGL2323NB                               29   13   47   90    717    717   717    741    747     751    762    773
                   Glass Doors



                   Standard Features                        Specify Options
                   bookcase or overhead storage             1. walnut, cherry or maple
                   arrangement on a credenza                veneer*
                   concealed hinges                         2. finish*
                   tackboards and tasklights are standard   3. knob finish*
                   knob hardware                            4. tackboard textiles, see
                   one adjustable shelf                     www.jofco.com*
                                                            5. glass shelf & two halogen
                                                            lights, add $115
                                                            6. glass shelf only, add $40
                                                            .




                                                                                                                                                                             Wall Street




 How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   95
                   processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                   EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                                   Wall Street


              WORKSURFACE STORAGE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                        W     D    H   WT                     PRICE
              TOWERS
                                    Storage Tower                                HUD2318PSVL                  18   14   40   125                    1037
                                                                                 HUD2318PSVR                  18   14   40   125                    1037



                                    Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                    ordering bevel, curve or wave edges, order   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                    credenza with flat rim top                   veneer*
                                    top shaped front edge                        2. finish*
                                    fixed storage areas                          3. knob finish*
                                    top horizontal shelf (removable)             4. edge profile*
                                    vertical shelves (fixed)                     5. without top, deduct $77
                                    door is self pull                            6. locking door, add $43
                                    drawers and dividers has shown               .
                                    left & right determined by door hinge




                                    Storage Tower                                HUD2318PSL                   18   14   40   125                     972
                                                                                 HUD2318PSR                   18   14   40   125                     972



                                    Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                    ordering bevel, curve or wave edges, order   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                    credenza with flat rim top                   veneer*
                                    top shaped front edge                        2. finish*
                                    fixed storage area                           3. knob finish*
                                    horizontal shelves (removable)               4. edge profile*
                                    door is self pull                            5. without top, deduct $77
                                    drawer as pictured                           6. locking door, add $43
                                    left & right determined by door hinge        .




                                    Storage Tower                                HUD2318SL                    18   14   40   125                     695
                                                                                 HUD2318SR                    18   14   40   125                     695



                                    Standard Features                            Specify Options
                                    ordering bevel, curve or wave edges, order   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                    credenza with flat rim top                   veneer*
                                    top shaped front edge                        2. finish*
                                    fixed storage areas                          3. edge profile*
                                    door is self pull                            4. without top, deduct $77
                                    horizontal shelves (removable)               5. locking door, add $43
                                    left & right determined by door hinge        .
Wall Street




  96            How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                     order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                     EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                        Wall Street


MODULAR STORAGE UNITS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                             MODEL                          W      D   H    WT                  PRICE
                        Open Modular Storage Unit                     HU2347NB                       29    13   47   83                   535




                        Standard Features                             Specify Options
                        bookcase or overhead storage                  1. walnut, cherry or maple
                        arrangement on a credenza                     veneer*
                        two adjustable wood shelves                   2. finish*
                                                                      3. glass shelf & two halogen
                                                                      lights, add $152
                                                                      4. glass shelf only, add $78
                                                                      .




                        Modular Storage Unit with                     HUWD2347NB                     29    13   47   95                   818
                        Wood Doors



                        Standard Features                             Specify Options
                        bookcase or overhead storage                  1. walnut, cherry or maple
                        arrangement on a credenza                     veneer*
                        concealed hinges                              2. finish*
                        knob hardware                                 3. knob finish*
                        two adjustable shelves                        4. locking door, add $43
                                                                      .




                        Modular Storage Unit with Glass HUDGL2347NB                                  29    13   47   95                   818
                        Doors



                        Standard Features                             Specify Options
                        bookcase or overhead storage                  1. walnut, cherry or maple
                        arrangement on a credenza                     veneer*
                        knob hardware                                 2. finish*
                        concealed hinges                              3. knob finish*
                        two adjustable shelves                        4. glass shelves & two
                                                                      halogen lights, add $152
                                                                      5. glass shelves only, add
                                                                      $78
                                                                      .




                        Modular Storage Top                           TU2390-14                      88    13   1½   35                   310
                                                                      TU2360-14                      59    13   1½   28                   208
                                                                      TU2330-14                      29¾   13   1½   15                   156


                        Standard Features                             Specify Options
                        top shaped all sides                          1. walnut, cherry or maple
                        TU2390-14: use with two bookcases and         veneer*
                        filler panel or three bookcases arranged on   2. finish*
                        top of custom credenzas                       3. edge profile*




                                                                                                                                                                                  Wall Street
                        TU2360-14: use with two bookcases             .
                        TU2330-14: use with one bookcase




                        Overhead Storage Filler Panel                 HFP2329                        29    13        10                   111




                        Standard Features                             Specify Options
                        use when common tops are ordered              1. walnut, cherry or maple
                        use with a TU2390-14 and two bookcases        veneer*
                        gives you a finished panel under the top      2. finish*
                                                                      .




How To Order:           Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   97
                        processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                        EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                               Wall Street


              STORAGE UNITS     DESCRIPTION/NOTES                MODEL                        W    D     H   WT                                 PRICE
                                Open Storage Unit                BC23-1                       29   13   51   111                                 754




                                Standard Features                Specify Options
                                top shaped all sides             1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                two adjustable wood shelves      veneer*
                                freestanding                     2. finish*
                                                                 3. edge profile*
                                                                 4. glass shelves & two
                                                                 halogen lights, add $152
                                                                 5. glass shelves only, add
                                                                 $78
                                                                 .




                                Storage Unit with Wood Doors     BCWD23-1                     29   13   51   128                                1021




                                Standard Features                Specify Options
                                top shaped all sides             1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                concealed hinges                 veneer*
                                knob hardware                    2. finish*
                                freestanding                     3. edge profile*
                                two adjustable shelves           4. knob finish*
                                                                 5. locking door, add $43
                                                                 .




                                Storage Unit with Glass Doors    BCGL23-1                     29   13   51   123                                1021




                                Standard Features                Specify Options
                                top shaped all sides             1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                concealed hinges                 veneer*
                                knob hardware                    2. finish*
                                freestanding                     3. edge profile*
                                two adjustable shelves           4. knob finish*
                                                                 5. glass shelves & two
                                                                 halogen lights, add $152
                                                                 6. glass shelves only, add
                                                                 $78
                                                                 7. locking doors, add $43
                                                                 .
Wall Street




  98            How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                 order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                 EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                Wall Street


BOOKCASES       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                            W     D   H     WT                 PRICE
                Open Bookcase with Shaped Top BC2384                                          36   12   84¾   143                 902
                                              BC2372                                          36   12   72¾   130                 820
                                              BC2360                                          36   12   60¾   104                 717
                                              BC2348                                          36   12   48¾    96                 595
                                              BC2336                                          36   12   36¾    70                 527
                                              BC2330                                          36   12   30¾    61                 463
                Standard Features                            Specify Options
                tops shaped front only                       1. walnut, cherry or maple
                ¾ ” adjustable shelves                       veneer*
                unfinished back consists of black            2. finish*
                composite material                           3. edge profile*
                properly secure to prevent tipping,          4. heavy duty S23-5 shelf,
                (hardware not included)                      add $41 each
                BC2384: five adjustable shelves, one fixed   5. finished back, add $120
                shelf                                        6. adjustable leveling glides,
                BC2372: four adjustable shelves, one fixed   add $53
                shelf                                        .
                BC2360: four adjustable shelves
                BC2348: three adjustable shelves
                BC2336: two adjustable shelves
                BC2330: one adjustable shelf

                Open Bookcase with Flat-                     BC84                             36   12   84    143                 720
                Rimmed Top                                   BC72                             36   12   72    130                 657
                                                             BC60                             36   12   60    104                 571
                                                             BC48                             36   12   48    96                  475
                                                             BC36                             36   12   36    70                  398
                                                             BC30                             36   12   30    61                  350
                Standard Features                            Specify Options
                ¾ ” thick flat rimmed top                    1. veneer*
                ¾ ” adjustable shelves                       2. finish*
                unfinished back consists of black            3. heavy duty S23-5 shelf,
                composite material                           add $41 each
                properly secure to prevent tipping,          4. finished back, add $120
                (hardware not included)                      5. adjustable leveling glides,
                BC84: five adjustable shelves, one fixed     add $53
                shelf                                        .
                BC72: four adjustable shelves, one fixed
                shelf
                BC60: four adjustable shelves
                BC48: three adjustable shelves
                BC36: two adjustable shelves
                BC30: one adjustable shelf

                Heavy Duty Shelves                           S23-5                            34   11    1    9                   41




                Standard Features                            Specify Options
                1” heavy duty shelf                          1. finish*
                                                             .




                                                                                                                                                                          Wall Street




How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   99
                processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                                Wall Street


              STORAGE/WARDROBE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                          W    D     H     WT              PRICE
                                 Storage Unit with Lateral File                  WD2336-2FS                     36   21½   69¼   350             2315




                                 Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                 top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                 locking drawers                                 veneer*
                                 letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                                 side                                            3. edge profile*
                                 two adjustable shelves                          4. hardware/finish*
                                 hinge doors swing 180 degrees                   5. locking door, add $43
                                 adjustable levelers/glides                      6. reinforced drawer
                                 inside dimensions:                              bottom, add $53 each
                                 drawers (2): 32⅜” x 17¾” x 11⅝ ”                drawer
                                 storage: 34⅜” x 19⅝” x 39 ¼ ”                   7. 90 degree hinged door
                                                                                 swing, no upcharge
                                                                                 .

                                 Storage/Wardrobe Unit                           WD2336BC                       36   21½   69¼   350             2076




                                 Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                 top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                 vertical divider                                veneer*
                                 top shelf fixed                                 2. finish*
                                 four adjustable shelves (left)                  3. edge profile*
                                 hanger bar (right)                              4. hardware/finish*
                                 hinged doors swing 180 degrees                  5. locking door with finger
                                 inside dimensions:                              grip, add $112
                                 above fixed shelf: 34⅜” x 19⅝ ” x 8”            6. locking door with matte
                                 wardrobe: 16¾” x 19⅝ ” x 57”                    black or vault hardware, add
                                 storage: 16¾” x 19⅝ ” x 57”                     $43
                                                                                 7. 90 degree hinged door
                                                                                 swing, no upcharge
                                                                                 .

                                 Storage Unit                                    WD2336S                        36   21½   69¼   350             2032




                                 Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                 top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                 top shelf fixed                                 veneer*
                                 four adjustable shelves                         2. finish*
                                 hinged doors swing 180 degrees                  3. edge profile*
                                 adjustable levelers/glides                      4. hardware/finish*
                                 inside dimensions:                              5. locking door with finger
                                 width: 34⅜                                      grip, add $112
                                 depth: 19⅝                                      6. locking door with matte
                                 height above fixed shelf: 8                     black or vault hardware, add
                                 height below fixed shelf: 57                    $43
                                                                                 7. 90 degree hinged door
                                                                                 swing, no upcharge
                                                                                 .

                                 Wardrobe Unit                                   WD2336                         36   21½   69¼   265             1877




                                 Standard Features                               Specify Options
                                 top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                 top shelf fixed                                 veneer*
Wall Street




                                 pull out coat hanger                            2. finish*
                                 hinged doors swing 180 degrees                  3. edge profile*
                                 adjustable levelers/glides                      4. hardware/finish*
                                 inside dimensions:                              5. locking door with finger
                                 width: 34⅜                                      grip, add $112
                                 depth: 19⅝                                      6. locking door with matte
                                 height above fixed shelf: 8                     black or vault hardware, add
                                 height below fixed shelf: 57                    $43
                                                                                 7. 90 degree hinged door
                                                                                 swing, no upcharge
                                                                                 .




100             How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                  order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                  EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                  Wall Street


LATERAL FILES     DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                           W    D     H     WT              PRICE
                  Four Drawer Lateral File                        4FD2336                         36   21½   53¾   370             1463
                                                                  4FD2336N                        36   21½   52¼   350             1329



                  Standard Features                               Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                  locking drawers                                 veneer*
                  letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                  side                                            3. edge profile*
                  adjustable levelers/glides                      4. hardware/finish*
                  4FD2336N: without top                           5. reinforced drawer
                                                                  bottom, add $53 each
                                                                  drawer
                                                                  .




                  Three Drawer Lateral File                       3FD2336                         36   21½   41½   280             1169
                                                                  3FD2336N                        36   21½    40   255             1036



                  Standard Features                               Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                  locking drawers                                 veneer*
                  letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                  side                                            3. edge profile*
                  adjustable levelers/glides                      4. hardware/finish*
                  3FD2336N: without top                           5. reinforced drawer
                                                                  bottom, add $53 each
                                                                  drawer
                                                                  .




                  Two Drawer Lateral File                         2FD2336                         36   21½    29   180             1004
                                                                  2FD2336N                        36   21½   27½   160              831



                  Standard Features                               Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                  locking drawers                                 veneer*
                  letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                  side                                            3. edge profile*
                  side grommets are on each end panel             4. hardware/finish*
                  adjustable levelers/glides                      5. laminate top available
                  2FD2336N: without top                           with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                  reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                  upcharge
                                                                  6. reinforced drawer
                                                                  bottom, add $53 each
                                                                  drawer
                                                                  .

MOBILE PEDESTAL   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                           W    D     H     WT              PRICE
                  Mobile Pedestal                                 MFP2316                         16   22    27    130              697




                  Standard Features                               Specify Options
                  locking drawers                                 1. walnut, cherry or maple
                  pencil/box/file                                 veneer*



                                                                                                                                                                         Wall Street
                  letter filing, front to back or side to side    2. finish*
                  legal filing, side to side                      3. hardware/finish*
                  black hooded casters (front locking)            4. laminate top available, no
                  includes counter weight to prevent tipping      upcharge
                  for up to 30 lbs. load in file drawer           .
                  black pencil tray




 How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   101
                  processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                  EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                                  Wall Street


              MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                             MODEL                         W    D     H     WT                 PRICE
                                   30"w Open Pedestal                            B2330                         30   21½    29   137                 665
                                                                                 B2330N                        30   21½   27½   117                 546



                                   Standard Features                             Specify Options
                                   top shaped all sides                          1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   one adjustable shelf                          veneer*
                                   side grommets are on each end panel           2. finish*
                                   adjustable levelers/glides                    3. edge profile*
                                   B2330N: without top                           4. laminate top available
                                                                                 with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                                 reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 .




                                   30"w Box/Box/File Pedestal                    FD2330                        30   21½    29   183                 888
                                                                                 FD2330N                       30   21½   27½   163                 768



                                   Standard Features                             Specify Options
                                   top shaped all sides                          1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   locking drawers                               veneer*
                                   letter filing, front to back                  2. finish*
                                   legal filing, front to back or side to side   3. edge profile*
                                   side grommets are on each end panel           4. hardware/finish*
                                   adjustable levelers/glides                    5. laminate top available
                                   FD2330N: without top                          with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                                 reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 6. reinforced drawer
                                                                                 bottom, add $53 each
                                                                                 drawer
                                                                                 .

                                   30"w Lateral File                             2FD2330                       30   21½    29   183                 888
                                                                                 2FD2330N                      30   21½   27½   163                 768



                                   Standard Features                             Specify Options
                                   top shaped all sides                          1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   locking drawers                               veneer*
                                   letter filing, front to back                  2. finish*
                                   legal filing, front to back or side to side   3. edge profile*
                                   side grommets are on each end panel           4. hardware/finish*
                                   adjustable levelers/glides                    5. laminate top available
                                   2FD2330N: without top                         with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                                 reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 6. reinforced drawer
                                                                                 bottom, add $53 each
                                                                                 drawer
                                                                                 .

                                   30"w Hinge Door Pedestal                      HD2330                        30   21½    29   158                 733
                                                                                 HD2330N                       30   21½   27½   138                 613



                                   Standard Features                             Specify Options
                                   top shaped all sides                          1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   one adjustable shelf                          veneer*
Wall Street




                                   side grommets are on each end panel           2. finish*
                                   adjustable levelers/glides                    3. edge profile*
                                   HD2330N: without top                          4. hardware/finish*
                                                                                 5. locking doors, add $43
                                                                                 6. laminate top available
                                                                                 with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                                 reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 .




102             How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                    order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                    EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                     Wall Street


MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                         W     D     H     WT               PRICE
                     20-3/8"w Box/Box/File Pedestal                  F2320                         20    21½    29   135               849
                                                                     F2320N                        20    21½   27½   129               676



                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     locking drawers                                 veneer*
                     letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                     side                                            3. edge profile*
                     side grommets are on each end panel             4. hardware/finish*
                     adjustable levelers/glides                      5. laminate top available
                     F2320N: without top                             with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                     reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                     upcharge
                                                                     .




                     20-3/8"w File/File Pedestal                     2F2320                        20    21½    29   135               849
                                                                     2F2320N                       20    21½   27½   129               676



                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     locking drawers                                 veneer*
                     letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   2. finish*
                     side                                            3. edge profile*
                     side grommets are on each end panel             4. hardware/finish*
                     adjustable levelers/glides                      5. laminate top available
                     2F2320N: without top                            with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                     reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                     upcharge
                                                                     .




                     20-3/8"w Hinge Door Pedestal                    HD2320L                       20    21½    29   135               650
                                                                     HD2320R                       20    21½    29   135               650
                                                                     HD2320LN                      20    21½   27½   129               477
                                                                     HD2320RN                      20    21½   27½   129               477

                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     one adjustable shelf                            veneer*
                     side grommets are on each end panel             2. finish*
                     adjustable levelers/glides                      3. edge profile*
                     HD2320LN or RN: without top                     4. hardware/finish*
                                                                     5. laminate top available
                                                                     with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                     reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                     upcharge
                                                                     6. locking door, add $43
                                                                     7. pull-out shelf, add $90
                                                                     8. air vent, add $64
                                                                     .

                     Modular Top                                     TU23108                       108   21½   1½    82                436
                                                                     TU2390                         90   21½   1½    72                372
                                                                     TU2372                         72   21½   1½    57                338
                                                                     TU2371                        70¾   21½   1½    51                326
                                                                     TU2360                         60   21½   1½    49                257
                                                                     TU2330                         30   21½   1½    20                172
                     Standard Features                               Specify Options
                     use when making custom credenzas                1. walnut, cherry or maple
                     top shaped all sides                            veneer*



                                                                                                                                                                            Wall Street
                     TU23108: use with three 36” modular             2. finish*
                     units                                           3. edge profile*
                     TU2390: use with three 30” modular units        4. laminate top available
                     TU2372: use on a credenza with overhead         with bevel, crescent, ease,
                     storage                                         reed or reveal edge, no
                     TU2371: use with two 20⅜ ” and one 30”          upcharge
                     modular units                                   .
                     TU2360: use with two 30” modular units
                     TU2320: use with one 20” modular unit




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   103
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                                  Wall Street


              MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                        W     D      H   WT                    PRICE
                                   Modular Top                                 TU23108-H                    108   21½   1½   82                     436
                                                                               TU2390-H                      90   21½   1½   72                     372
                                                                               TU2372-H                      72   21½   1½   57                     338
                                                                               TU2371-H                     70¾   21½   1½   51                     326
                                                                               TU2360-H                      60   21½   1½   49                     257
                                                                               TU2330-H                      30   21½   1½   20                     172
                                   Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                   used when making a custom credenza          1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   using the bevel, curve or wave edge         veneer*
                                   top shaped front edge                       2. finish*
                                   flat rimmed both ends and back              3. edge profile*
                                   TU23108: use with three 36” modular         .
                                   units
                                   TU2390: use with three 30” modular units
                                   TU2372: use on a credenza with overhead
                                   storage
                                   TU2371: use with two 20⅜ ” and one 30”
                                   modular units
                                   TU2360: use with two 30” modular units
                                   TU2320: use with one 20” modular unit

                                   Modular End Panel                           PE2321                       21½   1¼    27   20                     159




                                   Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                   adjustable leveler/glides                   1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                                               veneer*
                                                                               2. finish*
                                                                               .




                                   Modular Center Support Panel                PE2311                       11    1¼    27   15                     143




                                   Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                   includes grommet                            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   adjustable leveler/glides                   veneer*
                                   use one PE2311 under work surfaces that     2. finish*
                                   span over 48”                               .
                                   use two PE2311’s under work surfaces
                                   that span over 72” and over
                                   use two PE2311’s under work surfaces
                                   that are over 90”, plus one for every 24”
                                   over




                                   Modular Modesty Panel                       MP2330                        30         27   23                     188
                                                                               MP2329                       28          27   22                     188



                                   Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                   MP2330: use between two pedestals           1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                   MP2329: use between pedestal & end          veneer*
Wall Street




                MP2330 shown
                                   panel                                       2. finish*
                                   vertical veneer                             .




104             How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                    order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                    EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                 Wall Street


ACCESSORIES      DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                        W     D    H    WT                      PRICE
                 Keyboard Drawer                             KBFD23-30                    30    16   4½   19                       181




                 Standard Features                           Specify Options
                 flip front drawer                           1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                                             veneer*
                                                             2. finish*
                                                             3. hardware/finish*
                                                             .




                 Center Drawer                               CD2324                       25¼   16   3¼   14                       185
                                                             CD23                          26   16   3¼   14                       112



                 Standard Features                           Specify Options
                 CD23 use in custom credenza only            1. walnut, cherry or maple
                 CD2324 with skirt is for use in the         veneer*
                 following:                                  2. finish*
                 36” Bullets & P-Top desks with or without   .
                 modesty
                 30” Bullets & P-Top desks without
                 modesty
                 under 21½ ” or 30” deep work surfaces




                                                                                                                                                                        Wall Street




 How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   105
                 processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                 EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                                                                 Wall Street


              OCCASIONAL TABLES   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                         W    D    H    WT                       PRICE
                                  Coffee Table                              COFT2348                      48   18   16   55                        386




                                  Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                  rimmed with solid wood bands              1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                  top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     veneer*
                                  flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   2. finish*
                                  veneer is reverse slip-matched            3. edge profile*
                                  shipped KD                                4. laminate top available
                                                                            with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                            reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                            upcharge
                                                                            5. S23-3 shelf, add $71
                                                                            .




                                  End Table                                 ST2328                        28   28   23   56                        329




                                  Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                  rimmed with solid wood bands              1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                  top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     veneer*
                                  flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   2. finish*
                                  veneer is reverse slip-matched            3. edge profile*
                                  shipped KD                                4. laminate top available
                                                                            with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                            reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                            upcharge
                                                                            5. S23-2 shelf, add $65
                                                                            .




                                  End Table                                 ET2328                        28   18   23   45                        272




                                  Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                  rimmed with solid wood bands              1. walnut, cherry or maple
                                  top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     veneer*
                                  flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   2. finish*
                                  veneer is reverse slip-matched            3. edge profile*
                                  shipped KD                                4. laminate top available
                                                                            with bevel, crescent, ease,
                                                                            reed or reveal edge, no
                                                                            upcharge
                                                                            5. S23-1 shelf, add $53
                                                                            .
Wall Street




106             How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                   order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                   EX: BF2372FP.Maple.Cinnamon.Wave.Vault
                                                                                                                        Effective January 1, 2009




Wellington
How To Order
1. State Quantity

2. Specify Model Number

3. Select The Molding:
   Wellington - WLM
   Westminster - WSM                        Federal Edge Profile                Wellington Hardware                      Windsor Hardware
   Windsor - WNM                            Accepts Laminate Top                Antique or Burnished Brass               Antique or Burnished Brass

4. Select Walnut or Cherry wood species
   (10% upcharge on Cherry)

5. Select Finish
   On Walnut Veneer:
   Paprika
   Toffee
   Tuscany
                                            Grommet                             Top Grommet                              Optional End Panel Grommet
   Amaretto                                                                     Antique or Burnished Brass
                                            Standard for some items--                                                    Antique Brass
   Sienna                                   check individual product section.   Matte Black                              Matte Black
   Espresso
   On Cherry Veneer:
   Caramel
   Gingersnap
   Merlot
   Bordeaux
   Java

6. Select Hardware
   Wellington, antique or burnished brass   Wellington Molding                  Westminster Molding                      Windsor Molding / No Molding
   Windsor, antique or burnished brass      Use WLM pricing column on           Use WSM pricing column on                Use WNM pricing column on
                                            following pages.                    following pages.                         following pages.
7. Specify Options
   Listed by each product group are
   options specific to those items.
   Options with an asterisk (*) are
   mandatory to make an order
   complete. Items without an asterisk
   will be made standard if not
   otherwise specified.
                                            Standard Base                       Bracket Base Option                      Georgian Feet Option
  Laminate Top Option:                                                          Add $82 for double pedestal desks,       Add $188 for double pedestal desks.
   Black Granite L1                                                             credenzas and modular base units.        Add $144 for credenzas and modular
   Sandstone L2                                                                 Add $56 for pedestal ends.               base units up to 59” in length. Add
   Light Stone L3                                                                                                        $188 for 60” and longer.
   Greystone L4
   Call Jofco to verify matching finish
   laminate.

Example:
   4.F8072.Wellington Molding.Walnut
   Veneer.Tuscany. Antique Hardware.
   Georgian Feet.
                                            Tackboard and Tasklight are         Optional 3-Piece Leather Inlay
                                            Standard                            with Gold Tooling, add $804
                                                                                                                                                               Wellington




                                            Tasklight is dark metallic silver   Antique        Absolute   Accurate
                                                                                Blackberry     Vanilla    Ultramarine
                                                                                Antique Blue   Seafoam    Austin
                                                                                Navy           Greige     Wet Sand
                                                                                Evergreen      Onyx       Plum
                                                                                Rouge                     Brown
                                                                                Walnut                    Black
                                                                                Brown
                                                                                Ebony


                                                                                                                                                                107
                                                                                                                                                            Effective January 1, 2009




             Wellington Specifications
             Materials                                                                        Tackboard Textile
             All exterior surfaces of cases are walnut solids and veneers.                    Tackboards are standard on most overhead storage 36” and wider. Textile
                                                                                              selection can be found on www.jofco.com under Resource section.
             All rims are hardwood solid; most are solid walnut.
                                                                                              For overhead storage without tackboard, please indicate ‘no tackboard’
             All wood is thoroughly air-seasoned before kiln drying and the moisture          rather than leave blank. There is no change in price.
             content is controlled to 6-8% at time of assembly.
                                                                                              Modification Pricing
             All face veneers are flat cut and book-matched to ensure consistency of grain    Add modification pricing to list price.
             pattern. They are carefully selected for uniform appearance, figure and color.

             All top veneers are reverse slip-matched.                                        Grommet, field installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$15 each

             All tops, panels and drawer fronts are to be glued with PVA glues in a hot       Grommet, factory installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$61 each
             plate press. All assembly glues are non-organic and of a polyvinyl acetate
             type.                                                                            Access slot in back panel
                                                                                              (2X” x 1Z”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$116
             Top Construction
             Tops are of 3-ply construction, 1Z" thick.
                                                                                              Wall-access opening in back panel
             All tops are securely fastened to cabinets by screws driven through interior     (10” x 12”, 10” from floor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$122
             framework.
                                                                                              Printer access slots in tops or back panels
             Tops can be routed out to accept 3-piece leather inlays.                         (17W” x 1W”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137
             Case Construction                                                                Re-size standard tops or bases
             Construction is full mortise and tenon.
                                                                                              (shorter or narrower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137
             Some panels are F" and others are U" thick. All panels are 3-ply
             construction. End panels and pedestal back panels are mitred and lock-           Flat cut or reverse shaped tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$149
             jointed together on approach side of desk.
                                                                                              Modesty panels special lengths:
             Pedestals are enclosed at bottom by a 1Q" framed base platform, securely         Up to 40” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$208
             fastened to panels.                                                              40” to 60” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$363
             Arm slides are 3-ply construction. They are banded on the front and sides
             with A" lumber band.                                                             File Drawer Reinforcement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$53

             Drawer Construction                                                              Use of non-standard laminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Call for Quote
             All drawer fronts are 5-ply construction with a hardwood core. Veneer grain
             runs in a vertical direction.

             Drawer sides and backs are solid wood with top edges of sides
             completely rounded.

             Drawers are joined at front using a French dovetail and the back by an
             English dovetail.

             Veneered bottoms are framed into grooves on four sides and heavily glue
             blocked. All drawer interiors are finished with special toner and covered
             with a clear coat. Drawer bottoms are sanded and hand-rubbed.

             All drawers are equipped with roller ball bearing suspensions which provide
             smooth, quiet, effortless access.

             All drawer bottoms are glued, stapled and reinforced with hand-fitted
             glue blocks.

             Center drawers are standard on all desks. A solid hardwood pencil tray is
             provided in all center drawers.

             File drawers in pedestals are provided with rods for hanging folders.

             Locking
Wellington




             Locking is standard in all desks, credenzas and modular units.




  108
                                                                                           Effective January 1, 2009




Wellington Typicals
L Shape Reception Desk



Model Number   Description                                                 Page    Price
SP8066R        66”w Single Pedestal Desk (wellington molding)              112     $1844
RG8066         Desk Reception Gallery (wellington molding)                 113      $822
ER8050L        19-3/4”d Return (wellington molding)                        114     $1203
RG8050L        Return Reception Gallery (wellington molding)               113      $468
               Workstation List Price                                             $4,337




Double Pedestal Desk with Storage Credenza



Model Number   Description                                               Page      Price
CF8072         72”w Double Pedestal Conference Desk (wellington molding) 111       $2145
CR8071-HD      Storage Credenza (wellington molding)                     115       $2049
               Workstation List Price                                             $4,194




U Shape Configuration



Model Number   Description                                                 Page    Price
SP8072R-36     72”w Single Pedestal Conference Desk (wellington molding)   112     $2083
EU8048         Bridge with Modesty Panel                                   114      $652
CR802FDR       Open Corner Lateral File Credenza (wellington molding)      115     $1537
               Workstation List Price                                             $4,272
                                                                                                                       Wellington




                                                                                                                        109
                                                                                               Effective January 1, 2009




             Wellington Typicals
             Table Desk with Storage



             Model Number          Description                                Page     Price
             TD8072                Table Desk (3-Piece Leather Inlay)         112     $2263
             HD8031NB              Hinge Door Pedestal (wellington molding)   124      $673
             FD8031NB (Qty 2)      Box/Box/File Pedestal                      123     $1524
             BU8090                Modular Base                               125      $298
             TU8091                Modular Top                                125      $347
             HUDGL8047NB (Qty 3)   Modular Storage Unit with Glass Doors      121     $2385
             HT8091                Modular Overhead Cornice Top               122      $294
                                   Workstation List Price                            $7,784
Wellington




  110
                                                                                                                                                Wellington


DESKS           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                MODEL                            W    D    H    WT    WNM          WSM                WLM
                82"w Double Pedestal                             CF8082                           82   43   29   478   2358         2475                2475
                Conference Desk



                Standard Features                                Specify Options
                top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                locking drawers                                  10% upcharge) veneer*
                personal/file/box pedestal                       2. finish*
                file drawer styled as two box drawers            3. wellington, westminster
                letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side   or windsor molding*
                center drawer                                    4. hardware/finish*
                arm slide writing shelf                          5. base, see page 107
                adjustable levelers/glides                       6. laminate top available, no
                kneespace width: 28½                             upcharge
                kneespace height: 25                             7. 3-piece leather inlay with
                front overhang: 7                                gold tooling, add $804
                chassis size: 66 x 36                            .

                72"w Double Pedestal                             CF8072                           72   36   29   365   2029         2145                2145
                Conference Desk



                Standard Features                                Specify Options
                top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                locking drawers                                  10% upcharge) veneer*
                personal/file/box pedestal                       2. finish*
                file drawer styled as two box drawers            3. wellington, westminster
                letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side   or windsor molding*
                center drawer                                    4. hardware/finish*
                arm slide writing shelf                          5. base, see page 107
                adjustable levelers/glides                       6. laminate top available, no
                chassis size: 60 x 30                            upcharge
                kneespace width: 26½                             7. 3-piece leather inlay with
                kneespace height: 25                             gold tooling, add $804
                front overhang: 6                                .

                72"w Double Pedestal Desk                        F8072                            72   36   29   444   2194         2311                2311




                Standard Features                                Specify Options
                top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                locking drawers                                  10% upcharge) veneer*
                personal/file/box pedestal                       2. finish*
                file drawer styled as two box drawers            3. wellington, westminster
                letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side   or windsor molding*
                center drawer                                    4. hardware/finish*
                rear dictation slide                             5. base, see page 107
                arm slide writing shelf                          6. laminate top available, no
                adjustable levelers/glides                       upcharge
                kneespace width: 30½                             7. 3-piece leather inlay with
                kneespace height: 25                             gold tooling, add $804
                                                                 .

                66"w Double Pedestal Desk                        F8066                            66   36   29   420   1911         2027                2027




                Standard Features                                Specify Options
                top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                locking drawers                                  10% upcharge) veneer*
                personal/file/box pedestal                       2. finish*
                file drawer styled as two box drawers            3. wellington, westminster
                letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side   or windsor molding*
                center drawer                                    4. hardware/finish*
                rear dictation slide                             5. base, see page 107
                arm slide writing shelf                          6. laminate top available, no
                adjustable levelers/glides                       upcharge
                kneespace width: 28½                             7. 3-piece leather inlay with
                kneespace height: 25                             gold tooling, add $804
                                                                 .

                60"w Double Pedestal Desk                        F8060-30                         60   30   29   335   1744         1861                1861




                Standard Features                                Specify Options
                top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                                                                                                                       Wellington




                locking drawers                                  10% upcharge) veneer*
                personal/file/box pedestal                       2. finish*
                file drawer styled as two box drawers            3. wellington, westminster
                letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side   or windsor molding*
                center drawer                                    4. hardware/finish*
                rear dictation slide                             5. base, see page 107
                arm slide writing shelf                          6. laminate top available, no
                adjustable levelers/glides                       upcharge
                kneespace width: 26½                             7. 3-piece leather inlay with
                kneespace height: 25                             gold tooling, add $804
                                                                 .

How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   111
                processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                                 Wellington


             DESKS                DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                MODEL                            W    D    H     WT            PRICE
                                  Table Desk                                       TD8072                           72   36   30¼   259           1459




                                  Standard Features                                Specify Options
                                  top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                  long grain veneer                                10% upcharge) veneer*
                                  cut-away front                                   2. finish*
                                  rear dictation slide                             3. hardware/finish*
                                  adjustable levelers/glides                       4. laminate top available, no
                                                                                   upcharge
                                                                                   5. 3-piece leather inlay with
                                                                                   gold tooling, add $804
                                                                                   .




                                  Work Table                                       T8072-36                         72   36   29    150           1100
                                                                                   T8060-30                         60   30   29    109            665



                                  Standard Features                                Specify Options
                                  top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                  long grain veneer                                10% upcharge) veneer*
                                  two drawers                                      2. finish*
                                  adjustable levelers/glides                       3. hardware/finish*
                                                                                   4. laminate top available, no
                                                                                   upcharge
                                                                                   5. 3-piece leather inlay with
                                                                                   gold tooling, add $804
                                                                                   .




             DESKS                DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                MODEL                            W    D    H     WT    WNM       WSM                 WLM
                                  72"w Single Pedestal                             SP8072L-36                       72   36   29    340   1995       2083               2083
                                  Conference Desk                                  SP8072R-36                       72   36   29    340   1995       2083               2083



                                  Standard Features                                Specify Options
                                  top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                     left shown   locking drawers                                  10% upcharge) veneer*
                                  personal/file/box pedestal                       2. finish*
                                  file drawer styled as two box drawers            3. wellington, westminster
                                  letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side   or windsor molding*
                                  center drawer                                    4. hardware/finish*
                                  arm slide writing shelf                          5. base, see page 107
                                  adjustable levelers/glides                       6. laminate top available, no
                                  kneespace width: 52                              upcharge
                                  kneespace height: 25                             7. 3-piece leather inlay with
                                  front overhang: 6                                gold tooling, add $804
                                                                                   .

                                  66"w Single Pedestal Desk                        SP8066L                          66   30   29    307   1728       1844               1844
                                                                                   SP8066R                          66   30   29    307   1728       1844               1844



                                  Standard Features                                Specify Options
                                  top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                 left shown       locking drawers                                  10% upcharge) veneer*
                                  personal/file/box pedestal                       2. finish*
                                  file drawer styled as two box drawers            3. wellington, westminster
                                  letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side   or windsor molding*
                                  center drawer                                    4. hardware/finish*
                                  arm slide writing shelf                          5. base, see page 107
                                  adjustable levelers/glides                       6. laminate top available, no
                                  kneespace width: 46                              upcharge
                                  kneespace height: 25                             .
Wellington




112            How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                   order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                   EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                           Wellington


DESKS                      DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                MODEL                            W    D    H     WT    WNM         WSM                WLM
                           72"w Single Pedestal Desk                        SPF8072Lx36                      72   36   29    340   2044        2160                2160
                                                                            SPF8072Rx36                      72   36   29    340   2044        2160                2160



                           Standard Features                                Specify Options
                           top shaped all sides                             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
        left shown         locking drawers                                  10% upcharge) veneer*
                           personal/file/box pedestal                       2. finish*
                           file drawer styled as two box drawers            3. wellington, westminster
                           letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side   or windsor molding*
                           center drawer with lock                          4. hardware/finish*
                           arm slide writing shelf                          5. base, see page 107
                           adjustable levelers/glides                       6. laminate top available, no
                           kneespace width: 52                              upcharge
                           kneespace height: 25                             .




                           Curved Single Pedestal Desk                      SPCUR8072L                       72   42   29    325   2324        2435                2435
                                                                            SPCUR8072R                       72   42   29    325   2324        2435                2435



                           Standard Features                                Specify Options
    left shown             use with 19¾ ”d bridge or return                 1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                           top shaped all sides                             10% upcharge) veneer*
                           2” top grommet                                   2. finish*
                           locking drawers                                  3. wellington, westminster
                           personal/file/box pedestal                       or windsor molding*
                           file drawer styled as two box drawers            4. hardware/finish*
                           letter or legal filing capabilities              5. base, see page 107
                           arm slide writing shelf                          6. laminate top available, no
                           adjustable levelers/glides                       upcharge
                                                                            .




                           Desk Reception Gallery                           RG8072-36                        72   36   11¼   75    764         880                 880
                                                                            RG8066                           66   30   11¼   65    706         822                 822



                           Standard Features                                Specify Options
                           transaction top shaped all sides                 1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                           transaction top depth: 10                        10% upcharge) veneer*
                           use atop double and single pedestal desks        2. finish*
                                                                            3. wellington, westminster
                                                                            or windsor molding*
                                                                            4. laminate top available, no
                                                                            upcharge
                                                                            .




                           Return Reception Gallery                         RG8050-24L                       51   24   10    50    418         476                 476
                                                                            RG8050-24R                       51   24   10    50    418         476                 476
                                                                            RG8050L                          51   18   10    45    410         468                 468
                                                                            RG8050R                          51   18   10    45    410         468                 468

                           Standard Features                                Specify Options
                           use atop return                                  1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
              left shown                                                    10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                            2. finish*
                                                                            3. wellington, westminster
                                                                            or windsor molding*
                                                                            .

                                                                                                                                                                                  Wellington




How To Order:              Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   113
                           processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                           EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                              Wellington


             RETURNS           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                 MODEL                            W     D     H    WT    WNM      WSM                WLM
                               25-3/4" d Return                                  ER8050L-24                       51¾   25¾   29   165   1212     1270               1270
                                                                                 ER8050R-24                       51¾   25¾   29   165   1212     1270               1270



                               Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                               use with 72”w or 66”w desk                        1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                 left shown    top shaped three sides                            10% upcharge) veneer*
                               reverse shape connecting end                      2. finish*
                               locking drawers                                   3. wellington, westminster
                               box/box/file drawers                              or windsor molding*
                               letter/legal filing capabilities, front to back   4. hardware/finish*
                               2” top grommet                                    5. file/file pedestal, no
                               1⅞ x 3⅞ modesty grommet, top center               upcharge
                               adjustable levelers/glides                        6. base, see page 107
                               kneespace width: 29½                              7. laminate top available, no
                               kneespace height: 27⅞                             upcharge
                                                                                 .

                               19-3/4"d Return                                   ER8050L                          51¾   19¾   29   159   1144     1203               1203
                                                                                 ER8050R                          51¾   19¾   29   159   1144     1203               1203



                               Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                               use with 72”w or 66” w desk or                    1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                left shown     SPCUR8072L or R                                   10% upcharge) veneer*
                               top shaped three sides                            2. finish*
                               reverse shape connecting end                      3. wellington, westminster
                               locking drawers                                   or windsor molding*
                               box/box/file drawers                              4. hardware/finish*
                               letter/legal filing capabilities, front to back   5. file/file pedestal, no
                               2” top grommet                                    upcharge
                               1⅞ x 3⅞ modesty grommet, top center               6. base, see page 107
                               adjustable levelers/glides                        7. laminate top available, no
                               kneespace width: 29½                              upcharge
                               kneespace height: 27⅞                             .

             BRIDGES           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                 MODEL                            W     D     H    WT           PRICE
                               Bridge with Modesty Panel                         EU8048-24                        48     24   29   110          678
                                                                                 EU8048                           48    19¾   29    92          652
                                                                                 EU8036                           36    19¾   29    85          567


                               Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                               shaped two sides                                  1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                               reverse shaped connecting ends                    10% upcharge) veneer*
                               veneer runs short grain                           2. finish*
                               1⅞” x 3⅞ ” grommet top center of                  3. laminate top available, no
                               modesty panel                                     upcharge
                                                                                 .




                               Bridge Top                                        EUT8048-24                       48     24   1¼   50           360
                                                                                 EUT8048                          48    19¾   1¼   41           345
                                                                                 EUT8036                          36    19¾   1¼   38           300


                               Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                               shaped two sides                                  1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                               reverse shaped connecting ends                    10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                                 2. finish*
                                                                                 3. laminate top available, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 .
Wellington




114            How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass.
                                                                                                                                                Wellington


CREDENZAS       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W     D     H    WT    WOM               WSM                WLM
                Storage Credenza                          CR8071-HD                        71    19¾   29   334   1993              2049                2049
                                                          CR8066-HD                        66    19¾   29   304   1744              1812                1812



                Standard Features                         Specify Options
                top shaped all sides                      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                locking drawers and doors                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                box/box/file pedestals                    2. finish*
                letter or legal filing capabilities       3. wellington, westminster
                hinged door compartment with adjustable   or windsor molding*
                shelf                                     4. hardware/finish*
                                                          5. base, see page 107
                                                          6. laminate top available, no
                                                          upcharge
                                                          .




                Hinged Door Storage Credenza              CR8061-HD                        60½   19¾   29   246   1623              1739                1739




                Standard Features                         Specify Options
                top shaped all sides                      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                adjustable shelves                        10% upcharge) veneer*
                locking doors                             2. finish*
                                                          3. wellington, westminster
                                                          or windsor molding*
                                                          4. hardware/finish*
                                                          5. base, see page 107
                                                          6. laminate top available, no
                                                          upcharge
                                                          .




CREDENZAS       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W     D     H    WT    WNM               WSM                WLM
                Open Corner Lateral File                  CR802FDL                         71    19¾   29   302   1482              1537                1537
                Credenza                                  CR802FDR                         71    19¾   29   302   1482              1537                1537



                Standard Features                         Specify Options
                top shaped all sides                      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                file/file drawers                         10% upcharge) veneer*
   left shown   letter or legal filing capabilities       2. finish*
                locking drawers                           3. hardware/finish*
                                                          4. base, see page 107
                                                          5. laminate top available, no
                                                          upcharge
                                                          6. reinforced drawer
                                                          bottom, add $53 each
                                                          drawer
                                                          .


CREDENZAS       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W     D     H    WT                   PRICE
                Kneespace Credenza                        CR8071-KS                        71    19¾   29   240                  1758
                                                          CR8066-KS                        66    19¾   29   212                  1548



                Standard Features                         Specify Options
                top shaped all sides                      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                locking drawers                           10% upcharge) veneer*
                box/box/file pedestals                    2. finish*
                letter or legal filing capabilities       3. hardware/finish*
                1⅞” x 3⅞ ” grommet top center of          4. base, see page 107
                modesty panel                             5. laminate top available, no
                                                          upcharge
                                                          .
                                                                                                                                                                       Wellington




How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   115
                processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass.
                                                                                                                                                              Wellington


             CREDENZAS         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                     MODEL                            W     D     H    WT                      PRICE
                               Kneespace Credenza with               CR8071-KBT                       71    19¾   29   243                     1905
                               Center Drawer                         CR8066-KBT                       66    19¾   29   235                     1693



                               Standard Features                     Specify Options
                               top shaped all sides                  1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                               flip front drawer                     10% upcharge) veneer*
                               locking drawers                       2. finish*
                               box/box/file pedestals                3. hardware/finish*
                               letter or legal filing capabilities   4. base, see page 107
                               1⅞” x 3⅞ ” grommet top center of      5. laminate top available, no
                               modesty panel                         upcharge
                                                                     .




                               Lateral File Credenza                 CR8071-4FD                        71   19¾   29   295                     2059
                                                                     CR8061-4FD                       60½   19¾   29   284                     1904



                               Standard Features                     Specify Options
                               top shaped all sides                  1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                               locking drawers                       10% upcharge) veneer*
                               file/file drawers                     2. finish*
                               letter or legal filing capabilities   3. hardware/finish*
                                                                     4. base, see page 107
                                                                     5. laminate top available, no
                                                                     upcharge
                                                                     6. reinforced drawer
                                                                     bottom, add $53 each
                                                                     drawer
                                                                     .
Wellington




116            How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass.
                                                                                                                                                        Wellington


 CORNER UNITS           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W     D     H    WT                   PRICE
                        Freestanding Corner Unit                  CU8040-12FS                      40¼   19¾   29   250                  1221




                        Standard Features                         Specify Options
                        use with 19¾ ” deep returns, bridges or   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                        modular credenzas                         10% upcharge) veneer*
                        top shaped all sides                      2. finish*
                        2” top grommet                            3. laminate top available, no
                        3½” x 1⅝ ” grommet top center of each     upcharge
                        back panel                                .




                        Corner Unit                               CU8040-12                        40¼   19¾   29   250                  1154




                        Standard Features                         Specify Options
                        use with 19¾ ” deep returns, bridges or   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                        modular credenzas                         10% upcharge) veneer*
                        top shaped all sides                      2. finish*
                        3½” x 1⅝ ” grommet top center of each     3. laminate top available, no
                        back panel                                upcharge
                        connecting on the left and right          .




                        Corner Unit                               CU8040-12L                       40¼   19¾   29   250                  1164
                                                                  CU8040-12R                       40¼   19¾   29   250                  1164




     shown
left shown              Standard Features                         Specify Options
                        CU8040-12L: use with 19¾ ”d returns,      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                        bridges or modular credenzas connecting   10% upcharge) veneer*
                        on the left                               2. finish*
                        CU8040-12R: use with 19¾ ”d returns,      3. laminate top available, no
                        bridges or modular credenzas connecting   upcharge
                        on the right                              .
                        top shaped all sides
                        3½” x 1⅝ ” grommet top center of each
                        back panel




 COMPUTER/PRINTER STAND DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W     D     H    WT                   PRICE
                        Computer/Printer Stand                    CRT8038FSM                       38¾   23¼   29   131                   845
                                                                  CRT8038FS                        38¾   23¼   29   131                   761




CRT8038FS shown
                        Standard Features                         Specify Options
                        top shaped all sides                      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                        fixed inside shelf                        10% upcharge) veneer*
                        access slot across top of back            2. finish*
                        kneespace width: 34⅝                      3. laminate top available, no
                        kneespace height: 25¼                     upcharge
                        CRT8038FS: without casters                .
                        CRT8038FSM: with casters                                                                                                                               Wellington




   How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   117
                        processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                        EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                                                                Wellington


              OVERHEAD STORAGE                         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                            W    D     H    WT    A/COM    B      C      D       E      F      G      H
                                                       Overhead Storage with Molding BOS8069 (WSM)                                  71   19¾   48   235   1810    1810   1810   1850    1860   1869   1888   1906
                                                                                     BOS8069 (WLM)                                  71   19¾   48   235   1810    1810   1810   1850    1860   1869   1888   1906



                                                       Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                                       top shaped all sides                        1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                       1” wire access slot across bottom of back   10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                       panel                                       2. finish*
                                                       adjustable shelves                          3. wellington or westminster
                     32 7/8”                 32 7/8”   tackboard and tasklights standard           molding*
                                                       inside dimensions 24” h, 16 ” d             4. hardware/finish*
                                                       WSM: doors with westminster molding         5. tackboard textiles, see
             top view, inside measurements
                                                       WLM: doors with wellington molding          www.jofco.com*
                                                                                                   6. locking doors, add $85
                                                                                                   .




                                                       Overhead Storage without                    BOS8069 (WOM)                    71   19¾   48   235   1693    1693   1693   1734    1743   1753   1771   1790
                                                       Molding



                                                       Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                                       top shaped all sides                        1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                       without molding                             10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                       1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. finish*
                                                       panel                                       3. hardware/finish*
                     32 7/8”                 32 7/8”   adjustable shelves                          4. tackboard textiles, see
                                                       tackboard and tasklights standard           www.jofco.com*
                                                       inside dimensions 24” h, 16 d               5. locking doors, add $85
             top view, inside measurements
                                                       WOM: doors without molding                  .




              WALL MOUNTED STORAGE                     DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                            W    D     H    WT                          PRICE
                                                       Wall Mounted Storage                        BB8072                           72   15    16   175                          739
                                                                                                   BB8060                           60   15    16   163                          695
                                                                                                   BB8036                           36   15    16   90                           626
                                                                                                   BB8030                           30   15    16   85                           607

                                                       Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                                       does not match edge detail, straight cut    1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                       attaching hardware provided                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                                                   2. finish*
                                                                                                   3. top
                                                                                                   4. valance BBLV (specify
                                                                                                   length), add $2 per inch
                                                                                                   5. top BBTU80 (specify
                                                                                                   length), add $2 per inch
                                                                                                   6. locking doors: BB8072
                                                                                                   and BB8060 add $85,
                                                                                                   BB8036 and BB8030 add
                                                                                                   $43
                                                                                                   .
Wellington




118                 How To Order:                       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                                        order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                                        EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                                                 Wellington


 OVERHEAD STORAGE WITH DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                              MODEL                            W    D    H    WT    A/COM    B      C      D      E      F      G      H
 CORNICE TOP
                                          Open Overhead Storage                       80HU72                           72   13   50   195   1354    1354   1354   1377   1383   1388   1398   1409




                                          Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                          top shaped three sides, back side flat      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                          1” wire access slot across bottom of back   10% upcharge) veneer*
                                          panel                                       2. finish*
                                          tackboard and tasklights standard           3. tackboard textiles, see
                                                                                      www.jofco.com*
                                                                                      4. glass shelves & halogen
  18 1/4”            28”        18 1/4”
                                                                                      lights, add $229
                                                                                      5. glass shelves, add $123
top view, inside measurments                                                          .




                                          Overhead Storage with Wood                  80HUWD72                         72   13   50   210   1617    1617   1617   1640   1645   1651   1661   1672
                                          Doors



                                          Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                          top shaped three sides, back side flat      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                          1” wire access slot across bottom of back   10% upcharge) veneer*
                                          panel                                       2. finish*
                                          tackboard and tasklights standard           3. hardware/finish*
                                                                                      4. tackboard textiles, see
                                                                                      www.jofco.com*
  18 1/4”            28”        18 1/4”
                                                                                      5. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                      .
top view, inside measurements




                                          Overhead Storage with Grilled               80HUGR72                         72   13   50   210   1617    1617   1617   1640   1645   1651   1661   1672
                                          Doors



                                          Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                          top shaped three sides, back side flat      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                          1” wire access slot across bottom of back   10% upcharge) veneer*
                                          panel                                       2. finish*
                                          tackboard and tasklights standard           3. hardware/finish*
                                                                                      4. tackboard textiles, see
                                                                                      www.jofco.com*
  18 1/4”            28”        18 1/4”
                                                                                      5. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                                      lights, add $229
top view, inside measurements                                                         6. glass shelves, add $123
                                                                                      7. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                      .


                                          Overhead Storage with Glass                 80HUGL72                         72   13   50   210   1617    1617   1617   1640   1645   1651   1661   1672
                                          Doors



                                          Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                          top shaped three sides, back side flat      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                          1” wire access slot across bottom of back   10% upcharge) veneer*
                                          panel                                       2. finish*
                                          tackboard and tasklights standard           3. hardware/finish*
                                                                                      4. tackboard textiles, see
                                                                                      www.jofco.com*
  18 1/4”            28”        18 1/4”
                                                                                      5. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                                      lights, add $229
top view, inside measurements                                                         6. glass shelves, add $123
                                                                                      7. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                      .
                                                                                                                                                                                                       Wellington




    How To Order:                         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order         119
                                          processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                          EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                                 Wellington


             STEP-UP OVERHEAD   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                            W    D    H    WT   A/COM   B     C     D     E      F    G        H
             STORAGE
                                Step-Up Open Overhead                       HU8023NB                         29   13   47   78    721    721   721   744   750   755   766      777
                                Storage



                                Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                upper shelf adjustable                      1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                lower shelf fixed                           10% upcharge) veneer*
                                tackboard and tasklights standard           2. finish*
                                1” wire access slot across bottom of back   3. tackboard textiles, see
                                panel                                       www.jofco.com*
                                                                            4. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                            lights, add $115
                                                                            5. glass shelves, add $40
                                                                            .




                                Step-Up Overhead Storage with HUWD8023NB                                     29   13   47   90    951    951   951   974   980   985   996   1006
                                Wood Doors



                                Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                one adjustable shelf                        1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                tackboard and tasklights standard           10% upcharge) veneer*
                                1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. finish*
                                panel                                       3. hardware/finish*
                                                                            4. tackboard textiles, see
                                                                            www.jofco.com*
                                                                            5. locking doors, add $43
                                                                            .




                                Step-Up Overhead Storage with HUDGR8023NB                                    29   13   47   90    951    951   951   974   980   985   996   1006
                                Grilled Doors



                                Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                one adjustable shelf                        1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                tackboard and tasklights standard           10% upcharge) veneer*
                                1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. finish*
                                panel                                       3. hardware/finish*
                                                                            4. tackboard textiles, see
                                                                            www.jofco.com*
                                                                            5. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                            lights, add $115
                                                                            6. glass shelves, add $40
                                                                            7. locking doors, add $43
                                                                            .


                                Step-Up Overhead Storage with HUDGL8023NB                                    29   13   47   90    951    951   951   974   980   985   996   1006
                                Beveled Glass Doors



                                Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                one adjustable shelf                        1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                tackboard and tasklights standard           10% upcharge) veneer*
                                1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. finish*
                                panel                                       3. hardware/finish*
                                                                            4. tackboard textiles, see
                                                                            www.jofco.com*
                                                                            5. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                            lights, add $115
                                                                            6. glass shelves, add $40
                                                                            7. locking doors, add $43
                                                                            .
Wellington




120            How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                 order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                 EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                        Wellington


MODULAR STORAGE UNITS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                            W     D     H    WT                    PRICE
                        Open Modular Storage Unit                HU8047NB                         29    13    47   83                     556




                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        two adjustable shelves                   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                 2. finish*
                                                                 3. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                 lights, add $152
                                                                 4. glass shelves, add $78
                                                                 .




                        Modular Storage Unit with                HUWD8047NB                       29    13    47   95                     795
                        Wood Doors



                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        two adjustable shelves                   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                 2. finish*
                                                                 3. hardware/finish*
                                                                 4. locking doors, add $43
                                                                 .




                        Modular Storage Unit with                HUDGR8047NB                      29    13    47   95                     795
                        Grilled Doors



                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        two adjustable shelves                   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                 2. finish*
                                                                 3. hardware/finish*
                                                                 4. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                 lights, add $152
                                                                 5. glass shelves, add $78
                                                                 6. locking door, add $43
                                                                 .




                        Modular Storage Unit with Glass HUDGL8047NB                               29    13    47   95                     795
                        Doors



                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        two adjustable shelves                   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                 2. finish*
                                                                 3. hardware/finish*
                                                                 4. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                 lights, add $152
                                                                 5. glass shelves, add $78
                                                                 6. locking door, add $43
                                                                 .




                        Modular Storage Top                      TU80118-14                       120   13    1¼   43                     537
                                                                 TU8088-14                        90½   13    1¼   35                     321
                                                                 TU8059-14                        59½   13¾   1¼   28                     208
                                                                 TU8029-14                        30½   13¾   1¼   15                     126

                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        top shaped three sides, back side flat   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                                                                                                                               Wellington




                        TU80118-14: use with four bookcases      10% upcharge) veneer*
                        TU8088-14: use with three bookcases      2. finish*
                        TU8059-14: use with two bookcases        .
                        TU8029-14: use with one bookcase




How To Order:           Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   121
                        processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                        EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                                    Wellington


             MODULAR STORAGE UNITS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W     D     H    WT                  PRICE
                                     Modular Storage Base                      BU8088-14                         90   13    4    23                   261
                                                                               BU8059-14                        59½   13¾   4¾   17                   196
                                                                               BU8030-14                        30½   13¾   4¾   10                   129


                                     Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                     shaped three sides, back side flat        1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                     BU8088-14: use with three bookcases       10% upcharge) veneer*
                                     BU8059-14: use with two bookcases         2. finish*
                                     BU8030-14: use with one bookcase          .




                                     Modular Overhead Cornice Top              HT80120                          118   13    3    25                   401
                                                                               HT8091                            88   13    3    20                   294
                                                                               HT8061                            59   13    3    13                   198
                                                                               HT8031                            30   13    3     9                   132

                                     Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                     top shaped three sides, back side flat    1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                     HT80120: use with four bookcases          10% upcharge) veneer*
                                     HT8091: use with two or three bookcases   2. finish*
                                     HT8061: use with two bookcases            .
                                     HT8031: use with one bookcase




                                     Overhead Storage Filler Panel             HFP8029                          29    13         10                   112




                                     Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                     use with HT8091 and two bookcases         1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                               10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                               2. finish*
                                                                               .
Wellington




122            How To Order:          Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                      order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                      EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                     Wellington


MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                 MODEL                            W     D      H    WT          PRICE
                     Open Pedestal                                     B8031                             31   19¾    29   105          692
                                                                       B8031N                            30   19¼   27     85          566
                                                                       B8031NB                          29     18   23     71          434


                     Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                              1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                     one adjustable shelf                              10% upcharge) veneer*
                     B8031N: without top                               2. finish*
                     B8031NB: without top/base                         3. base, see page 107
                                                                       .




                     Box/Box/File Pedestal                             FD8031                            31   19¾    29   142         1021
                                                                       FD8031N                          30    19¼   27    122          893
                                                                       FD8031NB                         29     18   23    108          762


                     Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                              1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                     locking drawers                                   10% upcharge) veneer*
                     letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side    2. finish*
                     FD8031N: without top                              3. hardware/finish*
                     FD8031NB: without top/base                        4. base, see page 107
                                                                       5. reinforced drawer
                                                                       bottom, add $53 each
                                                                       drawer
                                                                       .




                     File/File Pedestal                                2FD8031                           31   19¾    29   142         1021
                                                                       2FD8031N                         30    19¼   27    121          893
                                                                       2FD8031NB                        29     18   23    107          762


                     Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                              1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                     locking drawers                                   10% upcharge) veneer*
                     letter/legal filing capabilities, side to side    2. finish*
                     2FD8031N: without top                             3. hardware/finish*
                     2FD8031NB: without top/base                       4. base, see page 107
                                                                       5. reinforced drawer
                                                                       bottom, add $53 each
                                                                       drawer
                                                                       .




                     Open Pedestal                                     B8020                            21¼   19¾    29   70           638
                                                                       B8020N                           21    19¼   27    63           504
                                                                       B8020NB                          19     18   23    51           409


                     Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                              1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                     one adjustable shelf                              10% upcharge) veneer*
                     B8020N: without top                               2. finish*
                     B8020NB: without top/base                         3. base, see page 107
                                                                       .




                     Box/Box/File Pedestal                             F8020                            21¼   19¾    29   100          775
                                                                       F8020N                           21    19¼   27    93           642
                                                                       F8020NB                          19     18   23    81           546


                     Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                              1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                                                                                                                            Wellington




                     locking drawers                                   10% upcharge) veneer*
                     letter/legal filing capabilities, front to back   2. finish*
                     F8020N: without top                               3. hardware/finish*
                     F8020NB: without top/base                         4. base, see page 107
                                                                       .




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   123
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                                 Wellington


             MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                 MODEL                            W     D      H    WT          PRICE
                                  File/File Pedestal                                2F8020                           21¼   19¾    29   100         775
                                                                                    2F8020N                          21    19¾   27     92         642
                                                                                    2F8020NB                         19     18   23     80         546


                                  Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                                  top shaped all sides                              1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                  locking drawers                                   10% upcharge) veneer*
                                  letter/legal filing capabilities, front to back   2. finish*
                                  2F8020N: without top                              3. hardware/finish*
                                  2F8020NB: without top/base                        4. base, see page 107
                                                                                    .




             MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                 MODEL                            W     D      H    WT    WOM     WSM                WLM
                                  Hinge Door Pedestal                               HD8031                            31   19¾    29   122   874      932                932
                                                                                    HD8031N                          30    19¼   27    102   747      806                806
                                                                                    HD8031NB                         29     18   23     88   615      673                673


                                  Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                                  top shaped all sides                              1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                  one adjustable shelf                              10% upcharge) veneer*
                                  locking doors                                     2. finish*
                                  HD8031N: without top                              3. wellington, westminster
                                  HD8031NB: without top/base                        or windsor molding*
                                                                                    4. hardware/finish*
                                                                                    5. base, see page 107
                                                                                    .




                                  Hinge Door Pedestal                               HD8020                           21¼   19¾    29   75    630      659                659
                                                                                    HD8020N                          21    19¼   27    69    497      526                526
                                                                                    HD8020NB                         19     18   23    57    401      429                429


                                  Standard Features                                 Specify Options
                                  top shaped all sides                              1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                  one adjustable shelf                              10% upcharge) veneer*
                                  locking door                                      2. finish*
                                  HD8020N: without top                              3. wellington, westminster
                                  HD8020NB: without top/base                        or without molding*
                                                                                    4. hardware/finish*
                                                                                    5. base, see page 107
                                                                                    .
Wellington




124            How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                   order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                   EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                     Wellington


MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                             MODEL                             W      D     H    WT             PRICE
                     Modular Credenza Top                          TU80120                          120    19¾   1¼    91              613
                                                                   TU8091                           90½    19¾   1¼    76              347
                                                                   TU8071                            71    19¾   1¼    56              268
                                                                   TU8066                            66    19¾   1¼    52              222
                                                                   TU8061                            61    19¾   1¼    48              213
                                                                   TU8042                           41     19¾   1¼    34              194
                                                                   TU8036                            36    19¾   1¼    27              147
                                                                   TU8031                            31    19¾   1¼    20              133
                                                                   TU8020                           21¼    19¾   1¼    17              126
                     Standard Features                             Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                          1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                     TU80120: use with four 31” modular units      10% upcharge) veneer*
                     TU8091: use with three 31” modular units      2. finish*
                     TU8071: use with two 20” and one 31”          .
                     modular units or two 36” lateral files
                     TU8066: use with miscellaneous units
                     TU8061: use with two 31” or three 20”
                     modular units
                     TU8042: use with two 20” modular units
                     TU8031: use with one 31” modular unit
                     TU8020: use with one 20” modular unit


                     Modular Credenza Base                         BU80119                          119    19    4     53              608
                                                                   BU8090                             90   19    4     34              298
                                                                   BU8071                            69¾   19    4     26              238
                                                                   BU8070                            70½   19    4     26              227
                                                                   BU8061                            60    19    4     22              203
                                                                   BU8060                            60½   19    4     22              203
                                                                   BU8041                             41   19    4     18              165
                                                                   BU8031                            30¾   19    4     14              131
                                                                   BU8020                             21   19    4     12              96
                     Standard Features                             Specify Options
                     BU80119: use with four 31” lateral file       1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                     units                                         10% upcharge) veneer*
                     BU8090: use with three 31” modular units      2. finish*
                     BU8071: use with two 36” lateral file units   .
                     BU8070: use with two 20” and one 31”
                     modular units
                     BU8061: use with three 20” modular units
                     BU8060: use with two 31” modular units
                     BU8041: use with two 20” modular units
                     BU8031: use with one 31” modular unit
                     BU8020: use with one 20” modular unit


                     Modular Center Support Panel                  PE8011                            11     1    27¾   14              157




                     Standard Features                             Specify Options
                     used in making credenzas and                  1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                     workstations                                  10% upcharge) veneer*
                     use under tops with a 48” span or greater     2. finish*
                                                                   .




                     Modular Modesty Panel                         MP8030                           29           27    24              193




                     Standard Features                             Specify Options
                     use in place of a 31” modular unit            1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                     1⅞” x 3⅞ ” grommet top center                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                   2. finish*
                                                                   .
                                                                                                                                                                            Wellington




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   125
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                                   Wellington


             MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W    D    H   WT                       PRICE
                                  Modular Modesty Panel                     MP8029                           28       27   23                       193




                                  Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                  use in place of a 31” modular unit with   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                  end panel                                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                  1⅞” x 3⅞ ” grommet top center             2. finish*
                                                                            .




             MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W    D    H   WT   WOM          WNM            WSM            WLM
                                  Modular End Panel                         PE8028                           18   1   27   17   164           172            201           201
                                                                            PE8028L                          18   1   27   17   165           173            203           203
                                                                            PE8028R                          18   1   27   17   165           173            203           203


                                  Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                  PE8028: used in making freestanding       1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                  credenzas                                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                  PE8028L or R: used in making handed       2. finish*
                                  credenzas                                 3. wellington, westminster,
                                                                            windsor or without
                                                                            molding*
                                                                            .
Wellington




126            How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                   order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                   EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                 Wellington


STORAGE UNITS    DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                            W     D   H    WT                    PRICE
                 Open Storage Unit                          BC80-1                           31   13   53   108                    788




                 Standard Features                          Specify Options
                 top & base shaped three sides, back side   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                 flat                                       10% upcharge) veneer*
                 two adjustable shelves                     2. finish*
                                                            3. glass shelves & halogen
                                                            lights, add $152
                                                            4. glass shelves, add $78
                                                            .




                 Storage Unit with Wood Doors               BCWD80-1                         31   13   53   118                   1052




                 Standard Features                          Specify Options
                 top & base shaped three sides, back side   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                 flat                                       10% upcharge) veneer*
                 two adjustable shelves                     2. finish*
                                                            3. hardware/finish*
                                                            4. locking doors, add $43
                                                            .




                 Storage Unit with Grilled Doors BCGR80-1                                    31   13   53   115                   1052




                 Standard Features                          Specify Options
                 top & base shaped three sides, back side   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                 flat                                       10% upcharge) veneer*
                 two adjustable shelves                     2. finish*
                                                            3. hardware/finish*
                                                            4. glass shelves & halogen
                                                            lights, add $152
                                                            5. glass shelves, add $78
                                                            6. locking doors, add $43
                                                            .




                 Storage Unit with Glass Doors              BCGL80-1                         31   13   53   120                   1052




                 Standard Features                          Specify Options
                 top & base shaped three sides, back side   1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                 flat                                       10% upcharge) veneer*
                 two adjustable shelves                     2. finish*
                                                            3. hardware/finish*
                                                            4. glass shelves & halogen
                                                            lights, add $152
                                                            5. glass shelves, add $78
                                                            6. locking doors, add $43
                                                            .
                                                                                                                                                                        Wellington




 How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   127
                 processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                 EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                              Wellington


             BOOKCASES         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                            W     D    H   WT                 PRICE
                               Open Bookcase with Shaped                    BC8084                           36   12   84   143                 902
                               Front Top                                    BC8072                           36   12   72   130                 820
                                                                            BC8060                           36   12   60   104                 717
                                                                            BC8048                           36   12   48    96                 595
                                                                            BC8036                           36   12   36    70                 527
                                                                            BC8030                           36   12   30    61                 463
                               Standard Features                            Specify Options
                               tops shaped front only                       1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                               ¾ adjustable shelves                         10% upcharge) veneer*
                               unfinished back consists of black            2. finish*
                               composite material                           3. S80-5 shelves, add $41
                               properly secure to prevent tipping,          each
                               (hardware not included)                      4. finished back, add $120
                               BC8084: five adjustable shelves, one fixed   5. adjustable leveling glides,
                               shelf                                        add $53
                               BC8072: four adjustable shelves, one fixed   .
                               shelf
                               BC8060: four adjustable shelves
                               BC8048: three adjustable shelves
                               BC8036: two adjustable shelves
                               BC8030: one adjustable shelf

                               Open Bookcase with Flat-                     BC84                             36   12   84   143                 720
                               Rimmed Top                                   BC72                             36   12   72   130                 657
                                                                            BC60                             36   12   60   104                 571
                                                                            BC48                             36   12   48    96                 475
                                                                            BC36                             36   12   36    70                 398
                                                                            BC30                             36   12   30    61                 350
                               Standard Features                            Specify Options
                               ¾ thickflat rimmed top                       1. veneer*
                               ¾ adjustable shelves                         2. finish*
                               unfinished back consists of black            3. heavy duty S80-5 shelves,
                               composite material                           add $41 each
                               properly secure to prevent tipping,          4. finished back, add $120
                               (hardware not included)                      5. adjustable leveling glides,
                               BC84: five adjustable shelves, one fixed     add $53
                               BC72: four adjustable shelves, one fixed     .
                               BC60: four adjustable shelves
                               BC48: three adjustable shelves
                               BC36: two adjustable shelves
                               BC30: one adjustable shelf

                               Heavy Duty Shelf                             S80-5                            34   11    1   9                   41




                               Standard Features                            Specify Options
                               solid wood core                              1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                            10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                            2. finish*
                                                                            .
Wellington




128            How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                    Wellington


STORAGE/WARDROBES   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                            W    D     H     WT    WOM              WSM                WLM
                    30"w Wardrobe Unit                         WD8030                           30   19¾   77¼   215   1934             1993                1993




                    Standard Features                          Specify Options
                    top shaped all sides                       1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                    one fixed shelf and pull-out coat hanger   10% upcharge) veneer*
                    hinge door swings 180 degrees              2. finish*
                                                               3. wellington, westminster
                                                               or windsor molding*
                                                               4. hardware/finish*
                                                               5. locking doors, add $43
                                                               6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                               swing, no upcharge
                                                               .




                    30"w Storage Unit                          WD8030S                          30   19¾   77¼   300   2093             2151                2151




                    Standard Features                          Specify Options
                    top shaped all sides                       1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                    one fixed shelf                            10% upcharge) veneer*
                    four adjustable shelves                    2. finish*
                    hinge door swings 180 degrees              3. wellington, westminster
                                                               or windsor molding*
                                                               4. hardware/finish*
                                                               5. locking doors, add $43
                                                               6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                               swing, no upcharge
                                                               .




                    30"w Storage/Wardrobe Unit                 WD8030BC                         30   19¾   77¼   300   2138             2197                2197




                    Standard Features                          Specify Options
                    top shaped all sides                       1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                    top shelf fixed                            10% upcharge) veneer*
                    four adjustable shelves on left            2. finish*
                    coat storage on right                      3. wellington, westminster
                    hinge door swings 180 degrees              or windsor molding*
                                                               4. hardware/finish*
                                                               5. locking door, add $43
                                                               6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                               swing, no upcharge
                                                               .




                                                                                                                                                                           Wellington




How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   129
                    processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                    EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                                Wellington


             STORAGE/WARDROBES   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                MODEL                            W    D     H     WT       WOM                   WSM                 WLM
                                 30"w Storage Unit with Four      WD8030S-4FS                      30   19¾   77¼   300      2340                   2394               2394
                                 Drawer Lateral File



                                 Standard Features                Specify Options
                                 top shaped all sides             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                 adjustable shelf                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                 hinge door                       2. finish*
                                 locking drawers                  3. wellington, westminster
                                 hinge door swings 180 degrees    or without molding*
                                                                  4. hardware/finish*
                                                                  5. locking door, add $43
                                                                  6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                  swing, no upcharge
                                                                  7. reinforced drawer
                                                                  bottom, add $53 each
                                                                  drawer
                                                                  .

                                 30"w Storage Unit with Three     WD8030S-3FS                      30   19¾   77¼   300      2258                   2313               2313
                                 Drawer Lateral File



                                 Standard Features                Specify Options
                                 top shaped all sides             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                 adjustable shelf                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                 hinge door                       2. finish*
                                 locking drawers                  3. wellington, westminster
                                 hinge door swings 180 degrees    or without molding*
                                                                  4. hardware/finish*
                                                                  5. locking door, add $43
                                                                  6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                  swing, no upcharge
                                                                  7. reinforced drawer
                                                                  bottom, add $53 each
                                                                  drawer
                                                                  .

                                 30"w Storage Unit with Two       WD8030S-2FS                      30   19¾   77¼   300      2170                   2225               2225
                                 Drawer Lateral File



                                 Standard Features                Specify Options
                                 top shaped all sides             1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                 adjustable shelf                 10% upcharge) veneer*
                                 hinge door                       2. finish*
                                 locking drawers                  3. wellington, westminster
                                 hinge door swings 180 degrees    or without molding*
                                                                  4. hardware/finish*
                                                                  5. locking door, add $43
                                                                  6. 90 degree hinge door
                                                                  swing, no upcharge
                                                                  7. reinforced drawer
                                                                  bottom, add $43 each
                                                                  drawer
                                                                  .
Wellington




130            How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                  order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                  EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                 Wellington


LATERAL FILES    DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                   MODEL                             W    D      H    WT        PRICE
                 Four Drawer Lateral File                            8TLFD-4                          39    20¾   53¼   420       1583
                                                                     8TLFD-4N                         37     19    52   383       1432



                 Standard Features                                   Specify Options
                 top shaped all sides                                1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                 locking drawers                                     10% upcharge) veneer*
                 letter or legal filing capabilities, front to       2. finish*
                 back or side to side                                3. hardware/finish*
                 finished back                                       4. reinforced drawer
                 8TLFD-4N: without top                               bottom, add $53 each
                                                                     drawer
                                                                     5. laminate top available, no
                                                                     upcharge
                                                                     .




                 Three Drawer Lateral File                           8TLFD-3                          39    20¾   49    280       1266
                                                                     8TLFD-3N                         37     19   47    255       1115



                 Standard Features                                   Specify Options
                 top shaped all sides                                1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                 locking drawers                                     10% upcharge) veneer*
                 letter or legal filing capabilities, front to       2. finish*
                 back or side to side                                3. hardware/finish*
                 finished back                                       4. reinforced drawer
                 8TLFD-3N: without top                               bottom, add $53 each
                                                                     drawer
                                                                     5. laminate top available, no
                                                                     upcharge
                                                                     .




                 Two Drawer Lateral File                             2FD8036                           36   19¾    29   200       1103
                                                                     2FD8036N                         35½   19    27    190        974
                                                                     2FD8036NB                        34¼    18   23    170        844


                 Standard Features                                   Specify Options
                 top shaped all sides                                1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                 locking drawers                                     10% upcharge) veneer*
                 letter or legal filing capabilities, side to side   2. finish*
                 finished back                                       3. hardware/finish*
                 2FD8036N: without top                               4. reinforced drawer
                 2FD8036NB: without top/base                         bottom, add $53 each
                                                                     drawer
                                                                     5. laminate top available, no
                                                                     upcharge
                                                                     6. base, see page 107
                                                                     .


                 Lateral File Top                                    TU80114                          114   20¾   1¼    84         625
                                                                     TU8077                            77   20¾   1¼    64         275



                 Standard Features                                   Specify Options
                 top shaped all sides                                1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                     10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                     2. finish*
                                                                     3. laminate top available, no
                                                                     upcharge
                                                                     .

                                                                                                                                                                        Wellington




 How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   131
                 processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                 EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                              Wellington


             ACCESSORIES       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                MODEL                            W     D     H     WT                          PRICE
                               Keyboard Drawer with Flip        KBFD80-30                        29½   14½   4½    19                           181
                               Down Front



                               Standard Features                Specify Options
                               flip down front                  1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                2. finish*
                                                                .




                               Center Drawer                    CD8030                           29½   16½   2     23                           112




                               Standard Features                Specify Options
                               use in custom credenza           1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                2. finish*
                                                                .




                               Costumer                         CO8021                           20    20    71¾   20                           231




                               Standard Features                Specify Options
                                                                1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                                                10% upcharge) veneer*
                                                                2. finish*
                                                                .
Wellington




132            How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                    Wellington


OCCASIONAL TABLES   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W    D    H    WT                     PRICE
                    Coffee Table                              COFTQS8048                       48   20   16   65                      461




                    Standard Features                         Specify Options
                    top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                    flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   10% upcharge) veneer*
                    veneer is reverse slip-matched            2. finish*
                    shipped KD                                3. laminate top available, no
                                                              upcharge
                                                              .




                    End Table                                 STQS8028                         28   28   23   35                      392




                    Standard Features                         Specify Options
                    top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                    flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   10% upcharge) veneer*
                    veneer is reverse slip-matched            2. finish*
                    shipped KD                                3. laminate top available, no
                                                              upcharge
                                                              .




                    End Table                                 ETQS8028                         28   18   23   25                      357




                    Standard Features                         Specify Options
                    top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                    flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   10% upcharge) veneer*
                    veneer is reverse slip-matched            2. finish*
                    shipped KD                                3. laminate top available, no
                                                              upcharge
                                                              .




                                                                                                                                                                           Wellington




 How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   133
                    processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                    EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                                                                                      Wellington


             OCCASSIONAL TABLES        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                            W    D    H    WT                    PRICE
                                       Coffee Table                              COFT8048                         48   20   16   65                     421




                                       Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                       top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                   shown with
                                       flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   10% upcharge) veneer*
                   optional shelf
                                       veneer is reverse slip-matched            2. finish*
                                       shipped KD                                3. laminate top available, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 4. S80-3 shelf, add $72
                                                                                 .




                                       End Table                                 ST8028                           28   28   23   35                     358




                                       Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                       top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                                       flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   10% upcharge) veneer*
                                       veneer is reverse slip-matched            2. finish*
                      shown with       shipped KD                                3. laminate top available, no
                      optional shelf                                             upcharge
                                                                                 4. S80-2 shelf, add $66
                                                                                 .




                                       End Table                                 ET8028                           28   18   23   25                     339




                                       Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                       top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. walnut or cherry (cherry is
                  shown with           flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   10% upcharge) veneer*
                  optional shelf       veneer is reverse slip-matched            2. finish*
                                       shipped KD                                3. laminate top available, no
                                                                                 upcharge
                                                                                 4. S80-1 shelf, add $53
                                                                                 .
Wellington




134            How To Order:            Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                        order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                        EX: F8072.Walnut.Tuscany.Westminster Molding.Windsor Antique Brass
                                                                                                        Effective January 1, 2009




Walden




                                                                                                                                      Walden
How To Order
1. State Quantity

2. Specify Model Number

3. Select The Molding (if applicable):
   Walden WDM
   Without Molding WOM                    Federal Edge Profile                 Walden Hardware
                                          Accepts Laminate Top                 Antique Brass
4. Wood Species is Walnut.

   Select Standard Walnut Finish:
   Paprika
   Toffee
   Tuscany
   Amaretto
   Sienna
   Espresso
                                          Grommet                              Top Grommet               Optional End Panel Grommet
5. Specify Options                                                             Antique Brass             Antique Brass
                                          Standard for some items--
                                                                               Matte Black               Matte Black
   Listed by each product group are       check individual product section.
   options specific to those items.
   Options with an asterisk (*) are
   mandatory to make an order
   complete. Items without an asterisk
   will be made standard if not
   otherwise specified.

   Laminate Top Option:
   Black Granite L1
   Sandstone L2                           Walden Molding                       Without Molding
   Light Stone L3                         Use WDM pricing column on            Use WOM pricing column
   Greystone L4                           following pages.                     on following pages.
   Call Jofco to verify matching finish
   laminate.

Example:
   (4) F4072.Walden Molding.Tuscany.




                                           Tackboard and Tasklight are
                                           Standard
                                           Tasklight is dark metallic silver




                                                                                                                                      135
                                                                                                                                                     Effective January 1, 2009




         Walden
Walden




         Materials                                                                     Tackboard Textile
         All exterior surfaces of cases are walnut.                                    Tackboards are standard on most overhead storage 36” and wider. Textile
                                                                                       selection can be found on www.jofco.com under Resource section.
         All wood is thoroughly air-seasoned before kiln drying and the moisture
         content is controlled to 6-8% at time of assembly.                            For overhead storage without tackboard, please indicate ‘no tackboard’
                                                                                       rather than leave blank. There is no change in price.
         All face veneers are flat cut and book-matched to ensure consistency of
         grain pattern. They are carefully selected for uniform appearance, figure     Modification Pricing
         and color.                                                                    Add modification pricing to list price.

         All top veneers are reverse slip-matched.                                     Grommet, field installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$15 each
         All tops, panels and drawer fronts are to be glued with moisture resistant
         resin glues in a hot plate press. All assembly glues shall be non-organic     Grommet, factory installed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$61 each
         and of polyvinyl acetate type.
                                                                                       Access slot in back panel
         Top Construction                                                              (2X” x 1Z”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$116
         Tops are 3-ply construction, 1Z" thick with hardwood rims.
                                                                                       Wall-access opening in back panel
         All tops are securely fastened to cabinets by screws driven through           (10” x 12”, 10” from floor) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$122
         interior framework.

         Case Construction                                                             Printer access slots in tops or back panels
         Construction is full mortise and tenon.                                       (17W” x 1W”) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137

         All panels are U” thick and 3-ply construction. Approach side of desk         Re-size standard tops or bases
         has a recessed middle back panel, securely fastened to each pedestal.         (shorter or narrower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$137
         Pedestals are enclosed at bottom by a X" base platform, securely fastened
         with screws.                                                                  Flat cut or reverse shaped tops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$149

         Arm slides are 3-ply construction. They are banded on the front and two       Modesty panels special lengths:
         sides with solid lumber.                                                      Up to 40” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$208
                                                                                       40” to 60” . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$363
         Drawer Construction
         All drawer fronts are 5-ply construction with poplar core. Veneer grain       Use of non-standard laminates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Call for Quote
         runs in a vertical direction.

         Drawer sides and backs are wood with top edges of sides completely rounded.

         Veneered bottoms are framed into grooves on four sides. Bottoms are
         then glued, stapled, and reinforced with
         hand-fitted glue blocks.

         All drawers are hand-fitted and equipped with heavy duty suspensions,
         which provide smooth, quiet, effortless closing.

         Center drawers are standard on all desks. A solid hardwood pencil tray is
         provided in all center drawers.

         Locking
         Central locking is standard in all desks.

         Locks on all desks are located in center drawer which locks both pedestal
         and center drawer.




 136
                                                                                    Effective January 1, 2009




Walden




                                                                                                                Walden
L Shape Configuration



Model Number   Description                                          Page    Price
SP4066R        Single Pedestal Desk (without molding)               139      1223
ER4050L        19X”d Return (without molding)                       140       937
               Workstation List Price                                      $2,160




Double Pedestal Conference Desk with Storage



Model Number   Description                                          Page    Price
CF4072         Double Pedestal Conference Desk (without molding)    139     $1478
CR4071-HD      Storage Credenza                                     142     $1434
40HUWD72       Overhead Storage with Wood Doors                     145     $1617
               Workstation List Price                                      $4,529




U Shape Configuration



Model Number   Description                                          Page    Price
SP4072L-36     Single Pedestal Conference Desk (walden molding)     139     $1546
EUT4048        Bridge Top                                           141      $345
CR402FDR       Open Corner Lateral File Credenza (walden molding)   142     $1346
               Workstation List Price                                      $3,237




                                                                                                                137
                                                                                          Effective January 1, 2009




         Walden
Walden




         Double Pedestal Desk with Storage



         Model Number          Description                               Page     Price
         T4072-36              Work Table                                140     $1078
         2FD4031NB (Qty 2)     File/File Pedestal                        149     $1344
         HD4031NB              Hinge Door Pedestal                       149      $560
         TU4091                Modular Top                               150      $340
         BU4090                Modular Base                              150      $284
         HUDGR4047NB (Qty 2)   Modular Storage Unit with Grilled Doors   147     $1590
         HU4047NB              30” w Open Modular Storage                147      $556
         TU4088-14             Modular Storage Top                       147      $321
                               Workstation List Price                           $6,073




 138
                                                                                                                                                            Walden


DESKS                 DESCRIPTION/NOTES                       MODEL                           W    D    H    WT         WOM                             WDM
                      Double Pedestal Conference              CF4072                          72   36   29   335        1478                             1609
                      Desk                                    CF4072-QSP                      72   36   29   335 -                                       1609




                                                                                                                                                                             Walden
                      Standard Features                       Specify Options
                      top shaped all sides                    1. finish*
                      locking drawers                         2. walden molding or

                QSP
                      box/file drawer                         without molding*
                      file drawer styled as two box drawers   3. laminate top available, no
                      letter/legal filing, side to side       upcharge
                      center drawer                           .
                      arm slide writing shelf                 CF4072-QSP is available in
                      adjustable levelers/glides              walnut wood species with
                      chassis size: 66 x 30                   walden molding and your
                      kneespace width: 29                     choice of standard finish in
                      kneespace height: 24⅝                   15 working days
                      front overhang: 6

                      Double Pedestal Desk                    F4072                           72   36   29   333        1660                             1791
                                                              F4066-30                        66   30   29   305        1397                             1529



                      Standard Features                       Specify Options
                      top shaped all sides                    1. finish*
                      locking drawers                         2. walden molding or
                      box/file drawer                         without molding*
                      file drawer styled as two box drawers   3. laminate top available, no
                      letter/legal filing, side to side       upcharge
                      center drawer                           .
                      arm slide writing shelf
                      adjustable levelers/glides
                      F4072 kneespace width: 30½
                      F4066-30 kneespace width: 29
                      kneespace height: 24⅝


                      Single Pedestal Conference Desk SP4072L-36                              72   36   29   340        1414                             1546
                                                      SP4072R-36                              72   36   29   340        1414                             1546
                                                      SP4072L-36-QSP                          72   36   29   340 -                                       1546
                                                      SP4072R-36-QSP                          72   36   29   340 -                                       1546

                      Standard Features                       Specify Options
                      top shaped all sides                    1. finish*
                      locking drawers                         2. walden molding or
        left shown
                      box/file drawer                         without molding*
                      file drawer styled as two box drawers   3. laminate top available, no

                QSP   letter/legal filing, side to side
                      center drawer
                                                              upcharge
                                                              .
                      arm slide writing shelf                 SP4072L-36- or R-36-QSP is
                      adjustable levelers/glides              available in walnut wood
                      chassis size: 72 x 30                   species with walden
                      kneespace width: 52½                    molding and your choice of
                      kneespace height: 24⅝                   standard finish in 15
                      front overhang: 7                       working days

                      Single Pedestal Desk                    SP4066L                         66   30   29   250        1223                             1354
                                                              SP4066R                         66   30   29   250        1223                             1354



                      Standard Features                       Specify Options
                      top shaped all sides                    1. finish*
                      locking drawers                         2. walden molding or
        left shown
                      box/file drawer                         without molding*
                      file drawer styled as two box drawers   3. laminate top available, no
                      letter/legal filing, side to side       upcharge
                      center drawer                           .
                      arm slide writing shelf
                      adjustable levelers/glides
                      kneespace width: 46½
                      kneespace height: 24⅝




How To Order:         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   139
                      processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                      EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                                   Walden


         DESKS                 DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                           W    D     H    WT                     PRICE
                               Work Table                               T4072-36                        72   36    29   150                    1078
                                                                        T4060-30                        60   30    29   109                     652
Walden




                               Standard Features                        Specify Options
                               top shaped all sides                     1. finish*
                               table tops are reverse slip-matched      2. laminate top available, no
                               two drawers                              upcharge
                               adjustable levelers/glides               .
                               kneespace height: 23½




         RETURNS               DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                           W    D     H    WT      WOM                             WDM
                               24"d Return                              ER4050L-24                      50   25½   29   183     1023                            1075
                                                                        ER4050R-24                      50   25½   29   183     1023                            1075
                                                                        ER4050L-24-QSP                  50   25½   29   183 -                                   1075
                                                                        ER4050R-24-QSP                  50   25½   29   183 -                                   1075

                               Standard Features                        Specify Options
                               use with 72”w or 66”w desk               1. finish*
            left shown         reverse shaped connecting end            2. walden molding or
                               rims are solid hardwood                  without molding*

                         QSP
                               box/box/file pedestal                    3. laminate top available, no
                               letter/legal filing, front to back       upcharge
                               kneespace wire management                .
                               3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening       ER4050L-24 or R-24-QSP is
                               with black trim insert (top center) of   available in walnut wood
                               modesty panel                            species with walden
                               adjustable levelers/glides               molding and your choice of
                               kneespace width: 28                      standard finish in 15
                               kneespace height: 27⅞                    working days

                               19-3/4"d Return                          ER4050L                         50   19¾   29   159      937                             990
                                                                        ER4050R                         50   19¾   29   159      937                             990



                               Standard Features                        Specify Options
                               use with 72” w or 66” w desk             1. finish*
            left shown         reverse shaped connecting end            2. walden molding or
                               rims are solid hardwood                  without molding*
                               box/box/file pedestal                    3. laminate top available, no
                               letter/legal filing, front to back       upcharge
                               kneespace wire management                .
                               3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening
                               with black trim insert (top center) of
                               modesty panel
                               adjustable levelers/glides
                               kneespace width: 28
                               kneespace height: 27⅞




140        How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                       Walden


BRIDGES          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                       MODEL                           W    D     H    WT                       PRICE
                 Bridge Top with Modesty Panel           EU4048-24                       48    24   29   92                        665
                                                         EU4048                          48   19¾   29   92                        652
                                                         EU4048-QSP                      48   19¾   29   92                        652




                                                                                                                                                                        Walden
                 Standard Features                       Specify Options
                 shaped two sides                        1. finish*

          QSP    reverse shaped connecting ends
                 veneer runs cross grain
                 rims are solid hardwood
                                                         2. laminate top available, no
                                                         upcharge
                                                         .
                 kneespace wire management               EU4048-QSP is available in
                 3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening      walnut wood species and
                 with black trim insert (top center of   your choice of standard
                 kneespace)                              finish in 15 working days




                 Bridge Top                              EUT4048-24                      48    24   1¼   52                        352
                                                         EUT4048                         48   19¾   1¼   50                        345



                 Standard Features                       Specify Options
                 shaped two sides                        1. finish*
                 reverse shaped connecting ends          2. laminate top available, no
                 veneer runs cross grain                 upcharge
                 rims are solid hardwood                 .




 How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   141
                 processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                 EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                                Walden


         CREDENZAS          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                           W     D     H    WT                   PRICE
                            Lateral File Credenza                     CR4071-4FD                       71   19¾   29   295                  1761
                                                                      CR4061-4FD                      60½   19¾   19   284                  1638
Walden




                            Standard Features                         Specify Options
                            top shaped all sides                      1. finish*
                            locking drawers                           2. laminate top available, no
                            file/file drawers                         upcharge
                            letter/legal filing, side to side         3. reinforced drawer
                            adjustable levelers/glides                bottom, add $53 each
                                                                      drawer
                                                                      .




                            Storage Credenza                          CR4071-HD                       71    19¾   29   260                  1434
                                                                      CR4071-HD-QSP                   71    19¾   29   260                  1434
                                                                      CR4066-HD                       66    19¾   29   255                  1409


                            Standard Features                         Specify Options
                            top shaped all sides                      1. finish*
                            locking drawers and doors                 2. laminate top available, no
                            box/file pedestals                        upcharge

                      QSP
                            letter/legal filing, front to back        .
                            hinged door compartment with adjustable   CR4071-HD-QSP is
                            shelf                                     available in walnut wood
                            adjustable levelers/glides                species and your choice of
                                                                      standard finish in 15
                                                                      working days




                            Kneespace Credenza                        CR4071-KS                       71    19¾   29   240                  1326
                                                                      CR4066-KS                       66    19¾   29   237                  1226



                            Standard Features                         Specify Options
                            top shaped all sides                      1. finish*
                            locking drawers                           2. laminate top available, no
                            box/file pedestals                        upcharge
                            letter/legal filing, front to back        .
                            kneespace wire management
                            3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening
                            with black trim insert (top center)
                            CR4071-KS kneespace width: 30
                            CR4066-KS kneespace width: 25
                            kneespace height: 27¾
                            adjustable levelers/glides


         CREDENZAS          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                           W     D     H    WT      WOM                           WDM
                            Open Corner Lateral File                  CR402FDL                        71    19¾   29   302     1293                          1346
                            Credenza                                  CR402FDR                        71    19¾   29   302     1293                          1346
                                                                      CR402FDL-QSP                    71    19¾   29   302 -                                 1346
                                                                      CR402FDR-QSP                    71    19¾   29   302 -                                 1346

                            Standard Features                         Specify Options
                            top shaped all sides                      1. finish*
                            locking drawers                           2. walden molding or
             left shown
                            30” lateral file                          without molding*
                            letter/legal filing, side to side         3. laminate top available, no
                            kneespace wire management                 upcharge
                      QSP   3½” x 1⅝ ” wire management opening
                            with black trim insert (top center) of
                                                                      4. reinforced drawer
                                                                      bottom, add $53 each
                            modesty panel                             drawer
                            adjustable levelers/glides                .
                                                                      CR402FDL or FDR-QSP is
                                                                      available in walnut wood
                                                                      species with walden
                                                                      molding and your choice of
                                                                      standard finish in 15
                                                                      working days




142        How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                             order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                             EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                              Walden


 CORNER UNITS           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                           W     D     H    WT                    PRICE
                        Freestanding Corner Unit                  CU4040-12FS                     40¼   19¾   29   250                   1174




                                                                                                                                                                               Walden
                        Standard Features                         Specify Options
                        use with 19¾ ” deep returns, bridges or   1. finish*
                        modular credenzas                         2. laminate top available, no
                        top shaped all sides                      upcharge
                        2” top grommet                            .
                        3½” x 1⅝ ” grommet top center of each
                        back panel




                        Corner Unit                               CU4040-12                       40¼   19¾   29   250                   1107




                        Standard Features                         Specify Options
                        use with 19¾ ” deep returns, bridges or   1. finish*
                        modular credenzas                         2. laminate top available, no
                        top shaped all sides                      upcharge
                        2” top grommet                            .
                        connecting on left and right
                        3½” x 1⅝ ” grommet top center of each
                        back panel




                        Corner Unit                               CU4040-12L                      40¼   19¾   29   250                   1118
                                                                  CU4040-12R                      40¼   19¾   29   250                   1118




left shown              Standard Features                         Specify Options
                        CU4040-12L: use with 19¾ ”d returns,      1. finish*
                        bridges or modular credenzas connecting   2. laminate top available, no
                        on the left                               upcharge
                        CU4040-12R: use with 19¾ ”d returns,      .
                        bridges or modular credenzas connecting
                        on the right
                        top shaped all sides
                        3½” x 1⅝ ” grommet top center of each
                        back panel




 COMPUTER/PRINTER STAND DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                           W     D     H    WT                    PRICE
                        Computer/Printer Stand                    CRT4038FSM                      38¾   23¼   29   131                    806
                                                                  CRT4038FS                       38¾   23¼   29   131                    723



                        Standard Features                         Specify Options
                        top shaped all sides                      1. finish*
CRT4038FS shown         fixed inside shelf                        .
                        access slot across top of back panel
                        CRT4038FS: without casters
                        CRT4038FSM: with casters




   How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   143
                        processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                        EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                                                                      Walden


          OVERHEAD STORAGE                         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                          W    D     H     WT      A/COM        B      C      D       E      F      G      H
                                                   Overhead Storage for Credenza BOS4069 (DRWD)                              71   19¾   48¼   250     1798        1798   1798 1839 1848 1857 1876 1895
                                                                                 BOS4069-QSP                                 71   19¾   48¼   250 -           -          1798 -   -     -   -     -
                                                                                 BOS4069 (DLWD)                              71   19¾   48¼   250     1693        1693   1693 1734 1743 1753 1771 1790
Walden




                                                   Standard Features                          Specify Options
                                                   fits on a 71” credenza                     1. finish*
                                                   depth of end panel is 18”                  2. tackboard textiles, see
                                                   adjustable shelves                         www.jofco.com*
                                                   inside dimensions: 24”h x 16 ”d            3. locking doors, add $85

                                 QSP               tackboard and tasklights standard
                                                   DRWD: doors with molding
                                                                                              .
                                                                                              BOS4069-QSP is available in
                                                   DLWD: doors without molding                walnut wood species with
                                                                                              walden molding and your
                 32 7/8”                 32 7/8”                                              choice of standard finish in
                                                                                              15 working days
         top view, inside measurements




                                                   Overhead Storage for Credenza BOS4069 (NDR)                               71   19¾   48¼   237     1542        1542   1542   1583    1592   1602   1620   1640




                                                   Standard Features                          Specify Options
                                                   fits on a 71” credenza                     1. finish*
                                                   depth of end panel is 18”                  2. tackboard textiles, see
                                                   adjustable shelves                         www.jofco.com*
                                                   inside dimensions: 24”h x 16 ”d            .
                                                   tackboard and tasklights standard
                 32 7/8”                 32 7/8”
                                                   NDR: without doors

         top view, inside measurements




          WALL MOUNTED STORAGE                     DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                          W    D     H     WT                                PRICE
                                                   Wall Mounted Storage                       BB4072                         72   15    16    175                                724
                                                                                              BB4060                         60   15    16    163                                694
                                                                                              BB4036                         36   15    16    90                                 614
                                                                                              BB4030                         30   15    16    85                                 595

                                                   Standard Features                          Specify Options
                                                   does not match edge detail, straight cut   1. finish*
                                                   attaching hardware provided                2. top
                                                                                              3. valance BBLV (specify
                                                                                              length), add $2 per inch
                                                                                              4. top BBTU40 (specify
                                                                                              length), add $2 per inch
                                                                                              5. locking doors: BB4072
                                                                                              and BB4060 add $85,
                                                                                              BB4036 and BB4030 add
                                                                                              $43
                                                                                              .




144             How To Order:                       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                                    order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                                    EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                                                   Walden


 OVERHEAD STORAGE WITH DESCRIPTION/NOTES                                              MODEL                        W    D    H    WT    A/COM    B      C      D      E      F      G      H
 CORNICE TOP
                                          Open Overhead Storage                       40HU72                       72   13   50   195   1354    1354   1354   1377   1383   1388   1398   1409




                                                                                                                                                                                                   Walden
                                          Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                          top shaped three sides, back side flat      1. finish*
                                          1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. tackboard textiles, see
                                          panel                                       www.jofco.com*
                                          tackboard and tasklights standard           3. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                                      lights, add $229
                                                                                      4. glass shelves, add $123
  18 1/4”            28”        18 1/4”                                               .

top view, inside measurements




                                          Overhead Storage with Wood                  40HUWD72                     72   13   50   210   1617    1617   1617   1640   1645   1651   1661   1672
                                          Doors



                                          Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                          top shaped three sides, back side flat      1. finish*
                                          1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. tackboard textiles, see
                                          panel                                       www.jofco.com*
                                          tackboard and tasklights standard           3. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                      .

  18 1/4”            28”        18 1/4”



top view, inside measurements




                                          Overhead Storage with Grilled               40HUGR72                     72   13   50   210   1617    1617   1617   1640   1645   1651   1661   1672
                                          Doors



                                          Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                          top shaped three sides, back side flat      1. finish*
                                          1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. tackboard textiles, see
                                          panel                                       www.jofco.com*
                                          tackboard and tasklights standard           3. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                                      lights, add $229
                                                                                      4. glass shelves, add $123
  18 1/4”            28”        18 1/4”                                               5. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                      .
top view, inside measurements




                                          Overhead Storage with Glass                 40HUGL72                     72   13   50   210   1617    1617   1617   1640   1645   1651   1661   1672
                                          Doors



                                          Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                          top shaped three sides, back side flat      1. finish*
                                          1” wire access slot across bottom of back   2. tackboard textiles, see
                                          panel                                       www.jofco.com*
                                          tackboard and tasklights standard           3. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                                      lights, add $229
                                                                                      4. glass shelves, add $123
  18 1/4”            28”        18 1/4”                                               5. locking doors, add $128
                                                                                      .
top view, inside measurements




    How To Order:                         Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order     145
                                          processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                          EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                                Walden


         STEP-UP OVERHEAD   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                           MODEL                        W    D    H    WT   A/COM   B     C     D      E       F      G        H
         STORAGE
                            Step-Up Open Overhead                       HU4023NB                     29   13   47   78    722    722   722   745   750    756     767       777
                            Storage
Walden




                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                            tackboard and tasklights standard           1. finish*
                            open area is 27½” w x 21¼ ” h               2. tackboard textiles, see
                            upper shelf adjustable                      www.jofco.com*
                            lower shelf fixed                           3. glass shelves & halogen
                            1” wire access slot across bottom of back   lights, add $115
                            panel                                       4. glass shelves, add $40
                                                                        .




                            Step-Up Overhead Storage with HUWD4023NB                                 29   13   47   90    951    951   951   974   980    985     996   1006
                            Wood Doors



                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                            tackboard and tasklights standard           1. finish*
                            open area is 27½”w x 21¼ ”h                 2. tackboard textiles, see
                            one adjustable shelf                        www.jofco.com*
                                                                        3. locking doors, add $43
                                                                        .




                            Step-Up Overhead Storage with HUDGR4023NB                                29   13   47   85    951    951   951   974   980    985     996   1006
                            Grilled Doors



                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                            tackboard and tasklights standard           1. finish*
                            open area is 27½”w x 21¼ ” h                2. tackboard textiles, see
                            one adjustable shelf                        www.jofco.com*
                            1” wire access slot across bottom of back   3. glass shelves & halogen
                            panel                                       lights, add $115
                                                                        4. glass shelves, add $40
                                                                        5. locking doors, add $43
                                                                        .




                            Step-Up Overhead Storage with HUDGL4023NB                                29   13   47   90    951    951   951   974   980    985     996   1006
                            Glass Doors



                            Standard Features                           Specify Options
                            tackboard and tasklights standard           1. finish*
                            open area is 27½” w x 21¼ ”h                2. tackboard textiles, see
                            one adjustable shelf                        www.jofco.com*
                            1” wire access slot across bottom of back   3. glass shelves & halogen
                            panel                                       lights, add $115
                                                                        4. glass shelves, add $40
                                                                        5. locking doors, add $43
                                                                        .




146        How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                             order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                             EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                              Walden


MODULAR STORAGE UNITS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                        MODEL                        W      D   H    WT                         PRICE
                        Open Modular Storage Unit                HU4047NB                     29    13   47   83                          556




                                                                                                                                                                               Walden
                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        two adjustable shelves                   1. finish*
                                                                 2. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                 lights, add $152
                                                                 3. glass shelves, add $78
                                                                 .




                        Modular Storage Unit with                HUWD4047NB                   29    13   47   95                          795
                        Wood Doors



                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        two adjustable shelves                   1. finish*
                                                                 2. locking doors, add $43
                                                                 .




                        Modular Storage Unit with                HUDGR4047NB                  29    13   47   90                          795
                        Grilled Doors



                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        two adjustable shelves                   1. finish*
                                                                 2. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                 lights, add $152
                                                                 3. glass shelves, add $78
                                                                 4. locking doors, add $43
                                                                 .




                        Modular Storage Unit with Glass HUDGL4047NB                           29    13   47   95                          795
                        Doors



                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        two adjustable shelves                   1. finish*
                                                                 2. glass shelves & halogen
                                                                 lights, add $152
                                                                 3. glass shelves, add $78
                                                                 4. locking doors, add $43
                                                                 .




                        Modular Storage Top                      TU40118-14                   120   13   1¼   43                          537
                                                                 TU4088-14                    90½   13   1¼   35                          321
                                                                 TU4059-14                    60    13   1¼   28                          208
                                                                 TU4029-14                    31    13   1¼   15                          126

                        Standard Features                        Specify Options
                        used to make floor-based bookcases       1. finish*
                        top shaped three sides, back side flat   .
                        TU40118-14: use with four bookcases
                        TU4088-14: use with three bookcases
                        TU4059-14: use with two bookcases
                        TU4029-14: use with one bookcase




How To Order:           Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   147
                        processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                        EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                                     Walden


         MODULAR STORAGE UNITS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                     MODEL               W      D     H     WT                                 PRICE
                                 Modular Base                          BU4088-14            90   13     4      23                                 261
                                                                       BU4059-14           60    13     4      17                                 196
                                                                       BU4030-14           30    13     4      10                                 129
Walden




                                 Standard Features                     Specify Options
                                 used to make floor-based bookcases    1. finish*
                                 shaped three sides, back side flat    .
                                 BU4088-14: use with three bookcases
                                 BU4059-14: use with two bookcases
                                 BU4030-14: use with one bookcase




                                 Modular Storage Cornice Top           HT4091              88½   13¾     3     20                                 294
                                                                       HT4061              59½   13¾     3     13                                 198
                                                                       HT4031              30½   13¾     3      9                                 132


                                 Standard Features                       Specify Options
                                 use on overhead storage units when      1. finish*
                                 placed on top of credenzas or modular   .
                                 units
                                 top shaped three sides, back side flat
                                 HT4091: use with two or three bookcases
                                 HT4061: use with two bookcases
                                 HT4031: use with one bookcase




                                 Overhead Storage Filler Panel         HFP4029             29     13           10                                 112




                                 Standard Features                     Specify Options
                                 use with HT4091 and two bookcases     1. finish*
                                                                       .




148        How To Order:          Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                  order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                  EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                           Walden


MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                    MODEL                           W     D     H     WT                        PRICE
                     Open Pedestal                        B4031                            31   19¾    29   105                        623
                                                          B4031N                          30    19    27     85                        510
                                                          B4031NB                         29     18   23½    71                        395




                                                                                                                                                                            Walden
                     Standard Features                    Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                 1. finish*
                     adjustable levelers/glides           2. laminate top available, no
                     one adjustable shelf                 upcharge
                     B4031N: without top                  .
                     B4031NB: without top/base




                     Box/Box/File Pedestal                FD4031                           31   19¾    29   142                        900
                                                          FD4031N                         30    19    27    122                        786
                                                          FD4031NB                        29     18   23½   108                        672


                     Standard Features                    Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                 1. finish*
                     locking drawers                      2. laminate top available, no
                     letter/legal filing, side to side    upcharge
                     adjustable levelers/glides           3. reinforced drawer
                     FD4031N: without top                 bottom, add $53 each
                     FD4031NB: without top/base           .




                     File/File Pedestal                   2FD4031                          31   19¾    29   141                        900
                                                          2FD4031N                        30    19    27    121                        786
                                                          2FD4031NB                       29     18   23½   107                        672


                     Standard Features                    Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                 1. finish*
                     locking drawers                      2. laminate top available, no
                     letter/legal filing, side to side    upcharge
                     adjustable levelers/glides           3. reinforced drawer
                     2FD4031N: without top                bottom, add $53 each
                     2FD4031NB: without top/base          .




                     Hinge Door Pedestal                  HD4031                           31   19¾    29   122                        787
                                                          HD4031N                         30    19    27    102                        675
                                                          HD4031NB                        29     18   23½   88                         560


                     Standard Features                    Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                 1. finish*
                     one adjustable shelf                 2. laminate top available, no
                     adjustable levelers/glides           upcharge
                     locking doors                        .
                     HD4031N: without top
                     HD4031NB: without top/base




                     Box/Box/File Pedestal                F4020                           21¼   19¾    29   101                        711
                                                          F4020N                          21    19    27    93                         578
                                                          F4020NB                         21     18   23½   81                         495


                     Standard Features                    Specify Options
                     top shaped all sides                 1. finish*
                     locking drawers                      2. laminate top available, no
                     letter/legal filing, front to back   upcharge
                     adjustable levelers/glides           .
                     F4020N: without top
                     F4020NB: without top/base




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   149
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                                  Walden


         MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                       MODEL                           W      D     H    WT                    PRICE
                              File/File Pedestal                      2F4020                          21¼   19¾    29   102                    711
                                                                      2F4020N                         21    19    27     92                    578
                                                                      2F4020NB                        21     18   23½    80                    495
Walden




                              Standard Features                       Specify Options
                              top shaped all sides                    1. finish*
                              locking drawers                         2. laminate top available, no
                              file/file pedestal                      upcharge
                              letter/legal filing, front to back      .
                              adjustable levelers/glides
                              2F4020N: without top
                              2F4020NB: without top/base




                              Modular Top                             TU40120                         120   19¾   1¾    91                     600
                                                                      TU4091                          90½   19¾   1¼    76                     340
                                                                      TU4071                           71   19¾   1¼    56                     263
                                                                      TU4066                           66   19¾   1¼    52                     219
                                                                      TU4061                          60½   19¾   1¼    48                     209
                                                                      TU4036                          35½   19¾   1¼    23                     144
                                                                      TU4031                          31½   19¾   1¼    20                     130
                                                                      TU4020                          21    19¾   1¼    15                     124
                              Standard Features                        Specify Options
                              top shaped all sides                     1. finish*
                              TU40120: use with four 31” modular units .
                              TU4091: use with three 31” modular units
                              TU4071: use with two 20” and one 31”
                              modular units or two 36” lateral files
                              TU4066: use with miscellaneous units
                              TU4061: use with two 31” or three 20”
                              modular units
                              TU4031: use with one 31” modular unit
                              TU4020: use with one 20” modular unit




                              Modular Base                            BU4090                           90   19    4     34                     284
                                                                      BU4071                          69¾   19    4     26                     227
                                                                      BU4070                          70½   19    4     26                     227
                                                                      BU4061                          60¾   19    4     22                     203
                                                                      BU4060                          60½   19    4     22                     203
                                                                      BU4031                          30¾   19    4     14                     131
                                                                      BU4020                           21   19    4     12                      96
                              Standard Features                           Specify Options
                              BU4090: use with three 31” modular units 1. finish*
                              BU4071: use with two 36” lateral file units .
                              BU4070: use with two 20” and one 31”
                              modular units
                              BU4061: use with three 20” modular units
                              BU4060: use with two 31” modular units
                              BU4031: use with one 31” modular unit
                              BU4020: use with one 20” modular unit




                              Modular Center Support Panel            PE4011                          11     1    27    14                     154




                              Standard Features                       Specify Options
                              used in making credenzas and            1. finish*
                              workstations                            .
                              use one one for spans between 48-72”;
                              use two for spans over 72”




150        How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                               order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                               EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                           Walden


MODULAR COMPONENTS   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL             W     D      H    WT                                 PRICE
                     Modesty Panel                             MP4030            29         27      24                                 193




                                                                                                                                                                            Walden
                     Standard Features                         Specify Options
                     used in making credenzas and              1. finish*
                     workstations                              .
                     use in place of a 31” modular unit




                     Modesty Panel                             MP4029            28         27      23                                 189




                     Standard Features                         Specify Options
                     use in place of a 31” modular unit with   1. finish*
                     end panel                                 .




                     Modular End Panel                         PE4028            18    1    27¾     14                                 163
                                                               PE4028L           18    1    27¾     14                                 165
                                                               PE4028R           18    1    27¾     14                                 165


                     Standard Features                         Specify Options
                     PE4028: used in making freestanding       1. finish*
                     credenzas                                 .
                     PE4028L or R: used in making handed
                     credenzas




How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   151
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                               Walden


         STORAGE UNITS     DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                        W     D   H    WT                       PRICE
                           Open Storage Unit                          BC40-1                       31   13   53   108                       788
Walden




                           Standard Features                          Specify Options
                           top & base shaped three sides, back side   1. finish*
                           flat                                       2. glass shelves & halogen
                           two adjustable shelves                     lights, add $152
                                                                      3. glass shelves, add $78
                                                                      .




                           Storage Unit with Wood Doors               BCWD40-1                     31   13   53   118                      1052




                           Standard Features                          Specify Options
                           top & base shaped three sides, back side   1. finish*
                           flat                                       2. locking doors, add $43
                           two adjustable shelves                     .




                           Storage Unit with Grilled Doors BCGR40-1                                31   13   53   115                      1052




                           Standard Features                          Specify Options
                           top & base shaped three sides, back side   1. finish*
                           flat                                       2. glass shelves & halogen
                           two adjustable shelves                     lights, add $152
                                                                      3. glass shelves, add $78
                                                                      4. locking doors, add $43
                                                                      .




                           Storage Unit with Glass Doors              BCGL40-1                     31   13   53   120                      1052




                           Standard Features                          Specify Options
                           top & base shaped three sides, back side   1. finish*
                           flat                                       2. glass shelves & halogen
                           two adjustable shelves                     lights, add $152
                                                                      3. glass shelves, add $78
                                                                      4. locking doors, add $43
                                                                      .




152        How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                            order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                            EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                        Walden


BOOKCASES         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                            W     D    H   WT                  PRICE
                  Open Bookcase with Shaped                    BC4084                           36   12   84   143                  902
                  Front Top                                    BC4072                           36   12   72   130                  820
                                                               BC4060                           36   12   60   104                  717
                                                               BC4048                           36   12   48    96                  595




                                                                                                                                                                         Walden
                                                               BC4036                           36   12   36    72                  527
                                                               BC4030                           36   12   30    61                  463
                  Standard Features                            Specify Options
                  tops shaped front only                       1. finish*
                  unfinished back consists of black            2. heavy duty S40-5 shelves,
                  composite material                           add $41 each
                  properly secure to prevent tipping,          3. finished back, add $120
                  (hardware not included)                      4. adjustable leveling glides,
                  BC4084: five adjustable shelves, one fixed   add $53
                  shelf                                        .
                  BC4072: four adjustable shelves, one fixed
                  shelf
                  BC4060: four adjustable shelves
                  BC4048: three adjustable shelves
                  BC4036: two adjustable shelves
                  BC4030: one adjustable shelf

                  Open Bookcase with Flat-                     BC84                             36   12   84   143                  720
                  Rimmed Top                                   BC72                             36   12   72   130                  657
                                                               BC60                             36   12   60   104                  571
                                                               BC48                             36   12   48   96                   475
                                                               BC36                             36   12   36   72                   398
                                                               BC30                             36   12   30   61                   350
                  Standard Features                            Specify Options
                  ¾ ” thick flat-rimmed top                    1. veneer*
                  ¾ ” adjustable shelves                       2. finish*
                  unfinished back consists of black            3. heavy duty S40-5 shelves,
                  composite material                           add $41 each
                  properly secure to prevent tipping,          4. finished back, add $120
                  (hardware not included)                      5. adjustable leveling glides,
                  BC84: five adjustable shelves, one fixed     add $53
                  BC72: four adjustable shelves, one fixed     .
                  BC60: four adjustable shelves
                  BC48: three adjustable shelves
                  BC36: two adjustable shelves
                  BC30: one adjustable shelf

                  QSP Open Bookcase with Flat-                 BC84-QSP                         36   12   84   143                  720
                  Rimmed Top                                   BC72-QSP                         36   12   72   130                  657
                                                               BC60-QSP                         36   12   60   104                  571
                                                               BC48-QSP                         36   12   48   96                   475

                  Standard Features                            Specify Options
                  ¾ ” thick flat-rimmed top                    1. veneer*
                  ¾ ” adjustable shelves                       2. finish*
                  unfinished back consists of black            .
                  composite material                           available in walnut, cherry
                  properly secure to prevent tipping,          or maple wood species and
                  (hardware not included)                      your choice of standard
                  BC84: five adjustable shelves, one fixed     finish in 15 working days

            QSP   BC72: four adjustable shelves, one fixed
                  BC60: four adjustable shelves
                  BC48: three adjustable shelves



                  Heavy Duty Shelf                             S40-5                            34   11    1   9                    41




                  Standard Features                            Specify Options
                  1” heavy duty                                1. finish*
                                                               .




How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   153
                  processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                  EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                                 Walden


         STORAGE/WARDROBES   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                          MODEL                       W    D     H     WT                      PRICE
                             Storage/Wardrobe Unit                      WD4030BC                    30   19¾   77¼   300                     2138
Walden




                             Standard Features                          Specify Options
                             top shaped all sides                       1. finish*
                             top shelf fixed                            2. locking doors, add $43
                             four adjustable shelves on left            3. 90 degree hinged door
                             coat storage on right                      swing, no upcharge
                             hinged doors swing 180 degrees             .
                             adjustable levelers/glides




                             Storage Unit                               WD4030S                     30   19¾   77¼   300                     2093




                             Standard Features                          Specify Options
                             top shaped all sides                       1. finish*
                             one fixed and four adjustable shelves      2. locking doors, add $43
                             hinged doors swing 180 degrees             3. 90 degree hinged door
                             adjustable levelers/glides                 swing, no upcharge
                                                                        .




                             Wardrobe Unit                              WD4030                      30   19¾   77¼   215                     1934




                             Standard Features                          Specify Options
                             top shaped all sides                       1. finish*
                             one fixed shelf and pull out coat hanger   2. locking doors, add $43
                             hinged doors swing 180 degrees             3. 90 degree hinged door
                             adjustable levelers/glides                 swing, no upcharge
                                                                        .




154        How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                              order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                              EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                        Walden


LATERAL FILES     DESCRIPTION/NOTES                               MODEL                            W    D      H    WT             PRICE
                  Four Drawer Lateral File                        4TLFD-4                         39    20¾   53¼   420            1583
                                                                  4TLFD-4N                        37     19    52   383            1432




                                                                                                                                                                         Walden
                  Standard Features                               Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                            1. finish*
                  locking drawers                                 2. reinforced drawer
                  letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   bottom, add $53 each
                  side                                            drawer
                  adjustable levelers/glides                      .
                  4TLFD-4N: without top




                  Three Drawer Lateral File                       4TLFD-3                         39    20¾   49    280            1266
                                                                  4TLFD-3N                        37     19   47    255            1115



                  Standard Features                               Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                            1. finish*
                  locking drawers                                 2. reinforced drawer
                  letter/legal filing, front to back or side to   bottom, add $53 each
                  side                                            drawer
                  adjustable levelers/glides                      .
                  4TLFD-3N: without top




                  Two Drawer Lateral File                         2FD4036                          36   19¾    29   200            1103
                                                                  2FD4036-QSP                      36   19¾    29   200            1103
                                                                  2FD4036N                        35½   19    27    190             974
                                                                  2FD4036NB                       34¼    18   23½   170             844

                  Standard Features                               Specify Options
                  top shaped all sides                            1. finish*

            QSP
                  locking drawers                                 2. laminate top available, no
                  file/file pedestal                              upcharge
                  letter/legal filing, side to side               3. reinforced drawer
                  adjustable levelers/glides                      bottom, add $53 each
                  2FD4036N: without top                           drawer
                  2FD4036NB: without top/base                     .
                                                                  2FD4036-QSP is available in
                                                                  walnut wood species and
                                                                  your choice of standard
                                                                  finish in 15 working days


                  Lateral File Top                                TU40114                         114   20¾   1¼    75              582
                                                                  TU4077                           77   20¾   1¼    64              284



                  Standard Features                               Specify Options
                  TU40114: use with three lateral files           1. finish*
                  TU4077: use with two lateral files              .




 How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   155
                  processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                  EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                               Walden


         ACCESSORIES       DESCRIPTION/NOTES                MODEL                    W      D     H     WT                                 PRICE
                           Keyboard Drawer                  KBFD40-30               29½    14½    4½     19                                 181
Walden




                           Standard Features                Specify Options
                           use with CR4071-KS               1. finish*
                           flip front drawer                .




                           Center Drawer                    CD4030                  29½    16½    2      23                                 112




                           Standard Features                Specify Options
                           used in custom credenzas only    1. finish*
                                                            .




                           Costumer                         CO4021                   20     20   71¾     20                                 224




                           Standard Features                Specify Options
                                                            1. finish*
                                                            .




156        How To Order:    Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                            order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                            EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                           Walden


OCCASSIONAL TABLES   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                           W    D    H    WT                      PRICE
                     Coffee Table                              COFTQS8048                      48   20   16   65                       461




                                                                                                                                                                            Walden
                     Standard Features                         Specify Options
                     top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. finish*
                     flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   2. laminate top available, no
                     veneer is reverse slip-matched            upcharge
                     shipped KD                                .




                     End Table                                 STQS8028                        28   28   23   35                       392




                     Standard Features                         Specify Options
                     top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. finish*
                     flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   2. laminate top available, no
                     veneer is reverse slip-matched            upcharge
                     shipped KD                                .




                     End Table                                 ETQS8028                        28   18   23   25                       357




                     Standard Features                         Specify Options
                     top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. finish*
                     flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   2. laminate top available, no
                     veneer is reverse slip-matched            upcharge
                     shipped KD                                .




 How To Order:       Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   157
                     processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                     EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                                       Walden


         OCCASIONAL TABLES         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                           W    D    H    WT                     PRICE
                                   Coffee Table                              COFT8048                        48   20   16   65                      421
Walden




                                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                   top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. finish*
               shown with          flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   2. laminate top available, no
               optional shelf      veneer is reverse slip-matched            upcharge
                                   shipped KD                                3. S80-3 shelf, add $72
                                                                             .




                                   End Table                                 ST8028                          28   28   23   35                      358




                                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                   top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. finish*
                                   flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   2. laminate top available, no
                                   veneer is reverse slip-matched            upcharge
                  shown with       shipped KD                                3. S80-2 shelf, add $66
                  optional shelf                                             .




                                   End Table                                 ET8028                          28   18   23   25                      339




                                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                   top is 1¼ ” thick, 3-ply construction     1. finish*
              shown with           flat cut, book-matched vertical veneers   2. laminate top available, no
              optional shelf       veneer is reverse slip-matched            upcharge
                                   shipped KD                                3. S80-1 shelf, add $53
                                                                             .




158        How To Order:            Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                    order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                    EX: F4072.Sienna.Walden Molding.
                                                                                                                                                   Accessories


KEYBOARD STORAGE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                         W     D     H                        PRICE
                   Articulating Keyboard                     AKB-30MPWP                    22    17¼   6                         262




                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                   standard black keyboard shelf             .
                   leveler controlled
                   slide mouse pad (L or R)




                                                                                                                                                                          Accessories
                   Articulating Keyboard                     EZR-22KBW                     22    17¾   6                         143
                                                             EZR-22KBP                     22    17¾   6                         143



                   Standard Features                             Specify Options
                   EZR-22KBW: wood keyboard shelf, tilt          .
                   control EZ riser and hinged mouse pad (L
                   or R)
                   EZR-22KBP: standard black keyboard
                   shelf, tilt control EZ riser and hinged mouse
                   pad (L or R)




                   Curved Keyboard Shelf                     EZR-22CS                      26    17¾   6                         176




                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                   use on curved corner credenzas and corner .
                   units
                   standard black keyboard shelf




                   Pull-out Keyboard Drawer                  KBD4470D                      24¼   17    4                         126




                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                   slide-out keyboard board tray with        .
                   standard black keyboard shelf and slide
                   mouse pad (L or R)
                   width of tray is 22”




                   Keyboard Drawer                           KBCD-30                        28   16    4½                        170
                                                             KBCD-26                       25¾   16    4½                        160



                   Standard Features                         Specify Options
                   use in desks and kneespace credenzas      1. walnut, cherry, or maple
                   sizes indicate necessary clearance for    veneer*
                   installation                              .




How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   159
                   processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                   EX: AKB-30MPWP
                                                                                                                                                                 Accessories


              LEATHER DESK PAD    DESCRIPTION/NOTES                      MODEL                          W      D   H                          PRICE
                                  Leather Desk Pad                       LDP-34                         34    20   ¼                           350
                                                                         LDP-22                         22    14   ¼                           315



                                  Standard Features                      Specify Options
                                  use on worksurfaces                    1. antique leather choices;
                                                                         blackberry, antique blue,
                                                                         navy, evergreen, rouge,
                                                                         walnut, brown, ebony
                                                                         2. absolute leather choices;
                                                                         vanilla, seafoam, greige
                                                                         3. accurate leather choices;
                                                                         ultramarine, austin, wet
                                                                         sand, plum, brown, black
                                                                         .
Accessories




              MONITOR ARM         DESCRIPTION/NOTES                      MODEL                          W      D   H                          PRICE
                                  Monitor Arm                            DC-M7122A                                                             733
                                                                         DC-M7122G                                                             646



                                  Standard Features                      Specify Options
                                  grommet mount                          .
                                  8” dynamic height adjustment
                                  6” static height adjustment
                                  DC-M7122A: polished aluminum
                                  DC-M7122G: graphite/black




              CPU HOLDER          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                      MODEL                          W      D   H                          PRICE
                                  CPU Holder                             DC-CPUH                                                               220




                                  Standard Features                          Specify Options
                                  slides easily and smoothly on nylon glides .
                                  in 16” track
                                  rotates 360 degrees for access to cables
                                  and ports
                                  mounts under work surface tops
                                  fits CPU’s 5” to 9½ ” wide by 12” to 22”
                                  high




              UNDER WORKSURFACE   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                      MODEL                          W      D   H                          PRICE
              FILING SYSTEM
                                  Under WorkSurface Filing               DC-WPF                         14¼   17   6                            56
                                  System



                                  Standard Features                      Specify Options
                                  attaches under work surfaces           .




160             How To Order:      Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                   order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                   EX: AKB-30MPWP
                                                                                                                                                   Accessories


HANGING CD RACK    DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                          W    D     H                     PRICE
                   Hanging CD Rack                              DC-CD RACK                     5    12¾   6¼                       8




                   Standard Features                            Specify Options
                   hangs in letter size file systems or under   .
                   work surface filing system




                                                                                                                                                                          Accessories
CUSTOM TACKBOARD   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                          W    D     H    ABC      DEF               GHI               JKL
                   Custom Tackboard, ** Call for                HTB-CUSTOM                                     19        20                23                26
                   Quote **



                   Standard Features                            Specify Options
                   custom tackboard                             1. minimum charge for any
                   prices per square foot                       size tackboard regardless of
                                                                fabric grade, $370
                                                                .




TASK LIGHTS        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                            MODEL                          W    D     H                     PRICE
                   Dark Metallic SilverTasklight                VT60-B                         58    7    1¼                     116
                                                                VT48-B                         48    7    1¼                     111
                                                                VT24-B                         24    7    1¼                      97


                   Standard Features                            Specify Options
                   attaches above workspace area on             .
                   overhead and wall hung storage units
                   length of cord 7’




 How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   161
                   processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                   EX: AKB-30MPWP
                                                                                                                                                                Accessories


              PAPER MANAGEMENT   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                 W      D    H                               PRICE
                                 Metal Paper Management Insert PM2015                            13¾   10    20                               253
                                 with Five Shelves



                                 Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                 black metal shelves                       .
                                 adjustment every ½ ”
Accessories




                                 Paper Management                          PM8617 (set of two)   17    11¾   17½                              294
                                                                           PM8617L               17    11¾   17½                              160
                                                                           PM8617R               17    11¾   17½                              160


                                 Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                 two adjustable metal shelves              .
                                 PM8617L: use on left side
                                 PM8617R: use on right side




              BRACKETS           DESCRIPTION/NOTES                         MODEL                 W      D    H                               PRICE
                                 Flat Metal Bracket                        10-FP                  8     3                                      11




                                 Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                 shipped with screws                       .
                                 connects tops of the same height
                                 one required for every 10” of top depth




                                 Angle Bracket                             6-AB                   6           2                                12




                                 Standard Features                         Specify Options
                                 shipped with screws                       .
                                 attaches tops to sides of modulars
                                 one required for every 10” of top depth




162             How To Order:     Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                  order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                  EX: AKB-30MPWP
                                                                                                                                                Accessories


GROMMETS        DESCRIPTION/NOTES                     MODEL                W      D     H                                    PRICE
                Work Surface Grommet                  WSG-3                3      3                                            61
                                                      WSG-2                2      2                                            61



                Standard Features                     Specify Options
                WSG-3: 2¾ diameter opening for wire   .
                management
                WSG-2: 1¾ diameter opening for wire
                management




                                                                                                                                                                       Accessories
                Rectangular Panel Grommet             RPG-4                4      2                                           156




                Standard Features                     Specify Options
                                                      .




                Wire Route Grommet                    PSG-17              17¼    1¾                                           137




                Standard Features                     Specify Options
                install on top or modesty panel       .
                horizontally
                black only




How To Order:   Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay order   163
                processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                EX: AKB-30MPWP
                                                                                                                                                                   Accessories


              J-SHAPE WIRE          DESCRIPTION/NOTES                             MODEL             W    D    H    WT                               PRICE
              MANAGEMENT
                                    "J" Shape Wire Manager, Metal                 MWM-60            60   2½   2½   25                                79
                                                                                  MWM-42            42   2½   2½   20                                67
                                                                                  MWM-24            24   2½   2½    5                                49


                                    Standard Features                        Specify Options
                                    management of power strips, wires, cable .
                                    and cords
Accessories




                                    "J" Shape Wire Manager, Plastic WM-2                            24   1    1½   10                                34




                                    Standard Features                             Specify Options
                                    management of wires, cables and cords         .




              WORKSURFACE POWER     DESCRIPTION/NOTES                             MODEL             W    D    H    WT                               PRICE
                                    Pull-Up Power Unit                            GP9ACU1-0403      2½   4    8¼   0                                 114




                                    Standard Features                             Specify Options
                                    easy access to electrical outlets at table-   .
                                    top height
                                    equipped with circuit breaker
                                    3 outlets
                                    6 ft cord
                                    UL listed
                                    field installed




              WORKSURFACE POWER &   DESCRIPTION/NOTES                             MODEL             W    D    H    WT                               PRICE
              DATA
                                    Work Surface Interact Power   GP9ACC1-0408                      8    4    2    0                                 203
                                    and Telecommunications Center



                                    Standard Features                           Specify Options
                                    two electrical outlets                      .
                                    one voice/data port
                                    voice/data adapter kit
                                    voice/data jacks & couplers sold separately
                                    6 ft, 15A/125V cord
                                    self closing lid (spring loaded)
                                    recesses in the bottom permit excess cord
                                    storage when unit is in use for extended
                                    time period
                                    field installed




164             How To Order:        Specify model number and options listed with each product section. Options marked with an asterisk are required. Failure to do so will delay
                                     order processing. Options without an asterisk will be made standard if not otherwise specified.
                                     EX: AKB-30MPWP
                                                                                                                                                             Effective January 1, 2009




Index
Accessories                                        BC3948-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28       HUD3918PMFPR . . . . . . . . . . . 27             PE3954R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
10-FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162      BC3968-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28       HUD3918PSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26         RFD3960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
6-AB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162   BF3966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9   HUD3918PSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26         RFD3966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
AKB-30MPWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159           BF3972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9   HUD3918PSVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26          RG3948-22L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
DC-CD RACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161           BRMP3930 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36        HUD3918PSVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26          RG3948-22R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
DC-CPUH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160       BRMP3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36        HUD3918R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26       RG3966-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
DC-M7122A . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160          BRMP3942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36        HUD3918SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27        RG3972-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
DC-M7122G . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160          BRMP3948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36        HUD3918SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27        RWG3960L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
DC-WPF. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160      BRMP3954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36        HUD3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21      RWG3960R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
EZR-22CS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159       BSP3966L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10      HUD3936-50T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17          RWG3966L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
EZR-22KBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159        BSP3966R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10      HUD3936PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19          RWG3966R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
EZR-22KBW. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159         BSP3972L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10      HUD3936PMFPL . . . . . . . . . . . . 22           SF3972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
GP9ACC1-0408. . . . . . . . . . . . 164            BSP3972R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10      HUD3936PMFPR . . . . . . . . . . . 22             SFD3972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11




                                                                                                                                                                                                           Index
GP9ACU1-0403. . . . . . . . . . . . 164            CCUI3942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16        HUD3954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21      SP3966L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
HTB-CUSTOM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161           CCUI3948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16      HUD3954-50T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17          SP3966R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
KBCD-26 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159      CD3924. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39     HUD3954PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19          SP3972L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
KBCD-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159      CD3930. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39     HUD3954PMFPL . . . . . . . . . . . . 22           SP3972R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
KBD4470D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159         CD3930-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39       HUD3954PMFPR . . . . . . . . . . . 22             SPCI3972X48L . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
LDP-22 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160     CEU3936-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14       HUD3972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20        SPCI3972X48R . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
LDP-34 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160     CEU3936-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14       HUD3972-18L . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20          SSP3972L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
MWM-24. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164        CEU3942-L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14       HUD3972-18PSVL . . . . . . . . . . 20             SSP3972R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
MWM-42. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164        CEU3942-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14       HUD3972-18PSVR . . . . . . . . . . 20             SWG3972L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
MWM-60. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164        COS3924L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23      HUD3972-18R . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20          SWG3972R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
PM2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162       COS3924R. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23       HUD3972-50T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17          TU39108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PM8617 (set of two) . . . . . . . . 162            CR3966-2FDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15         HUD3972PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18          TU3918 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PM8617L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162       CR3966-2FDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15           HUD3972PM-18L . . . . . . . . . . . 18            TU3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PM8617R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162        CR3966-FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16       HUD3972PM-18PSVL . . . . . . . . 18               TU3942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
PSG-17 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163     CR3966-FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16       HUD3972PM-18PSVR . . . . . . . . 18               TU3948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
RPG-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163    CR3966-KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15       HUD3972PM-18R . . . . . . . . . . . 18            TU3954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
VT24-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161     CR3972-2FDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15         HUD3972PMFPL . . . . . . . . . . . . 22           TU3960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
VT48-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161     CR3972-2FDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15         HUD3972PMFPR . . . . . . . . . . . 22             TU3966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
VT60-B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161     CR3972-4FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15        MFP3916 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33      TU3972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
WM-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164     CR3972-FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16       MP3924 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37     TU3984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
WSG-2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163      CR3972-FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16       MP3930 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37     TU3990 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
WSG-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163      CR3972-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15         MP3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37     TUB3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
                                                   CR3972-KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15       MP3942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37     TUB3942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
CaseWorks                                          CRSCI3972X42FL . . . . . . . . . . . 16            MP3948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37     TUB3948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2F3918N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34     CRSCI3972X42FR . . . . . . . . . . . 16            MP3954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37     TUR3936L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2FD3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33     CRSCI3972X48FL . . . . . . . . . . . 16            MRMP3918L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3936R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
2FD3936N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34       CRSCI3972X48FR . . . . . . . . . . . 16            MRMP3918R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3942L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-Arc Pull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40     CU3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16      MRMP3924L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3942R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-Curve Pull. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40      ER3948-FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13       MRMP3924R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3948L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-EMP-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40      ER3948-FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13       MRMP3930L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3948R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-KNOB-1 (drawer) . . . . . . . . . 40            EU3942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14      MRMP3930R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3954L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-KNOB-1 (drawer) . . . . . . . . . 40            EU3948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14      MRMP3936L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3954R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-KNOB-2 (door) . . . . . . . . . . . 40          EUR3942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14       MRMP3936R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3960L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-KNOB-2 (door) . . . . . . . . . . 40            EUR3948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14       MRMP3942L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3960R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-Knobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40     F3918N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34      MRMP3942R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3972L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-Knobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40     F3966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9      MRMP3948L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          TUR3972R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
39-Knobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40     F3972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9      MRMP3948R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          WD3909-78TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
39-Lineal Pull . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40      HD3918NL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35        MRMP3954L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          WD3909-78TR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
39-MAD-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40      HD3918NR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35        MRMP3954R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36          WD3909L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
3FD3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33     HD3936-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24         P3960L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12   WD3909R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
4FD3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33     HD3936N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34       P3960R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12     WD3918-2FLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
AE3954-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12       HT39108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27       P3966L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12   WD3918-2FRS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
AE3954-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12       HT3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27      P3966R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12     WD3918L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
AE3960-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12       HT3954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27      P3972L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12   WD3918R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
AE3960-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12       HT3972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27      P3972R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12     WD3918SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
AE3966-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12       HT3990 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27      P3984L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12   WD3918SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
AE3966-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12       HUD3918-50TPSL . . . . . . . . . . . 25            P3984R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12     WD3927DPS-78TL-2F . . . . . . . 29
AE3972-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12       HUD3918-50TPSR . . . . . . . . . . 25              PE3911 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36     WD3927DPS-78TL-BF . . . . . . . . 29
AE3972-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12       HUD3918-50TPSVL . . . . . . . . . . 25             PE3922 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36     WD3927DPS-78TR-2F . . . . . . . 29
AEDC3966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11        HUD3918-50TPSVR . . . . . . . . . 25               PE3930L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37    WD3927DPS-78TR-BF . . . . . . . 29
AEDC3972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11        HUD3918-50TSL . . . . . . . . . . . . 25           PE3930R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37      WD3927DPSL-2F . . . . . . . . . . . 31
B3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34     HUD3918-50TSR . . . . . . . . . . . 25             PE3936L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37    WD3927DPSL-BF . . . . . . . . . . . 31
B3936N. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34     HUD3918L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26        PE3936R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37      WD3927DPSR-2F . . . . . . . . . . . 31
BB3918L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23     HUD3918OC-50TL . . . . . . . . . . 25              PE3942L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37    WD3927DPSR-BF . . . . . . . . . . . 31
BB3918R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23     HUD3918OC-50TR . . . . . . . . . . 25              PE3942R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37      WD3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
BB3936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23    HUD3918OCL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26          PE3948L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37    WD3936-2FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
BC3928-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28       HUD3918OCR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26            PE3948R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37      WD3936-2FS-78T . . . . . . . . . . . 29
BC3936-15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24       HUD3918PMFPL . . . . . . . . . . . . 27            PE3954L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37    WD3936-BCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30


                                                                                                                                                                                                           165
                                                                                                                                                                 Effective January 1, 2009




        Index
        WD3936-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30      MPF5816-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56         BC60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74   HD1918RN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
        WKT45-AC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38      MPF5816-24-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . 56           BC60-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74       HD1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
        WKT45-CA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38        MPF5816-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56         BC72 74BC72 . . . . . . . . . . . . 74            HD1936N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
        WKT45-CD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38      MPF5816-30-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . 56           BC72-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74       HT19108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
        WKT45-PA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38      MPF5818-CPU-L . . . . . . . . . . . . 56          BC84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74   HT1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
        WKT45-PT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38      MPF5818-CPU-R . . . . . . . . . . . 56            BC84-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74       HT1954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
        WKT45-S13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39       PE5812 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58     BF1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64     HT1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
        WKT45-S36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39       PE5824 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58     BFD1936FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78      HT1990 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
                                                         PM58-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52     BFD1936FLN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78         HUD1918PSVL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
        Merge                                            RTUE5854 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46       BFD1936FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78        HUD1918PSVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
        2F5818N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58     SP5872-30L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45       BFD1936FRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78         HUD1918SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
        2FD5836 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56     SP5872-30R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45       BSP1972L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64     HUD1918SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
        2FD5836N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56      SP5872L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45    BSP1972R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64       HUD1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Index




        4FD5836 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56     SP5872R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45      BTU1972-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81       HUD1954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
        4FD5836N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56      SPT5872L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45     CD19 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83     HUD1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
        B5836N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57    SPT5872R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45     CD1924 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83     HUD1972-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
        BB5818 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51    TD5860 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46     CD1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83     MMP1929 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        BB5836 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51    TD5872 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46     CD1972-66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83        MMP1930 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        BBLV5836 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51      TD5872-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46        CD1972-SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83      MMP1935 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        BBLV5854 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51      TU58108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58      CES1929-24L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75        MMP1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        BBLV5872 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51      TU5818 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58     CES1929-24R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75        MMP1947 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        BBLV5890 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51      TU5836 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58     CES1940-13L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75        MMP1948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        BFD5836FLN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57        TU5854 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58     CES1940-13R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75        MMP1953 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        BFD5836FRN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57        TU5872 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58     CES1968-24L . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75          MMP1954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        BOS5836-51T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50       TU5890 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58     CES1968-24L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75        MP1924 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        BOS5854-51T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50         TUE5872L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45       CES1968-24R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75        MP1930 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        BOS5872 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50     TUE5872R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45       CR1966-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69        MP1935 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        BOS5872-51T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50       WD5818-2F-80TL . . . . . . . . . . . 54           CR1966-KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69      MP1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        CD5872-66 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59       WD5818-2F-80TR . . . . . . . . . . . 54           CR1972-2F36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69        MP1942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        CD5872-SP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59     WD5818-80TL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55          CR1972FL-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69          MP1948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        CR5872-2FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48        WD5818-80TR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55          CR1972FL-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70        MP1954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        CR5872-2FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48      WD5818S-80TL . . . . . . . . . . . . 54           CR1972FL-36-QSP . . . . . . . . . . 70            MPE1924 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        CR5872-BBFL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49       WD5818S-80TR . . . . . . . . . . . . 54           CR1972FR-18 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69        MPE1924L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        CR5872-BBFR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49         WD5830-3FS-80TL . . . . . . . . . . 54            CR1972FR-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70        MPE1924R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        CR5872-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48       WD5830-3FS-80TR . . . . . . . . . . 54            CR1972FR-36-QSP . . . . . . . . . 70              MPE1930 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        CR5872-KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48     WD5830DPS-80TL . . . . . . . . . . 54             CR1972-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69        MPE1930L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        CR5872-KS2F . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48         WD5830DPS-80TR . . . . . . . . . . 54             CR1972-HD-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . 69            MPE1930R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        CR5872-LFDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48         WD5830WS-80TL . . . . . . . . . . . 54            CR1972-KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69        MPE1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
        CR5872-LFDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48       WD5830WS-80TR . . . . . . . . . . 54              CR1972L-BFD-36 . . . . . . . . . . . 70           MPE1936L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        ER5848-BPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47        WD5836-2FS-80T . . . . . . . . . . . 53           CR1972R-BFD-36 . . . . . . . . . . . 70           MPE1936R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        ER5848-BPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47        WD5836-3FS-80T . . . . . . . . . . . 53           CRT1948FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70      MPE1942L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        ER5848L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47     WD5836S-80T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53          CRT1948FSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70         MPE1942R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        ER5848R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47     WD5836WS-80T . . . . . . . . . . . 53             CU1942 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70     MPE1948L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        ERT5842 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47                                                       DP1930N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81      MPE1948R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        ERT5848 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47   Reflections                                       DP1930N-2F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81         MPE1954L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        EUT5842 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47     2F1918 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78     DP1936N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81      MPE1954R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        EUT5848 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47     2F1918N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78      DP1936N-2F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81         PDC1972L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
        F5818N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57    2F1918N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81      ER1948L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67    PDC1972-MPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
        F5872 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45   2FD1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77      ER1948L-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67        PDC1972-MPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
        FD5836N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57     2FD1936N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77       ER1948R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67      PDC1972-MPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
        HD5836N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57     2FD1936-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77        ER1948R-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67        PDC1972-PEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        HT58108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52     3FD1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77      ER1960L-2LFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67         PDC1972-PER . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        HT5818 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52    3FD1936N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77       ER1960L-BFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67        PDC1972R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
        HT5818-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55     4FD1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77      ER1960R-2LFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67         PDC1984L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
        HT5830-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55     4FD1936N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77       ER1960R-BFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67          PDC1984-MPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
        HT5836 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52    BB1918L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72      EU1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68     PDC1984-MPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
        HT5836-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55       BB1918R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72      EU1948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68     PDC1984-PEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        HT5854 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52    BB1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72     EU1948-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68         PDC1984-PER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        HT5872 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52    BB1954L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72      EUR1948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68      PDC1984R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
        MHD5818-51TL . . . . . . . . . . . . 52          BB1954R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72      EURT1948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68       PE1911 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
        MHD5818-51TR . . . . . . . . . . . . 52          BB1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72     EUT1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68      PE1924 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        MHD5836-51T . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52         BC1930 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74     EUT1948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68      S19-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
        MP5818 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59    BC1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74     F1918 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78    SP1966L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        MP5836 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59    BC1948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74     F1918N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78     SP1966R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        MP5854 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59    BC1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74     F1918N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81     SP1972L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        MPE5818L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58      BC1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74     F1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64    SP1972L-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        MPE5818R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58      BC1984 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74     F1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64    SP1972R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        MPE5836L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58      BC30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74     F1972-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64        SP1972R-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
        MPE5836R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58      BC36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74     HD1918L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78      TU19108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        MPE5854L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58      BC48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74   HD1918LN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78       TU1918 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
        MPE5854R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58      BC48-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74       HD1918R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78      TU1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79

  166
                                                                                                                                                          Effective January 1, 2009




Index
TU1948 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79    BU4031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      PE4028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151      CR232FDL-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TU1954 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79    BU4059-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148         PE4028L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151     CR232FDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TU1960 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79    BU4060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      PE4028R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151       CR232FDR-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TU1966 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79    BU4061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      S40-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     CR23-2FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TU1966-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81       BU4070 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      SP4066L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139     CR23-2FP-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TU1972 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79    BU4071 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      SP4066R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139       CR23-4FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TU1972-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81     BU4088-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148         SP4072L-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139        CR23FP-FL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TU1990 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79    BU4090 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      SP4072L-36-QSP . . . . . . . . . . 139            CR23FP-FL-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TUE1972-36MPL . . . . . . . . . . . 65           CD4030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156      SP4072R-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139        CR23FP-FR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TUE1972-36MPR . . . . . . . . . . . 65           CF4072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139      SP4072R-36-QSP . . . . . . . . . . 139            CR23FP-FR-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
TUE1972-36PE . . . . . . . . . . . . 65          CF4072-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139        ST8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158    CRT2336FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
WD1918L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76     CO4021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156      STQS8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157        CRT2336FSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
WD1918R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76       COFT8048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158        T4060-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140      CRT2336FSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92




                                                                                                                                                                                                      Index
WD1918-SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76       COFTQS8048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157          T4072-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140      CU2340-11 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
WD1918-SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76       CR402FDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142        TU40114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155       ER2348FPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
WD1936 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76    CR402FDL-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . 142          TU40118-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147        ER2348FPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
WD1936-2FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76        CR402FDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142        TU40120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150       ET2328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
WD1936-S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76      CR402FDR-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . 142            TU4020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      EU2336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
                                                 CR4061-4FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142        TU4029-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147       EU2348 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Walden                                           CR4066-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142         TU4031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      EU2348-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2F4020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150     CR4066-KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142       TU4036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      EUT2348 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2F4020N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      CR4071-4FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142        TU4059-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147       EUT2348-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
2F4020NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150       CR4071-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142         TU4059-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147       F2320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2F4020NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150       CR4071-HD-QSP . . . . . . . . . . 142             TU4061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      F2320N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2FD4031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149      CR4071-KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142       TU4066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      F2360FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2FD4031N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149       CRT4038FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143       TU4071 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      F2366FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2FD4031NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149        CRT4038FSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143          TU4077 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155      F2372FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
2FD4036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155      CU4040-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143         TU4088-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147       FD2330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2FD4036N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155       CU4040-12FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143         TU4091 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      FD2330N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
2FD4036NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155          CU4040-12L . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143          WD4030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154      HD2320L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
2FD4036-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155        CU4040-12R . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143          WD4030BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154          HD2320LN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
40HU72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145     ER4050L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140     WD4030S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154       HD2320R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
40HUGL72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145       ER4050L-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140                                                            HD2320RN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
40HUGR72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145       ER4050L-24-QSP . . . . . . . . . . 140            Wall Street                                       HD2330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
40HUWD72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145         ER4050R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140       2F2320 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103      HD2330N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
4TLFD-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155    ER4050R-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140        2F2320N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103       HFP2329 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
4TLFD-3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155     ER4050R-24-QSP . . . . . . . . . . 140            2FD2330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102       HT23108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4TLFD-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155    ET8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158      2FD2330N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102        HT2336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
4TLFD-4N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155     ETQS8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157        2FD2336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101       HT2354 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
B4031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149    EU4048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141      2FD2336N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101        HT2372 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
B4031N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149     EU4048-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141       3FD2336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101       HT2390 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
B4031NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149      EU4048-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141          3FD2336N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101        HU2323NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
BB4030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144     EUT4048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141       4FD2336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101       HU2347NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
BB4036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144     EUT4048-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141        4FD2336N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101        HUD2318PSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
BB4060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144     F4020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149     B2330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102     HUD2318PSR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
BB4072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144     F4020N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149      B2330N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102      HUD2318PSVL . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
BC30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     F4020N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149      BB2330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94     HUD2318PSVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
BC36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153   F4020NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149       BB2336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94     HUD2318SL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
BC40-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152     F4066-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139        BC23-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98   HUD2318SR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
BC4030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     F4072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139   BC2330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     HUD2354 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
BC4036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     FD4031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149      BC2336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     HUD2354PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
BC4048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     FD4031N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149       BC2348 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     HUD2372 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
BC4060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     FD4031NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149        BC2360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     HUD2372PM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
BC4072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     HD4031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149      BC2372 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     HUDGL2323NB . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
BC4084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     HD4031N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149       BC2384 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     HUDGL2347NB . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
BC48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     HD4031NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149        BC30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99   HUWD2323NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
BC48-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153       HFP4029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148       BC36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     HUWD2347NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
BC60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     HT4031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148      BC48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     KBFD23-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
BC60-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153       HT4061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148      BC60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     MFP2316 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
BC72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     HT4091 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148      BC72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99     MP2329 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
BC72-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153       HU4023NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146        BC84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99   MP2330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
BC84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153     HU4047NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147          BCGL23-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98       PDC2372-PEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
BC84-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153       HUDGL4023NB . . . . . . . . . . . 146             BCWD23-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98       PDC2372-PER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
BCGL40-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152       HUDGL4047NB . . . . . . . . . . . 147             BF2372FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87     PDC2384-PEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
BCGR40-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152       HUDGR4023NB . . . . . . . . . . . 146             BSP2372FPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87       PDC2384-PER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
BCWD40-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152       HUDGR4047NB . . . . . . . . . . . 147             BSP2372FPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87       PE2311 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
BOS4069 (DLWD) . . . . . . . . . 144             HUWD4023NB . . . . . . . . . . . . 146            CD23 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105      PE2321 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
BOS4069 (DRWD) . . . . . . . . . . 144           HUWD4047NB . . . . . . . . . . . . 147            CD2324 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105      RG2348-24L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
BOS4069 (NDR) . . . . . . . . . . . 144          KBFD40-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156       COFT2348 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106        RG2348-24R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
BOS4069-QSP . . . . . . . . . . . . 144          MP4029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151      CR23-1FP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91     RG2366-32 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
BU4020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150     MP4030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151      CR23-1FP-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91       RG2372-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
BU4030-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148        PE4011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150      CR232FDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91       S23-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99

                                                                                                                                                                                                      167
                                                                                                                                                          Effective January 1, 2009




        Index
        SP2366FPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87     BCGL80-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127      HT8061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
        SP2366FPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87       BCGR80-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127      HT8091 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
        SP2372FPL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87     BCWD80-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127      HU8023NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
        SP2372FPR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87     BOS8069 (WLM) . . . . . . . . . . . 118         HU8047NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
        ST2328 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106   BOS8069 (WOM) . . . . . . . . . . 118           HUDGL8023NB . . . . . . . . . . . 120
        T2360-21 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88    BOS8069 (WSM) . . . . . . . . . . 118           HUDGL8047NB . . . . . . . . . . . 121
        T2372-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88      BU80119 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125     HUDGR8023NB . . . . . . . . . . . 120
        TU23108 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103      BU8020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125    HUDGR8047NB . . . . . . . . . . . 121
        TU23108-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104        BU8030-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122       HUWD8023NB . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
        TU2330 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103     BU8031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125    HUWD8047NB . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
        TU2330-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97     BU8041 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125    KBFD80-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
        TU2330-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104       BU8059-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122       MP8029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
        TU2360 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103     BU8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125    MP8030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Index




        TU2360-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97       BU8061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125    PE8011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        TU2360-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104       BU8070 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125    PE8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
        TU2371 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103     BU8071 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125    PE8028L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
        TU2371-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104       BU8088-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122       PE8028R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
        TU2372 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103     BU8090 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125    RG8050-24L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
        TU2372-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104       CD8030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132    RG8050-24R . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
        TU2390 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103     CF8072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111    RG8050L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
        TU2390-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97     CF8082 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111    RG8050R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
        TU2390-H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104       CO8021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132    RG8066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
        TUE2366-30PE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88        COFT8048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134      RG8072-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
        TUE2372-30PE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88        COFTQS8048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133        S80-5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
        TUE2372-36PE . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88        CR802FDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115      SP8066L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
        WD2336 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100     CR802FDR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115      SP8066R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
        WD2336-2FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100         CR8061-4FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116      SP8072L-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
        WD2336BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100         CR8061-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115       SP8072R-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
        WD2336S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100      CR8066-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115       SPCUR8072L . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
                                                         CR8066-KBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116        SPCUR8072R . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
        Wellington                                       CR8066-KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115       SPF8072Lx36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
        2F8020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124     CR8071-4FD . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116        SPF8072Rx36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
        2F8020N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124      CR8071-HD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115       ST8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
        2F8020NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124       CR8071-KBT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116      STQS8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
        2F8020NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124       CR8071-KS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115       T8060-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
        2FD8031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123      CRT8038FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117     T8072-36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
        2FD8031N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123       CRT8038FSM . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117        TD8072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
        2FD8031NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123        CU8040-12 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117       TU80114 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
        2FD8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131      CU8040-12FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117       TU80118-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
        2FD8036N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131       CU8040-12L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117      TU80120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        2FD8036NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131          CU8040-12R . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117        TU8020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        80HU72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119     ER8050L . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114   TU8029-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
        80HUGL72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119         ER8050L-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114      TU8031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        80HUGR72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119       ER8050R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114     TU8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        80HUWD72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119         ER8050R-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114      TU8042 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        8TLFD-3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131    ET8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134    TU8059-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
        8TLFD-3N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131     ETQS8028 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133      TU8061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        8TLFD-4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131      EU8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114    TU8066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        8TLFD-4N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131     EU8048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114    TU8071 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        B8020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123    EU8048-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114     TU8077 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
        B8020N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123     EUT8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114     TU8088-14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
        B8020NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123        EUT8048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114     TU8091 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
        B8031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123    EUT8048-24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114      WD8030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
        B8031N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123     F8020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123   WD8030BC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
        B8031NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123      F8020N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123    WD8030S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
        BB8030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118     F8020NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123     WD8030S-2FS . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
        BB8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118     F8060-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111    WD8030S-3FS . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
        BB8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118     F8060-30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111    WD8030S-4FS . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
        BB8072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118     F8066 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
        BC30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128     F8072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
        BC36 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128   FD8031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
        BC48 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128   FD8031N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
        BC60 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128     FD8031NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
        BC72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128   HD8020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
        BC80-1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127   HD8020N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
        BC8030 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128     HD8020NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
        BC8036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128     HD8031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
        BC8048 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128     HD8031N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
        BC8060 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128     HD8031NB . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
        BC8072 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128     HFP8029 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
        BC8084 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128     HT80120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
        BC84 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128     HT8031 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
  168

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Categories:
Stats:
views:39
posted:6/27/2011
language:English
pages:172